contact us:
TRANSCRIPT
DMI DINESH METAL INDUSTRIESIMPORTERS, STOCKISTS & AUTHORIZED DEALERS OF: CARBON STEEL SEAMLESS PIPES & TUBES, FERROUS & NON FERROUS METALS
Contact us:Head O�ce: 79/81, West View Building A,Shop No. 1, Ground Floor,10th Khetwadi Lane,Mumbai 400 004, India +91-22-2380 2185 +91-22-2380 2421 [email protected]
Branch o�ce:34,Fruitwala Lane ,Near Jain Raksha Bandhan,Bapunagar, Ahmedabad 380 024, India +91-79-2274 3905 +91-79-2273 0820 [email protected]
www.dmitubes.com
DMI
OUR TARGETMaximum Customer Satisfaction
Ambition:Our aspiration is continual reliability and fairness in co operation with all market partners. All employees feel obliged to ful�ll this target. That's why commitment and responsibility play a signi�cant role at Dinesh Metal Industries.
Policy:To supply products of highest possible standards of Quality and Services in accordance to the agreed terms and conditions of customer orders, thus meeting customer satisfaction as well as continually improve our Quality Management System through e�ective team work of our employees.
Vision:Dinesh Metal Industries vision is to be the world's steel industry benchmark in �Value Creation� through the excellence of its people, its innovative approach and overall conduct. Underpinning this vision is a performance culture committed to aspiration targets, safety and social responsibility, continuous improvement, openness and transparency.
Mission:We are committed to provide the highest standards of products and services to our clients. Quality, Integrity and Value are the keystones of our business.
2
AMBITION
VISION
POLICY
MISSION
Dinesh Metal Industries is a reliable partner and specialist of seamless steel tubes and pipes since 1995. With 5,000 tons of continually available stock we are one of the most signi�cant steel tube suppliers in Indian Market.
We deliver complete packages either from our central Warehouse in kalamboli or from strategically selected warehouse from Taloja, Mumbai or Ahmedabad. This, combined with our comprehensive service, is sure to satisfy our customers requirements fully and individually every time.
Our long-term partnership with major customers is based on their recognition of our dedication, reliability and the consistent high quality of our products and service.
ABOUT US
1
We are Authorized Dealer for Indian Seamless Metal Tubes Limited and Jindal Saw Limited
OURPRODUCTSCarbon Steel:ASTM (A53,A106), SA(179,192,210,213), DIN(2391, 17175), BS(3059), NACE(MR0175 and MR103), EN speci�cation, HIC testing , H2 Service and SSC tested material for sour application etc.
Line Pipes:API 5L(B,X42,X52,X56,X60,X65-PSL-I & PSL2)
Alloy Steel:ASTM A335(P11,P22,T11,T22,P5,P9,P91,T91)
Low Temperature Pipes: ASTM A333 Gr. 3 & 6
Major Steel Grade:SAE (1019, 1518,1035,1010,1541,4130,4140,8620), DIN 17175(ST 35.8,ST 45.8, ST 52, 16Mo3, 13CrMo44,10CrMo44,10CrMo910) & other steel grade as per customer requirement.
Dimensions:Outer diameter : 21.3mm to 609.6mm (i.e. ½�NB to 24�NB)
Wall thickness: 2.77mm to 40 mm
3
Available for delivery in random lengths of 5 meters to 12 meters or in acut length according to customers requirements
4
OURSERVICESCut Lenghts: With our modern high performance saws we can ful�ll the customers requirements. Larger quantities can be cut to size within short notice.
Logistics:Dinesh Metal Industries quality de�nition encompasses the complete service spectrum of the company. We only deliver high quality products and guarantee deliveries in time.
24hr service: With our in-house crane, Dinesh Metal Industries guarantees a smooth delivery process. With our 24-hr service we prove our reliability and punctuality around the clock. This way we can deliver to our customers all across the world just in time.
Shipping via Truck / Rail / Ship: The delivery with di�erent means of transport allows a high level of �exibility possible and ensures that customers with di�erent delivery connections can be supplied
5
HOWWE WORKYour Enquiry: Our sales team are all experts in their �eld. On receiving your enquiry we will allocate the most suitable representative who will then discuss your requirements with you and prepare a quote. For standard tubes we aim to give you feedback within 24 hours of receiving your enquiry. If the speci�cations and quality requirements are more complex it may take slightly longer, but we will keep you posted on its progress.
Analyzing the order: After receiving your order our customer service team will process all relevant details, leasing with our technical, quality and planning departments.
Order Con�rmation: You will then receive your order con�rmation with a �nal delivery date.
Acknowledgement: The response times for order acknowledgement can vary depending on the complexity of your requirements on quality and inspection test plans.
After sales service: Our customer service team can also handle your Kanban requirements, stock management as well as long term contracts.
6
OUR EXPERTISE& CORE VALUESBoilers, Heat Exchangers & Condenser Applications
Mechanical Tubing & Structural Application
Petroleum and Petrochemicals
Re�neries
Fertilizers
Dairy and Sugar
Oil Drilling
Automobile Applications
General Engineering
Fluid Conveyance Applications
TALOJAOuter Diameter : 1/2 inches - 24 inches
: upto 40 mmWall Thickness
: upto 14 mtrLength Upto
: 40,000 sqftSquare feet
: Crane, Hydra, Saw Cutting, Bundling
Stock Capacity
103/40, Ambernath Road, Near Nippon Paint,Ghot Chal, Post Ghot Camp, Panvel - 410 208, India.
7
WAREHOUSES
Facilities
: 15,000 tons
KALAMBOLIOuter Diameter : 1/2 inches - 10 inches
: upto 28 mmWall Thickness
: upto 7 mtrLength Upto
: 9,000 sqftSquare feet
: Crane, Saw Cutting, BundlingFacilities
1501/02, Road no.17, Kalamboli Warehousing Complex,Navi Mumbai - 410 218, India
8
: 3,000 tonsStock Capacity
10
Sch.20
Sch.30
STD Sch.40
XS Sch.60
Sch.80
Sch.100
Sch.120
Sch.140
Sch.160
XXS
--
W.thick-weight-
2.771.27
2.771.27
3.731.62
--
3.731.62
--
--
--
4.781.95
7.472.55
--
--
2.871.69
2.871.69
3.912.20
--
3.912.20
--
--
--
5.562.90
7.823.64
--
--
3.382.50
3.382.50
4.553.24
--
4.553.24
--
--
--
6.354.24
9.095.45
--
--
3.563.39
3.563.39
4.854.47
--
4.854.47
--
--
--
6.355.62
9.707.78
--
--
3.684.05
3.684.05
5.085.42
--
5.085.42
--
--
--
7.147.25
10.159.55
--
--
3.915.44
3.915.44
5.547.48
--
5.547.48
--
--
--
8.7411.12
0
11.0713.44
--
--
5.168.64
5.168.64
7.0111.41
--
7.0111.41
--
--
--
9.5314.92
14.0220.4
--
--
5.4911.30
5.4911.30
7.6215.28
--
7.6215.28
--
--
--
11.1321.35
15.2427.69
--
--
5.7413.57
5.7413.57
8.0818.64
--
8.0818.64
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
6.0216.08
6.0216.08
8.5622.33
--
8.5622.33
--
11.1328.33
--
13.4933.55
17.1241.04
--
--
6.5521.77
6.5521.77
9.5330.98
--
9.5330.98
--
12.7040.29
--
15.8849.13
19.0557.45
--
--
7.1128.27
7.1128.27
10.9742.58
--
10.9742.58
--
14.2754.22
--
18.2667.59
21.9579.25
6.3533.33
7.0436.83
8.1842.56
8.1842.56
12.7064.67
10.3153.11
12.7064.67
15.0975.95
18.2690.47
20.62100.97
23.01111.31
22.23107.97
6.3541.76
7.8051.01
9.2760.31
9.2760.31
12.7081.55
12.7081.55
15.0996.01
18.26114.75
21.44133.06
25.40155.15
28.58172.33
25.40115.15
6.3549.71
8.3865.19
9.5373.86
10.3179.73
12.7097.44
14.27108.93
17.48132.05
21.44159.87
25.40186.92
28.58208.08
33.32238.69
25.40186.92
7.9267.91
9.5381.33
9.5381.33
11.1394.55
12.70107.39
15.09126.72
19.05158.10
23.83194.98
27.79224.66
31.75253.58
35.71281.72
--
7.9277.83
9.5393.27
9.5393.27
12.70123.30
12.70123.30
16.66160.12
21.44203.53
26.19245.56
30.96286.65
36.53333.19
40.49365.35
--
7.9287.75
11.13122.43
9.53105.21
14.27155.80
12.70139.21
19.05205.83
23.83254.67
29.36309.76
34.93363.73
39.67408.45
45.24459.59
--
9.53117.15
12.70155.12
9.53117.15
15.09183.42
12.70155.12
20.62247.83
26.19311.17
32.54381.62
38.10441.49
44.45508.11
50.01564.81
--
9.53129.08
12.70171.03
9.53129.08
--
12.70171.03
22.23293.76
28.58373.83
34.99450.89
41.28527.02
47.63600.63
53.98672.26
--
9.53141.12
14.27209.64
9.53141.12
17.48255.24
12.70187.06
24.61355.26
30.96442.08
38.89547.71
46.02640.03
52.37720.15
59.54808.22
--
21.30
26.70
33.40
42.20
48.30
60.30
73.00
88.90
101.60
114.30
141.30
168.30
219.10
273.00
323.80
355.60
406.40
457.20
508.00
558.80
609.60
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
1/2”
3/4”
1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
2 1/2”
3”
3 1/2”
4”
5”
6”
8”
10”
12”
14”
16”
18”
20”
22”
24”
OD(mm)
NominalPipe Size
(mm/inch)
Wall ThicknessKgs. / Meter
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
9
CHEMICAL ANALYSISCHEMICAL ANALYSIS MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
TensileStrength
ImpactTest Yield
StressElonga-tion in
Hardeness
Specification C% Min % P %Max
S %Max
Si % Cr % Cu %
Max
Mo % Ni %Max
Va %Max
Mpa-50 F40x10 MPa 50 mm
MIN
Transverse
1
2
ASTM A53/A
ASTMA53/B
0.25 MAX
0.30MAX
0.95 MAX
1.20MAX
0.050
0.050
0.060
0.060
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
331 MIN
413 MIN
-
-
207 MIN
240 MIN
36
29.5
-
-
3
4
5
ASTM A106/A
ASTM A106/B
ASTM A106/C
0.25 MAX
0.30 MAX
0.35 MAX
0.27-0.93
0.29-1.06
0.29-1.06
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.10 MIN
0.10 MIN
0.10 MIN
0.40 MAX
0.40 MAX
0.40 MAX
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.08
0.08
0.08
330 MIN
415 MIN
485 MIN
-
-
-
205 MIN
240 MIN
275 MIN
25/20
16.5/12.0
16.5/12.0
-
-
-
6
7
ASTM A179
ASTM A192
0.06-0.18
0.06-0.18
0.27-0.63
0.27-0.63
0.048
0.048
0.048
0.058
-
0.25 MAX
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
325 MIN
325 MIX
-
-
180 MIN
180 MIN
35.0
35.0
72 HRB MAX
77 HRB MAX
8
9
10
ASTM A209/T1
ASTM A209/T1A
ASTM A209/T1B
0.10-0.20
0.15-0.25
0.14 MAX
0.30-0.80
0.30-0.80
0.30-0.80
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.10-0.50
0.10-0.50
0.10-0.50
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.44-0.65
0.44-0.65
0.44-0.65
-
-
-
-
-
-
380 MIN
365 MIN
415 MIN
-
-
-
205 MIN
195 MIN
220 MIN
30/22
30/22
30/22
80 HRB MAX
81 HRB MAX
77 HRB MAX
11
12
ASTM A210/A-1
ASTM A210/C
0.27 MAX
0.35 MAX
5
0.29-1.06
0.048
0.048
0.058
0.058
0.10 MIN
0.10 MIN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
415 MIN
485 MIN
-
-
255 MIN
275 MIN
30/22
30/22
79 HRB MAX
89 HRB MAX
13
14
15
16
17
ASTM A213/T2
ASTM A213/T5
ASTM A213/11
ASTM A213/T12
ASTM A213/T-22
0.10-0.20
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.30-0.61
0.30-0.60
0.30-0.60
0.30-0.61
0.30-0.60
0.045
0.030
0.030
0.045
0.030
0.045
0.030
0.030
0.045
0.030
0.10-0.30
0.50 MAX
0.50-1.00
0.50 MAX
0.50 MAX
0.50-0.81
4.00-6.00
1.00-1.50
0.80-1.25
1.90-2.60
-
-
-
-
-
0.44-0.65
0.45-0.65
0.45-0.65
0.45-0.65
0.87-1.13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
415 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
-
-
-
-
-
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
30/22
30/22
30/22
30/22
30/22
85 HRB MAX
85 HRB MAX
85 HRB MAX
85 HRB MAX
85 HRB MAX
18
19
20
21
ASTM A333/1
ASTM A333/6
ASTM A334/1
ASTM A334/6
0.30MAX
0.30MAX
0.30MAX
0.30MAX
0.40-1.06
0.29-1.06
0.40-1.06
0.29-1.06
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.060
0.060
0.025
0.025
-
0.10 MIN
-
0.10 MIN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
380 MIN
415 MIN
380 MIN
415 MIN
J14
J14
J14
J14
205 MIN
240 MIN
205 MIN
240 MIN
25/20
16.5/12.0
35/28
30/22
-
-
85 HRB MAX
90 HRB MAX
22
23
24
25
26
27
ASTM A355/P1
ASTM A355/P2
ASTM A355/P5
ASTM A355/P11
ASTM A355/P12
ASTM A355/P22
0.10-0.20
0.10-0.20
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.30-0.80
0.30-0.61
0.30-0.60
0.30-0.60
0.30-0.61
0.30-0.61
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.10-0.50
0.10-0.30
0.50 MAX
0.50-1.00
0.50 MAX
0.50 MAX
-
0.50-0.81
4.00-6.00
1.00-1.50
0.80-1.25
1.90-2.60
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.44-0.65
0.44-0.65
0.45-0.65
0.44-0.65
0.44-0.65
0.87-1.13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
380 MIN
380 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
415 MIN
-
-
-
-
-
-
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
205 MIN
20
20
20
20
20
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
28
29
30
31
BS/3059/1/33
BS/3059/2/33
BS/3059/2/45
BS/3059/1/620
0.15 MAX
0.15 MAX
0.12-0.18
0.10-0.15
0.30-0.70
0.40-0.70
0.90-1.20
0.40-0.70
0.050
0.050
0.040
0.040
0.050
0.050
0.035
0.040
-
0.10-0.35
0.10-0.35
0.10-0.35
-
-
-
0.70-0.10
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.45-0.65
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
324-441
324-441
441-560
441-618
-
-
-
-
186 MIN
186 MIN
245 MIN
235 MIN
25
21
22
22
-
-
-
-
32
33
34
35
DIN/17175/ST 35.8
DIN/ 17175/ST 45.8
DIN/17175/15MO3
DIN/17175/13CRM044
0.17 MAX
0.22 MAX
0.12-0.20
0.10-0.18
0.40 MIN
0.45 MIN
0.50-0.80
0.40-0.70
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.35 MAX
0.10-0.35
0.15-0.35
0.15-0.35
-
-
-
0.70-1.00
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.25-0.35
0.40-0.50
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
340-441
441-540
441-540
441-570
-
-
-
-
235 MIN
255 MIN
284 MIN
294 MIN
25
25
21
22
-
-
-
-
36 SAE52100 0.98-1.10 0.20-0.45 0.025 0.025 0.10-0.35 1.30-1.60 - 0.10 MIN - - - - - - -
Dinesh Metal Industries is Authorized Dealer / Stockiest / Supplier / Agent of Carbon and Alloy Steel Seamless/ ERW Pipe and Tube.
Range -1/2” to 16”
Largest Stock Holder for ISMT and JSL.
Stock:5000Tons
Our Material is EIL / IBR / Nace Approved.
Charpy V-notch test
ASTM A 106 GR. B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes
ASME SA 106 Grade B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes ASTM A 106 GR. B High Temperature Seamless Pipe
ASTM A 106 GR. B High Carbon Seamless Pipe for High Temperature Service
ASTM A 106 GR. B Charpy V-notch test
Our SA 106 Grade B pipes are hydrostatically tested as per ASTM A530. A 106 Grade B SMSL pipe Charpy V-notch test ASTM A 106 Gr. B/API 5L GR-B Seamless we offer ASTM A 106 GR B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes such as A 106 GR.B Tubes, A 106 GR.B IBR Tubes, SA 106 GR.B IBR Pipes, SA 106 GR.B IBR Tubes, ASTM A 106 Grade .B IBR Pipes, ASTM A 106 Grade B IBR Tubes and many more items from India.
ASTM A106 grade B Seamless Pressure Pipe (ASME SA106) We are Stockist,Authorised Dealer, Trader, Supplier, Exporter and Vendor of ASTM SA A 106 GR. B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes in Mumbai (India). NACE MR0175/ISO15156-2, NACE MR0103 and PED ISMT Make SA 106 Grade B
JSL(Jindal) make SA 106 Grade B Pipe
MSL make SA 106 Grade B
ASME ASTM SA 106 Grade B IBR Pipe
ASTM A 106 Grade B EIL Approved Pipe
ASTM A106 GR B NACE MR 0175
ASTM/ASME SA106 Grade B / C Steel Pipe & Tubing
CARBON STEEL SEAMLESS PIPES FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SERVICE ASME SA 106, Gr.: B
ASTM A106 GR. B Seamless Pipe we export to:
Cities We Deliver To:
Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, New Delhi, Pimpri-Chinchwad, Houston, Dubai, Seoul, Hyderabad,
Singapore, Abu Dhabi, Pune, Kolkata, Gurgaon, Navi Mumbai, Ahmedabad, Tehran, Calgary, Noida,
Riyadh, Vadodara, London, Coimbatore, Jakarta, Istanbul, Bangkok, Kuwait City, Thane, Sharjah,
Muscat, Edmonton, Busan, Mexico City, Doha, Jeddah, Aberdeen, Cairo, Geoje-si, Perth, Santiago,
Chandigarh, Indore, Kuala Lumpur, Rio de Janeiro, Dammam, Melbourne, Madrid, Surat, Bhopal, Ulsan,
Faridabad, La Victoria, Bogota, Lahore, Los Angeles, Algiers, Chiyoda, Ankara, Ho Chi Minh City,
Toronto, Hong Kong, Rajkot, Brisbane, Petaling Jaya, Ernakulam, Secunderabad, Gimhae-si, Al Jubail,
Port-of-Spain, Thiruvananthapuram, Milan, Atyrau, Lagos, Hanoi, Howrah, Sydney, Ahvaz, Karachi, New
York, Caracas, Vung Tau, Al Khobar, Manama, Montreal, Granada, Courbevoie, Visakhapatnam,
Ludhiana, Moscow, Dallas, Haryana, Colombo
Countries We Export To:
United States, United Arab Emirates, Canada, Pakistan, Peru, Chile, Spain, France, United Kingdom,
Indonesia, Israel, Iran, Kuwait, Mexico, Malaysia, Nigeria, Serbia, Singapore, Taiwan, Chile, Venezuela,
Ecuador, Saudi Arabia, Netherlands, Brazil, Colombia, Ghana, Iran, Denmark, Poland, Australia,
Afghanistan, Bahrain, Costa Rica, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, South Korea, Kazakhstan, Sri Lanka, Lithuania,
Norway, Oman, Philippines, Poland, Qatar, Russia, Vietnam, South Africa, Nigeria, Mexico, Turkey,
Hungary, Algeria, Angola, Argentina, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Bhutan, Bolivia,
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, Greece, Italy, Japan, Libya, Romania, Thailand,
Trinidad & Tobago,Tunisia, Ukraine, Yemen, Hong Kong, Gabon, China, Portugal, Switzerland, New
Zealand, Sweden, Slovakia, Kenya, Lebanon, Morocco, Mongolia Equivalent:-
SA-106 Gr. B K03006 (Note 2) 3602-2 430 17175 St45.8 G 3454 STPG 410 , P265GH (1.0425)
We can Supply Seamless Pipe of:-
Sumitomo Metal - Japan
Nippon Steel - Japan
JFE Steel - Japan
Kawasaki Steel - Japan
Vallourec & Mannesmann - France
Vallourec & Mannesmann - Germany
Vallourec & Mannesmann - Brazil
Salzgitter Mannesmann - Germany
Arcelor Mittal Steel - Romania
Arcelor Mittal Steel - Czech Republic
Tenaris Dalmine - Spain
Tenaris Silcotub - Romania
Tenaris Siderca - Argentina
Tenaris NKK - Japan
Volzhski - Russia
Nizhnedneprovsky - Ukraine
USS - USA
Welspun - India
Jindal Saw – India
Inspection & Approval Certificates : EN10204 3.1 / DIN 50049 3.1 / ISO 10474 3.1 Mill Test Certificate, NACE
MR-0175 / ISO 15156, NACE MR-01-03 / NACE MR-01-75 / ISO 15156, European Pressure Equipment Directive
PED-97/23/EC, AD-2000-W0, ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Sec.II Part A Ed. 2008, with 3.2 certificate
duly Certified & Approved by LRS (Lloyd's Register), GL (Germanischer Lloyd), BV (Bureau Veritas), DNV (Det
Norske Veritas), ABS (American Bureau of Shipping), SGS, TUV, RINA, IRS, NORSOK Approved Standard M-
630, M-650 Rev.3
• ASME SA 106 Grade B ABS Certified a ASME31.3-ProcessPiping
b ASME31.1-PowerPiping
CERTIFICATION:
Test certificate shall be provided as per IBR FORM-III D issued by WELL KNOWN PIPE MAKER who is recognized by Central Boiler Board. Copy of certification of recognition as Well Known Pipe Maker in FORM XVI - G shall also be enclosed along with the test certificate.
ASTM SA A 106 GR. B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes
We have a large scale unit engaged in stocking and exporting carbon steel tubes, carbon steel pipes
and carbon steel welded pipes, carbon steel welded tubes and electrogalvanized steel tubes/pipes. We
supply for engineering purpose, erw pipes for water, gas & sewerage, carbon steel tubes for idlers of
belt conveyors, water wells and lancing pipes for various automotive & industrial applications.
Applications:
Carbon steel is used in the most critical engineering applications and also in certain applications in the
automotive sector. In addition, some of the value-added carbon steel products include steel for lpg
cylinders, api grade, corrosion resistant steel, critical structural application steel, boiler quality, auto
grades, precision tubes and medium/high carbon grades, among others.
Carbon Products:
A53 a106 api5l grade b/c x42 seamless pipe
• Size Range : 1/8" - 26"
• Schedules : 20, 30, 40, standard (std), extra heavy (xh), 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, xxh
• Grades : astm a53 gr b, asme sa53 gr b, api-5l gr b, astm a106 gr b, asme sa106 gr b, astm a106
gr c, psl 1 and psl2
Api5l x-42 x-52 x-60 seamless pipe
• Size Range : 2" - 24"
• Schedules : standard (std), extra heavy (xh), 100, 120, 160, xxh
• Grades : psl1 and psl2
A333 (low temp) grade 1/6 carbon steel seamless pipe
• Size Range : 1/2" - 24"
• Schedules : standard (std), extra heavy (xh), 100, 120, 160, xxh
A53 api5l grade b x-42 x-52 x-60 erw (electric resistance welded) pipe
• Size Ranges : 2" - 24"
• Schedules : 10, 20, standard (std), extra heavy (xh)
• Non-Schedules : 120 wall, 156 wall, 188 wall, 203 wall, 219 wall etc.
• Grades : api-5l gr b, api-5l gr x42, api-5l gr x52, api-5l gr x60, api-5l gr x65psl1 and psl2
Api5l grade b x-42 x-52 x-60 dsaw/saw
• Size Ranges : 26" - 60"
• Schedules : 20, std, xh, 30,
• Grades : api-5l gr b, api-5l gr x42, api-5l gr x52, api-5l gr x60, api-5l gr x65psl1 and psl2.
We are Manufacturer, Stockist, Dealer, Trader, Supplier, Exporter and Vendor of ASTM SA A
106 GR. B Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes and Tubes in Bombay/ Mumbai.
A106 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS A/SA106
NPS 1/4″- 30″
Schedules 10 through 160, STD, XH and XXH
Scope ASTM A106 Seamless Pressure Pipe (also known as ASME SA106
pipe) covers seamless carbon steel nominal wall pipe for high-
temperature service. Suitable for bending, flanging and similar forming
operations.
NPS 1-1/2″ and under may be either hot finished or cold drawn. NPS
2″ and larger shall be hot finished unless otherwise specified.
Process Killed steel, with primary melting process being open-hearth, basic-
oxygen, or electric-furnace, possibly combined with separate
degassing or refining.
Steel cast in ingots or strand cast is permissible.
Hot-finished pipe need not be heat treated.
Cold-drawn pipe shall be heat treated after the final cold draw pass.
Chemical Requirements
Grade A Grade B Grade C
Carbon max. % 0.25 0.30 0.35
*Manganese % 0.27 to 0.93 *0.29 to 1.06 0.29 to 1.06
Phosphorous, max. % 0.035 0.035 0.035
Sulfur, max. % 0.035 0.035 0.035
Silicon, min.% 0.10 0.10 0.10
Chrome, max. % 0.40 0.40 0.40
Copper, max. % 0.40 0.40 0.40
Molybdenum, max. % 0.15 0.15 0.15
Nickel, max. % 0.40 0.40 0.40
Vanadium, min.% 0.08 0.08 0.08
Total of Cr, Cu, Mo, Ni, and V shall not exceed 1%
Permissible Variations in Wall Thickness The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than
12.5% under the nominal wall thickness specified.
Permissible Variations in Weights per Foot Weight of any length shall not vary more than 10% over and 3.5%
under that specified. NOTE — NPS 4 and smaller — weighed in lots.
Larger sizes shall be weighed separately by length.
Permissible Variations in Outside Diameter Outside Diameter at any point shall not vary from standard specified
more than:
NPS [DN Designator]
Over Under
in. mm in. mm
1/8 to 1-1/2 [6 to 40], incl 1/64 (0.015) 0.4 1/64 (0.015) 0.4
Over 1-1/2 to 4 [40 to 100], incl 1/32 (0.031) 0.8 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Over 4 to 8 [100 to 200], incl 1/16 (0.062) 1.6 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Over 8 to 18 [200 to 450], incl 3/32 (0.093) 2.4 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Over 18 to 26 [450 to 650], incl 1/8 (0.125) 3.2 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Over 26 to 34 [650 to 859], incl 5/32 (0.156) 4.0 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Over 34 to 48 [850 to 1200], incl 3/16 (0.187) 4.8 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Tensile Requirements
Seamless
Grade A Grade B
Tensile Strength, min., psi 48,000 60,000
Yield Strength, min., psi 30,000 35,000
Number of Tests Required
NPS On One Length from Each Lot of
Tensile 5 and smaller
400 or less
6 and larger
200 or less
Bending 2 and smaller
400 or less
Flattening 2 through 5
400 or less
6 and over
200 or less
Hydrostatic Testing Inspection test pressures produce a stress in the pipe wall equal to
60% of specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) at room
temperature. Maximum Pressures are not to exceed 2500 psi for
NPS3 and must stay under 2800 psi for the larger sizes. Pressure is
maintained for not less than 5 seconds.
Mechanical Tests Specified Tensile Test — NPS 8 and larger — either transverse or longitudinal
acceptable Smaller than NPS 8 — weighed in lots. Larger sizes — by
length. Flattening Test — NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Bending Test (Cold)
— NPS 2 and under.
Degree of Bend
Diameter of Mandrel
For Normal A106 Uses 90
12 x nom dia. of pipe
For Close Coiling 180
8 x nom dia. of pipe
Lengths Lengths required shall be specified on order. No “jointers” permitted
unless otherwise specified. If no definite lengths required, following
practice applies: Single Random — 17′ ~ 24′ lengths Double Random
— 36′ ~ 44′ lengths
Required Markings on Each Length (On Tags attached to each Bundle in case of Bundled Pipe) Rolled,
Stamped, or Stenciled (Mfrs. Option) Manufacturer’s name or brand.
Length of pipe. A106 A, A 106 B, A 106 C. ANSI schedule number.
Hydrostatic test pressures and/or NDE; Weight per foot (NPS 4 and
larger) or NH if neither is specified. Additional “S” if tested
supplementary requirements.
Referenced Documents
� ASTM A 530/A 530M Specification for General Requirements for
Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe
� ASTM E 213 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and
Tubing
� ASTM E 309 Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel
Tubular Products Using Magnetic Saturation
� ASTM E 381 Method of Macroetch testing Steel Bars, Billets,
Blooms, and Forgings
� ASTM E 570 Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of
Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
� ASME B26.10M Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
General Information Orders for material under this specification should include the
following, as required, to describe the desired material adequately:
*ASTM A 106 grade B Seamless Pressure Pipe
B) Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, for each reduction of
0.01 % below the specified carbon maximum, an increase of 0.06 %
manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a
maximum of 1.65 %.
*ASME SA 106 grade B Seamless Pressure Pipe
B) For each reduction of 0.01 % below the specified carbon maximum,
an increase of 0.06 % manganese above the specified maximum will
be permitted up to a maximum of 1.35 %.
NACE CARBON STEEL PIPES
IBR PIPES
Head Office
Adress: 79/81, West View Building A, 10th Khetwadi Lane, Mumbai-400004
Phone: +91 22 23802185
Tele Fax: +91 22 23802421
E-mail:[email protected]
NPS 1/8" to NPS 48” Wall thickness: Schedules 10 through 160, STD, XS, XXS.
*Commonly requested unscheduled walls up to 4” and certified minimum wall items
- See more at: http://www.fedsteel.com/products/carbon-pipe-and-tube/astm-a106-seamless-carbon-steel-pipe.html#sthash.Hukik5Ck.dpuf.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Specification for Drill Pipe
ANSI/API SPECIFICATION 5DPFIRST EDITION, AUGUST 2009
EFFECTIVE DATE: AUGUST 1, 2010
CONTAINS API MONOGRAM ANNEX AS PART OF U.S. NATIONAL ADOPTION
ISO 11961:2008 (Identical), Petroleum and natural gas industries—Steel drill pipe
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Special Notes
API publications necessarily address problems of a general nature. With respect to particular circumstances, local,state, and federal laws and regulations should be reviewed.
Neither API nor any of API's employees, subcontractors, consultants, committees, or other assignees make anywarranty or representation, either express or implied, with respect to the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of theinformation contained herein, or assume any liability or responsibility for any use, or the results of such use, of anyinformation or process disclosed in this publication. Neither API nor any of API's employees, subcontractors,consultants, or other assignees represent that use of this publication would not infringe upon privately owned rights.
Users of this recommended practice should not rely exclusively on the information contained in this document.Sound business, scientific, engineering, and safety judgment should be used in employing the information containedherein.
API publications may be used by anyone desiring to do so. Every effort has been made by the Institute to assure theaccuracy and reliability of the data contained in them; however, the Institute makes no representation, warranty, orguarantee in connection with this publication and hereby expressly disclaims any liability or responsibility for loss ordamage resulting from its use or for the violation of any authorities having jurisdiction with which this publication mayconflict.
API publications are published to facilitate the broad availability of proven, sound engineering and operatingpractices. These publications are not intended to obviate the need for applying sound engineering judgmentregarding when and where these publications should be utilized. The formulation and publication of API publicationsis not intended in any way to inhibit anyone from using any other practices.
Any manufacturer marking equipment or materials in conformance with the marking requirements of an API standardis solely responsible for complying with all the applicable requirements of that standard. API does not represent,warrant, or guarantee that such products do in fact conform to the applicable API standard.
All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced, translated, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission from the publisher. Contact the
Publisher, API Publishing Services, 1220 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.
Copyright © 2009 American Petroleum Institute
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Foreword
Nothing contained in any API publication is to be construed as granting any right, by implication or otherwise, for themanufacture, sale, or use of any method, apparatus, or product covered by letters patent. Neither should anythingcontained in the publication be construed as insuring anyone against liability for infringement of letters patent.
Shall: As used in a standard, “shall” denotes a minimum requirement in order to conform to the specification.
Should: As used in a standard, “should” denotes a recommendation or that which is advised but not required in orderto conform to the specification.
This document was produced under API standardization procedures that ensure appropriate notification andparticipation in the developmental process and is designated as an API standard. Questions concerning theinterpretation of the content of this publication or comments and questions concerning the procedures under whichthis publication was developed should be directed in writing to the Director of Standards, American PetroleumInstitute, 1220 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005. Requests for permission to reproduce or translate all or anypart of the material published herein should also be addressed to the director.
Generally, API standards are reviewed and revised, reaffirmed, or withdrawn at least every five years. A one-timeextension of up to two years may be added to this review cycle. Status of the publication can be ascertained from theAPI Standards Department, telephone (202) 682-8000. A catalog of API publications and materials is publishedannually by API, 1220 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.
Suggested revisions are invited and should be submitted to the Standards Department, API, 1220 L Street, NW,Washington, D.C. 20005, [email protected].
ii
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
iii
Contents Page
API Foreword ...................................................................................................................................................... ii
Foreword ............................................................................................................................................................. v
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ vi
1 Scope ...................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Conformance .......................................................................................................................................... 1 2.1 Dual citing of normative references .................................................................................................... 1 2.2 Units of measurement ........................................................................................................................... 2
3 Normative references ............................................................................................................................ 2
4 Terms, definitions, symbols and abbreviated terms ......................................................................... 4 4.1 Terms and definitions ........................................................................................................................... 4 4.2 Symbols and abbreviated terms .......................................................................................................... 8
5 Information to be supplied when placing orders for drill-pipe ....................................................... 10
6 Requirements for drill-pipe ................................................................................................................. 11 6.1 General ................................................................................................................................................. 11 6.2 Dimensions, masses and connections ............................................................................................. 11 6.3 Material requirements ......................................................................................................................... 12 6.4 Process of manufacture for drill-pipe................................................................................................ 13 6.5 Traceability ........................................................................................................................................... 14 6.6 Inspection and testing — General ..................................................................................................... 15 6.7 Testing of welds................................................................................................................................... 16 6.8 Tensile test ........................................................................................................................................... 16 6.9 Hardness test ....................................................................................................................................... 17 6.10 Charpy V-notch impact test ................................................................................................................ 18 6.11 Transverse side-bend test .................................................................................................................. 18 6.12 Imperfections and defects in drill-pipe ............................................................................................. 19 6.13 Visual inspection of the drill-pipe weld zone .................................................................................... 19 6.14 Non-destructive examination of the weld zone ................................................................................ 20 6.15 Marking of drill-pipe ............................................................................................................................ 21 6.16 Minimum facility requirements for drill-pipe manufacturers .......................................................... 23 6.17 Documentation requirements of drill-pipe ........................................................................................ 23
7 Requirements for drill-pipe body ....................................................................................................... 24 7.1 Information to be supplied when placing orders for drill-pipe bodies .......................................... 24 7.2 Dimensional and mass requirements ................................................................................................ 24 7.3 Material requirements ......................................................................................................................... 26 7.4 Process of manufacture ...................................................................................................................... 27 7.5 Traceability ........................................................................................................................................... 28 7.6 Inspection and testing — General ..................................................................................................... 28 7.7 Testing of chemical composition ....................................................................................................... 28 7.8 Tensile tests ......................................................................................................................................... 29 7.9 Charpy V-notch impact tests .............................................................................................................. 30 7.10 Drill-pipe-body wall thickness ............................................................................................................ 31 7.11 Drill-pipe-body length ......................................................................................................................... 31 7.12 Internal upset ....................................................................................................................................... 31 7.13 Internal profile ...................................................................................................................................... 32 7.14 Straightness ......................................................................................................................................... 32 7.15 Upset alignment ................................................................................................................................... 32 7.16 Mass determination ............................................................................................................................. 32 7.17 Imperfections and defects of drill-pipe body .................................................................................... 32 7.18 Visual inspection of drill-pipe body ................................................................................................... 33
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
iv
7.19 Non-destructive examination ............................................................................................................ 34 7.20 Marking ................................................................................................................................................ 37 7.21 Minimum facility requirements for drill-pipe-body manufacturer .................................................. 38 7.22 Documentation requirements ............................................................................................................ 38
8 Requirements for tool joints .............................................................................................................. 39 8.1 Information to be supplied when placing orders for tool joints .................................................... 39 8.2 Dimensional requirements ................................................................................................................. 40 8.3 Material requirements......................................................................................................................... 40 8.4 Process of manufacture ..................................................................................................................... 41 8.5 Traceability .......................................................................................................................................... 42 8.6 Inspection and testing — General ..................................................................................................... 42 8.7 Testing of chemical composition ...................................................................................................... 42 8.8 Tensile tests ........................................................................................................................................ 43 8.9 Hardness tests .................................................................................................................................... 44 8.10 Charpy V-notch impact tests ............................................................................................................. 44 8.11 Imperfections and defects ................................................................................................................. 45 8.12 Non-destructive examination ............................................................................................................ 46 8.13 Marking ................................................................................................................................................ 47 8.14 Minimum facility requirements for tool-joint manufacturers ......................................................... 47 8.15 Documentation requirements for tool joints .................................................................................... 48
Annex A (normative) Tables in SI units ......................................................................................................... 49
Annex B (normative) Figures in SI (USC) units ............................................................................................. 67
Annex C (normative) Tables in USC units ..................................................................................................... 81
Annex D (normative) Purchaser inspection .................................................................................................. 99
Annex E (informative) Supplementary requirements ................................................................................. 100
Annex F (informative) Procedures used to convert from USC units to SI units for drill-pipe ................ 103
Annex G (normative) Product specification levels ..................................................................................... 107
Annex H (informative) API monogram .......................................................................................................... 109
Bibliography ................................................................................................................................................... 112
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
v
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies (ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.
The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.
ISO 11961 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 67, Materials, equipment and offshore structures for petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries, Subcommittee SC 5, Casing, tubing and drill pipe.
This second edition cancels and replaces the first edition (ISO 11961:1996), which has been extensively technically revised.
It is the intention of ISO/TC 67 that either this edition or the previous edition of ISO 11961 be applicable, at the option of the purchaser (as defined in 4.1.31), for a period of six months from the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the date of publication of this edition, after which period the previous edition will no longer be applicable.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
vi
Introduction
This International Standard is based on API Spec 5D and API Spec 7.
Users of this International Standard should be aware that further or differing requirements may be needed for individual applications. This International Standard is not intended to inhibit a vendor from offering, or the purchaser from accepting, alternative equipment or engineering solutions for the individual application. This may be particularly applicable where there is innovative or developing technology. Where an alternative is offered, the vendor should identify any variations from this International Standard and provide details.
This International Standard includes provisions of various natures. These are identified by the use of certain verbal forms:
a) SHALL is used to indicate that a provision is MANDATORY;
b) SHOULD is used to indicate that a provision is not mandatory, but RECOMMENDED as good practice;
c) MAY is used to indicate that a provision is OPTIONAL.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP / ISO 11961
1
Petroleum and natural gas industries — Steel drill pipe
1 Scope
This International Standard specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel drill-pipes with upset pipe-body ends and weld-on tool joints for use in drilling and production operations in petroleum and natural gas industries for three product specification levels (PSL-1, PSL-2 and PSL-3). The requirements for PSL-1 form the basis of this International Standard. The requirements that define different levels of standard technical requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
This International Standard covers the following grades of drill-pipe:
grade E drill-pipe;
high-strength grades of drill-pipe, grades X, G and S.
A typical drill-pipe configuration is given, showing main elements and lengths (see Figure B.1). The main dimensions and masses of the grades of drill-pipe are given in both SI units (see Table A.1) and in USC units (see Table C.1).
This International Standard can also be used for drill-pipe with tool joints not specified by ISO or API standards.
By agreement between purchaser and manufacturer, this International Standard can also be applied to other drill-pipe body and/or tool-joint dimensions. This International Standard lists supplementary requirements that can optionally be agreed between purchaser and manufacturer, for testing, performance verification and non-destructive examination (see Annex E).
This International Standard does not consider performance properties.
NOTE 1 In this International Standard, drill-pipe is designated by label 1, label 2, grade of material (E, X, G and S), upset type and type of rotary shouldered connection. Designations are used for the purpose of identification in ordering.
NOTE 2 Reference can be made to ISO 10424-2 or API Spec 7-2 for the detailed requirements for the threading of drill-pipe tool joints.
NOTE 3 Reference can be made to API RP 7G for the performance properties of the drill-pipe.
2 Conformance
2.1 Dual citing of normative references
In the interests of world-wide application of this International Standard, Technical Committee ISO/TC 67 has decided, after detailed technical analysis, that certain of the normative documents listed in Clause 3 and prepared by ISO/TC 67 or another ISO Technical Committee are interchangeable in the context of the relevant requirement with the relevant document prepared by the American Petroleum Institute (API), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). These latter documents are cited in the running text following the ISO reference and preceded by ―or‖, for example ―ISO XXXX or API YYYY‖. Application of an alternative normative document cited in this manner will lead to technical results different from the use of the preceding ISO reference. However, both results are acceptable and these documents are thus considered interchangeable in practice.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
2 Specification for Drill Pipe
2.2 Units of measurement
In this International Standard, data are expressed in both the International System (SI) of units and the United States Customary (USC) system of units. Separate tables for data expressed in SI units and USC units are in Annex A and Annex C, respectively. Figures are in Annex B and express data in both SI and USC units. For a specific order item, it is intended that only one system of units be used, without combining data expressed in the other system.
Products manufactured to specifications expressed in either of these unit systems shall be considered equivalent and totally interchangeable. Consequently, compliance with the requirements of this International Standard as expressed in one system provides compliance with requirements expressed in the other system.
For data expressed in the SI system, a comma is used as the decimal separator and a space as the thousands separator. For data expressed in the USC system, a dot (on the line) is used as the decimal separator and a space as the thousands separator.
In the text, data in SI units are followed by data in USC units in brackets.
NOTE The procedures used to convert from USC units to SI units are given in informative Annex F.
3 Normative references
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendment) applies.
ISO 6506-1, Metallic materials — Brinell Hardness test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6507-1, Metallic materials — Vickers hardness test — Part 1: Test method
ISO 6508-1, Metallic materials — Rockwell hardness test — Part 1:Test method (scales A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, N, T)
ISO 6892, Metallic materials — Tensile testing
ISO 7500-1, Metallic materials — Verification of static uni-axial testing machines — Part 1: Tension/compression testing machines — Verification and calibration of the force-measuring system
ISO 9303, Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes — Full peripheral ultrasonic testing for the detection of longitudinal imperfections
ISO 9304, Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes — Eddy current testing for the detection of imperfections
ISO 9305, Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes — Full peripheral ultrasonic testing for the detection of transverse imperfections
ISO 9402, Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes — Full peripheral magnetic transducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of longitudinal imperfections
ISO 9513, Metallic materials — Calibration of extensometers used in uniaxial testing
ISO 9598, Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes — Full peripheral magnetic transducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of transverse imperfections
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 3
ISO/TR 9769, Steel and iron — Review of available methods of analysis
ISO/TR 10400, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Equations and calculations for the properties of casing, tubing, drill-pipe and line pipe used as casing or tubing
ISO 10424-2, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Rotary drilling equipment — Part 2: Threading and gauging of rotary shouldered thread connections
ISO 11484, Steel tubes for pressure purposes — Qualification and certification of non-destructive (NDT) personnel
ISO 13665, Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes — Magnetic particle inspection of the tube body for the detection of surface imperfections
API Spec 7-2, Specification for Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered Thread Connections
API RP 7G, Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits
ANSI/API 5C3, Bulletin on Formulas and Calculations for Casing, Tubing, Drill-pipe, and Line Pipe Properties (including Supplement 1)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX
ASNT SNT-TC-1A, Recommended Practice, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Non-Destructive Testing
ASTM A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
ASTM A751, Standard Test Methods, Practices and Terminology for Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
ASTM A941, Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys, and Ferroalloys
ASTM E4, Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines
ASTM E10, Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E18, Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E23, Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials
ASTM E83, Standard Practice for Verification and Classification of Extensometer Systems
ASTM E92, Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E213, Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing
ASTM E309, Standard Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products Using Magnetic Saturation
ASTM E570, Standard Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
ASTM E709, Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
4 Specification for Drill Pipe
4 Terms, definitions, symbols and abbreviated terms
4.1 Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions in ASTM A941 for heat treatment operations and the following apply.
4.1.1 bevel diameter outer diameter of the sealing shoulder of a rotary shouldered connection
4.1.2 defect imperfection of sufficient magnitude to warrant rejection of the product based on criteria defined in this International Standard
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.11]
4.1.3 drill-pipe drill-pipe body with weld-on tool joints
4.1.4 drill-pipe body seamless pipe with upset ends
See Figure B.1.
4.1.5 drill-pipe-body manufacturer firm, company or corporation that operates facilities for making drill-pipe bodies and is responsible for compliance with the requirements of this International Standard applicable to the drill-pipe body
See 7.21.
4.1.6 drill-pipe manufacturer firm, company or corporation responsible for compliance with all the applicable requirements of this International Standard
See 6.16.
4.1.7 drill-pipe torsion-strength ratio torsion strength of the tool-joint connection divided by the drill-pipe-body torsion strength
4.1.8 drill-pipe weld neck machined part of the drill-pipe comprising the tool-joint weld neck, the weld and the drill-pipe-body upset
See Figure B.1.
4.1.9 elephant hide wrinkled outside diameter surfaces of the drill-pipe body caused by the upsetting process
4.1.10 essential variable variable parameter in which a change affects the mechanical properties of the weld joint
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 5
4.1.11 gouge elongated groove or cavity caused by mechanical removal of metal
4.1.12 hard banding application of material onto tool joints to reduce external wear of the tool joint
NOTE Also known as hard facing.
4.1.13 hardness number result from a single hardness impression
4.1.14 heat heat of steel metal produced by a single cycle of a batch-melting process
4.1.15 heat analysis chemical analysis representative of a heat as reported by the metal producer
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.15]
4.1.16 imperfection discontinuity in the product wall or on the product surface that can be detected by an NDE method included in this International Standard
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.16]
4.1.17 indication evidence of a discontinuity that requires interpretation to determine its significance
4.1.18 inspection process of measuring, examining, testing, gauging or otherwise comparing the product with the applicable requirements
4.1.19 label 1 dimensionless designation for the drill-pipe-body size that may be used when ordering
4.1.20 label 2 dimensionless designation for the drill-pipe-body mass per unit length that may be used when ordering
4.1.21 linear imperfection imperfection that includes, but is not limited to, seams, laps, cracks, plug scores, cuts, gouges and elephant hide
NOTE See API 5T1.
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.25]
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
6 Specification for Drill Pipe
4.1.22 lot definite quantity of product manufactured under conditions that are considered uniform for the attribute being inspected
4.1.23 lot size number of units in a lot
4.1.24 manufacturer one or more of the following, depending on the context: the maker of drill-pipe, the maker of drill-pipe body or the maker of tool joints
4.1.25 mean hardness number result of averaging the hardness numbers for the single specimen or location being evaluated
4.1.26 non-essential variable variable parameter in which a change may be made in the WPS without re-qualification
4.1.27 non-linear imperfection imperfection that includes, but is not limited to, pits
See API Std 5T1.
4.1.28 pipe body seamless pipe excluding upset and upset-affected areas
See Figure B.1.
4.1.29 procedure qualification record PQR written documentation stating an assessment that a specific WPS produces welds in accordance with the requirements of this International Standard.
4.1.30 product drill-pipe, drill-pipe body or tool joint
4.1.31 purchaser party responsible for both the definition of requirements for a product order and for payment for that order
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.35]
4.1.32 quench crack crack in steel resulting from stresses produced during the transformation from austenite to martensite
NOTE This transformation is accompanied by an increase in volume.
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.36]
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 7
4.1.33 rotary shouldered connection connection used on drill string elements which has tapered threads and sealing shoulders
4.1.34 rotary friction welding solid state welding under compressive-force contact of work-pieces rotating relative to one another along a common axis to increase temperature and plastically displace material from the faying surfaces
NOTE Either direct drive or inertia friction welding is acceptable.
4.1.35 sample one or more units of product selected from a lot to represent that lot
4.1.36 seamless pipe wrought steel tubular product made without a weld seam
NOTE It is manufactured by hot working and, if necessary, by subsequently cold-working or heat-treating, or a combination of these operations, to produce the desired shape, dimensions and properties.
[ISO 11960:2004, definition 4.1.37]
4.1.37 tool joint forged or rolled steel component for drill-pipe designed to be welded to the drill-pipe body and having a rotary shouldered connection
4.1.38 tool-joint box threaded connection on tool joints that has internal threads
4.1.39 tool-joint manufacturer firm, company or corporation that operates facilities for making tool joints and is responsible for compliance with the requirements of this International Standard applicable to the tool joint
See 8.14.
4.1.40 tool-joint pin threaded connection on tool joints that has external threads
4.1.41 upset ovality difference between the largest and smallest diameter in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the upset
4.1.42 weld zone zone comprising the weld line and the heat-affected areas on either side of the weld line caused by the friction welding and subsequent heat-treatment processes
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
8 Specification for Drill Pipe
4.1.43 welding machine and welding operator performance qualification WPQ written procedure used to demonstrate that a welding machine and welding operator combination has the capability to use the WPS to produce a weld meeting the requirements of this International Standard
NOTE It includes records from the qualification tests.
4.1.44 welding procedure specification WPS written procedure that provides instructions to the welding operator for making production welds in accordance with the requirements of this International Standard
NOTE It includes all essential variables and non-essential variables for friction welding of tool joints to drill-pipe body. A WPS applies to all those welds, of which each element has the same specified dimensions and chemistry, that are grouped according to a documented procedure that ensures a predictable response to weld-zone treatment for a particular grade.
4.2 Symbols and abbreviated terms
Adp cross-sectional area of the drill-pipe body based on the specified dimensions of the pipe body
A cross-sectional area of the tensile specimen, expressed in square millimetres (square inches)
A length of reduced section, expressed in millimetres
Aw minimum cross-sectional area of the weld zone
D tool-joint outside diameter (pin and box)
Cm standard Charpy impact energy, expressed in Joules;
C standard Charpy impact energy, expressed in foot-pounds.
Ddp pipe-body outside diameter
Df bevel diameter (pin and box)
Dj external diameter on the tool-joint neck, which becomes Dte after welding and final machining
D diameter of round bar
Dte outside diameter of the drill-pipe weld after machining
D0u drill-pipe-body upset outside diameter
ddp pipe-body inside diameter
dj internal diameter of the tool-joint neck, which becomes dte after welding and final machining
dp tool-joint-pin inside diameter
dte inside diameter of the drill-pipe weld after machining
d0u drill-pipe-body upset inside diameter
EU external upset
e minimum extension in a gauge length of 50,8 mm (2.0 in)
em minimum elongation
ew drill-pipe-body mass gain or loss due to end finishing. For plain-end non-upset pipe, ew equals zero
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 9
G gauge length
ID inside diameter
IEU internal-external upset
IU internal upset
L length of drill-pipe with weld-on tool joint (from shoulder to shoulder)
Lb length of box-tool joint outside diameter including connection bevel and hard band; see Figures B.1 and B.12
Leu drill-pipe-body external upset length
Liu drill-pipe-body internal upset length
Lpb length of pin-tool-joint outside diameter, including connection bevel; see Figures B.1 and B.12
Lpe length of drill-pipe body (without tool joint)
meu drill-pipe-body external upset taper length
miu drill-pipe-body internal upset taper length
N fraction or number with a fraction
NDE non-destructive examination
OD outside diameter
PQR procedure qualification record
PSL product specification level
R minimum radius of fillet
RSC rotary shouldered connection
TS tensile strength
t pipe-body wall thickness
U upset dimension
Udp minimum specified tensile strength
UT ultrasonic testing
W width
WL approximate calculated mass of a piece of drill-pipe body of length Lpe
WPQ welder performance qualification
WPS welding procedure specification
wdp approximate linear mass of the drill-pipe
wpe plain-end pipe-body unit mass (without upsets)
Ymin specified minimum yield strength, see Table A.5 or Table C.5
Yw weld zone yield strength
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
10 Specification for Drill Pipe
5 Information to be supplied when placing orders for drill-pipe
5.1 When placing orders for drill-pipe to be manufactured in accordance with this International Standard, the purchaser shall specify the following on the purchase agreement:
Requirements Reference
Document number(s) ISO 11961 or API Spec 5DP
Quantity
Label 1 Table A.1 or Table C.1
Label 2 Table A.1 or Table C.1
Grade Table A.1 or Table C.1
Upset type (internal, external or internal-external upset) Table A.1 or Table C.1
RSC type or other special connection by agreement between purchaser and manufacturer
Table A.1 or Table C.1, or 6.2.2
Range or special length and tolerance by agreement between purchaser and manufacturer
Table A.3 or Table C.3
Delivery date and shipping instructions
Inspection by purchaser Annex D
Documentation 6.17
5.2 The purchaser shall also specify in the purchase agreement his requirements concerning the following stipulations, which are optional with the purchaser:
Requirements Reference
Tool-joint outside diameter 6.2.2
Tool-joint inside diameter of the pin end 6.2.2
Length of pin-tool-joint outside diameter 6.2.6
Length of box-tool-joint outside diameter 6.2.6
Under-thickness tolerance if less than 12,5 % 7.2.6
Type of heat treatment for drill-pipe body: grade E only 7.4.3
Hard banding: type, location, dimensions and acceptance criteria
NOTE Hard banding reduces the length of the tool-joint outside diameter available for tong placement.
8.4.7
Pipe coatings: internal and/or external 6.4.5, 6.4.6 and 7.4.4
Special threads on tool joints 8.2.5
Specific thread or storage compound 6.4.7
Thread-protector type 6.4.7 and 8.4.8
Marking requirements 6.15, 7.20 and 8.13
Individual drill-pipe traceability 6.5
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 11
Supplementary requirements
Non-destructive examination for grades E, X and G Clause E.2, SR2
Test certificates Clause E.3, SR15
Charpy V-notch (CVN) impact toughness testing of grade E pipe body Clause E.4, SR19
Alternative low-temperature Charpy V-notch impact testing Clause E.5, SR20
Weld-zone testing frequency Clause E.6, SR23
Charpy V-notch: increased weld-zone requirements Clause E.7, SR24
For PSL-2 or PSL-3 Annex G
6 Requirements for drill-pipe
6.1 General
The drill-pipe shall be made from drill-pipe body manufactured in accordance with Clause 7 and tool joints manufactured in accordance with Clause 8. Areas of the drill-pipe body and tool joint affected by the welding and finishing processes are addressed in Clause 6.
6.2 Dimensions, masses and connections
6.2.1 Standard configuration
The configuration of drill-pipe shall correspond to Figure B.1. Drill-pipe shall be furnished with dimensions and tolerances as in Tables A.1 and A.2 or Tables C.1 and C.2 and/or in the purchase agreement. All dimensions shown without tolerances are related to the basis for design and are not subject to measurement to determine acceptance or rejection of product. Drill-pipe dimensions that are not in this International Standard or in the purchase agreement are at the manufacturer's discretion.
Rotary shouldered connections shall conform to the dimensions, together with the tolerances, in ISO 10424-2 or API Spec 7-2. Right-hand thread connections shall be considered standard.
6.2.2 Alternative configurations
When specified in the purchase agreement, drill-pipe shall be furnished in dimensional configurations not defined in this International Standard. In this case, dimensions, tolerances and markings shall be agreed between the purchaser and manufacturer. The drill-pipe body and tool joint shall be modified in accordance with this agreement but the drill-pipe shall otherwise be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of this International Standard.
The outside diameter of the box tool joint, D, and inside diameter of the pin tool joint, dp, dimensions in Table A.1 or Table C.1, result in a drill-pipe torsion-strength ratio 0,8 or greater. Changes in the OD and ID of the tool joints can result in a lower drill-pipe torsion-strength ratio, which should be determined by the purchaser to be suitable for the intended application.
6.2.3 Drill-pipe weld neck diameters
The drill-pipe weld diameters, Dte and dte, as shown in Figure B.1, apply to the finished product after the tool joint is welded to the drill-pipe body and machined and/or ground. The outside diameter, Dte, shall meet the requirements of Table A.1 or Table C.1, and 6.3.2. The inside diameter, dte, shall meet the requirements of 6.3.2 and may be different on the pin and box weld zones.
6.2.4 Tool-joint inside diameters
The tool-joint-pin inside diameter, dp, shall meet the requirements in Table A.1 or Table C.1. The tool-joint-box inside diameter is at the manufacturer’s discretion but shall not be less than the tool-joint-pin internal diameter, dp.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
12 Specification for Drill Pipe
6.2.5 Length
Drill-pipe shall be furnished in length ranges conforming to Table A.3 or Table C.3 or other lengths and tolerances as specified in the purchase agreement.
The drill-pipe manufacturer shall specify the lengths and tolerances of the drill-pipe body and tool joints such that the required length of each drill-pipe is achieved.
6.2.6 Length of tool-joint outside diameter
The length of pin-tool-joint outside diameter, Lpb, and the length of box-tool-joint outside diameter, Lb, in Table A.1 or Table C.1, may be increased by agreement between purchaser and manufacturer.
6.2.7 End-drift
Each drill-pipe shall be end-drift tested throughout the length of the tool joints and upsets with a cylindrical mandrel having a minimum diameter of 3,2 mm (0.125 in) smaller than the specified inside diameter of the pin end, dp. The drift mandrel shall be at least 100 mm (4 in) long.
NOTE Drift testing of the full length of the drill-pipe is not required.
6.2.8 Tool-joint alignment
The maximum misalignment between the longitudinal axis of the drill-pipe body and the longitudinal axis of the welded-on tool joint shall not exceed the following:
for parallel misalignment: 4 mm (0,157 in) total indicator reading;
for angular misalignment: 8 mm/m (0,008 in/in) for label 1: 4-1/2 and larger;
10 mm/m (0,010 in/in) for smaller than label 1: 4-1/2.
The axis of the tool joint shall be determined on the surface of the outside diameter, D, that is unaffected by markings or hard banding. The axis of the drill-pipe body shall be determined over a minimum length of 400 mm (15 in) on the outside surface of the pipe body.
6.2.9 Weld-zone profile
The weld zone shall have no sharp corners or drastic changes of section. The internal weld-zone profile shall not cause a 90° hook-type tool to hang up.
6.3 Material requirements
6.3.1 General
The material properties of the drill-pipe body and the tool joint shall be as in Tables A.4 to A.8 or Tables C.4 to C.8 inclusive.
6.3.2 Weld-zone yield strength
The yield load of the weld zone in tension shall be greater than the yield load of the drill-pipe body as given by Equation (1):
(Yw Aw) ≥ (Ymin Adp) (1)
where
Adp is the cross-sectional area of the drill-pipe body based on the specified dimensions of the pipe body;
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 13
Aw is the minimum cross-sectional area of the weld zone;
Ymin is the specified minimum yield strength of the drill-pipe body;
Yw is the weld zone minimum yield strength (determined by the manufacturer based on the design).
The method for calculating the minimum cross-sectional area, Aw, of the weld zone shall be as given in Equation (2):
(2)
where
dte,max is the maximum allowable inside diameter specified by the drill-pipe manufacturer;
Dte,min is the minimum allowable outside diameter specified by the drill-pipe manufacturer.
6.3.3 Weld-zone hardness
For surface hardness, no hardness number shall exceed 37 HRC or equivalent.
For the through-wall hardness test, the mean hardness number of the weld zone shall not exceed 37 HRC or 365 HV10.
6.3.4 Weld-zone Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirements
The minimum absorbed energy requirements shall be as in Table A.8 or Table C.8. In addition, not more than one impact specimen shall exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum average absorbed-energy requirement, and in no case shall an individual impact specimen exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
6.3.5 Weld-zone Charpy V-notch absorbed energy — Alternative requirements
When specified in the purchase agreement, the absorbed energy shall meet the SR20 and/or the SR24 requirements in Clause E.5 and/or Clause E.7 respectively (see also Table A.8 or Table C.8).
6.3.6 Weld-zone transverse side bend properties
The guided-bend specimens shall have no open discontinuity in the weld zone exceeding 3 mm (0,125 in) measured in any direction on the convex surface of the specimen after bending. Open discontinuities occurring on the corner of the specimen during testing shall not be considered unless there is definite evidence that they result from lack of fusion, inclusions or other internal discontinuities.
6.4 Process of manufacture for drill-pipe
6.4.1 Processes requiring validation
Final operations performed during drill-pipe manufacturing that affect compliance as required in this International Standard (except chemical composition and dimensions) shall have their process validated.
Those processes requiring validation are welding and weld heat treatment.
6.4.2 Welding qualification
The manufacturer shall develop, qualify and use a welding procedure, including post-weld heat treatment (WPS and PQR), in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. The procedure shall identify the essential variables and non-essential variables and address the permissible number of re-heat treatments.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
14 Specification for Drill Pipe
The PQR shall include, as a minimum, the data of the specific variables (both essential and non-essential) used to weld a tool joint to a drill-pipe body and the results of all mechanical tests to verify the properties in 6.3 carried out on specimens taken from the test weld.
In addition, the manufacturer shall undertake macrostructrual examination of the weld to verify that the weld exhibits complete bonding and freedom from cracks.
The manufacturer shall qualify the welding machines and welding operators to a specific WPQ for each WPS utilized by the operators.
6.4.3 Welding of tool joints to drill-pipe body and post-weld heat treatment
The welding of the tool joint to the drill-pipe body shall be by the rotary friction welding process.
A post-weld heat treatment shall be performed through the entire thickness and from the weld line to beyond where the flow lines of the tool joint and drill-pipe body material change direction as a result of the welding process. The weld shall be austenitized, cooled below the transformation temperature and tempered at a minimum temperature of 593 °C (1 100 °F).
6.4.4 Weld machining
The weld area shall be machined and/or ground, both externally and internally, to produce a flush surface (visually free from gouges or abrupt changes in section).
Tool marks from normal machining operations shall be acceptable.
6.4.5 Internal coating
When specified in the purchase agreement, drill-pipe shall be internally coated over the full length, except the thread. The type of coating shall be specified in the purchase agreement and the application and inspection shall be carried out in accordance with an agreed documented procedure.
6.4.6 External coating
Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the drill-pipe shall be given an external coating for protection from corrosion during transit. The coating shall be rated to protect the drill-pipe for at least three months and it should be smooth, hard to the touch and with minimum sags.
6.4.7 Thread protection
Threads and shoulders of rotary shouldered connections shall be equipped with thread protectors to protect them from damage during transportation and storage. Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the type of thread protector is at the manufacturer’s discretion.
A thread compound, suitable for rotary shouldered connections, shall be applied over the clean threads and shoulders before protectors are installed. Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the type of thread compound is at the manufacturer’s discretion.
When specified in the purchase agreement, a storage compound shall be applied instead of the thread compound.
6.5 Traceability
The drill-pipe manufacturer shall establish and follow procedures for maintaining traceability to any applicable supplementary requirement and/or PSL requirement, as well as to drill-pipe-body heat and tool-joint heat as in Clauses 7 and 8, respectively.
Lot identity of all welds shall be maintained until all required tests are performed and conformance with specified requirements has been documented. The procedures shall provide means for tracing the welds to the lot and to mechanical and inspection test results.
When additional traceability is required, the details shall be agreed and be specified in the purchase agreement.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 15
6.6 Inspection and testing — General
6.6.1 Inspection and test equipment calibration
The manufacturer shall determine and document the appropriate calibration frequency and procedures (including occurrences of out-of-calibration and the consequences on products) in order to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
6.6.2 Dimensional inspection
The drill-pipe weld diameters, Dte and dte, shall be verified, after final machining and/or grinding according to a documented procedure, to meet the requirements of 6.2.3.
6.6.3 Drill-pipe length
The drill-pipe length, L, (see Figure B.1) shall be measured from shoulder to shoulder unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement. This length shall be recorded and reported to the purchaser. The accuracy of length-measuring devices shall be 0,03 m ( 0.1 ft). Drill-pipe length determination shall be in metres and hundredths of a metre (feet and tenths of a foot).
6.6.4 Straightness
All drill-pipe shall be visually examined for straightness. The straightness of questionably bent pipes or crooked extremities shall be measured in accordance with 7.14.
6.6.5 End-drift test
End-drift testing shall be performed with a drift mandrel conforming to the requirements of 6.2.7. It is permissible for the ends of the drift mandrel, extending beyond the specified cylindrical portion, to be shaped to permit easy entry into the drill-pipe. The drift mandrel shall pass freely through the length of the drill-pipe tool joint and upset by the use of a manual or power drift procedure. In case of dispute, the manual drift procedure shall be used.
6.6.6 Internal profile
Each end of every drill-pipe shall be visually examined for compliance with the requirements of 6.2.9. Questionable ends shall be examined using the following method.
The weld-zone configuration inspection shall be made with a 90° hook-type tool (see Figure B.2). The contact pin shall be visually determined to be attached perpendicular to the handle. The contact-point radius shall not exceed the inside radius of the weld zone being inspected. Sharp edges on the contact point shall be removed (see contact point on Figure B.2). The 90° hook-type-tool contact point should be maintained perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the weld zone while the contact point is passed axially throughout the weld-zone length. Pressure on the contact point shall be no greater than the pressure created by the weight of the 90º hook-type tool.
6.6.7 Tool-joint alignment
Tool-joint alignment shall conform to the requirements in 6.2.8 and shall be verified according to a documented procedure.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
16 Specification for Drill Pipe
6.7 Testing of welds
6.7.1 Lot size
A lot shall consist of all those welds that are produced in a single production run (either continuous or interrupted) on the same welding machine (without any modification of the set-up parameters) using the same qualified procedures (WPS and WPQ).
6.7.2 Test specimens
All initial test specimens for the weld zone, where size allows, shall be taken from the same sample.
6.8 Tensile test
6.8.1 Procedures
The tensile test shall be performed at room temperature in accordance with ISO 6892 or ASTM A370.
Tests may be carried out on semi-finished products, that is, before final machining operations but after final heat treatment.
The fracture shall not occur at the weld line.
6.8.2 Test equipment calibration
Tensile test machines shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 7500-1 or ASTM E4. Extensometers shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 9513 or ASTM E83. Retention of records shall be in accordance with 6.17.4 and Table A.9 or Table C.9.
6.8.3 Specimens
A longitudinal section of sufficient length to include the entire weld zone shall be suitably prepared and etched to determine the location of the weld zone relative to the weld line and transverse grain flow. This etched section shall be used to ensure that the tensile specimen includes the full weld zone within the reduced section as shown in Figure B.3.
The largest possible round-bar tensile specimens, in accordance with the requirements of ISO 6892 or ASTM A370, 0,2 % offset method, shall be taken from the longitudinal section location as shown in Figure B.3. Specimens with a diameter of 12,7 mm (0.500 in) are preferred. Specimens with a diameter of 8,9 mm (0.350 in) or 6,4 mm (0.250 in) are suitable alternatives for thin sections.
6.8.4 Frequency
The tensile-test frequency for the weld shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
For an alternative test frequency, see Clause E.6, SR23.
6.8.5 Defective specimen
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 17
6.8.6 Re-tests
If the initial tensile test fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test two additional specimens from the same weld. If both of the additional specimens pass, the lot shall be accepted.
If one or more of the additional specimens fail to conform to the requirements, the lot shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
If insufficient material remains for the re-test specimens to be obtained from the original sample, then it is permitted to obtain specimens from another weld within the same lot.
6.9 Hardness test
6.9.1 Procedures
Hardness tests shall be made in accordance with the appropriate standards as follows:
ISO 6506-1 or ASTM E10;
ISO 6507-1 or ASTM E92;
ISO 6508-1 or ASTM E18.
Hardness indentations shall not be closer than three indentation diameters from other indentations measured centre-to-centre.
6.9.2 Surface hardness test
Each weld zone shall be hardness tested on the outside surface at three places, 120° 15° apart. Selection of the hardness testing method is at the manufacturer's option, including the use of an alternative test method. In such a case, the manufacturer shall demonstrate the equivalence of the test result to those of one of the standards mentioned in 6.9.1.
6.9.3 Surface hardness — Re-test
All welds with a hardness number that exceeds 37 HRC shall be re-tested or rejected. For any hardness number that exceeds 37 HRC, one more hardness test shall be made in the immediate area. If the new hardness number does not exceed 37 HRC, the weld shall be accepted. If the new hardness number exceeds 37 HRC, the weld shall be rejected. The manufacturer may elect to re-heat-treat the weld in accordance with the same qualified procedure and perform the surface hardness test again.
6.9.4 Through-wall hardness test
The through-wall hardness test frequency of the weld zone shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
A Rockwell mean hardness number is the average of three Rockwell C-scale numbers taken at 2,5 mm to 6,4 mm (0.10 in to 0.25 in) from the outside surface and from the inside surface on the pipe and tool-joint sides of the weld line (that is 12 hardness numbers and 4 Rockwell mean hardness numbers on each weld, as shown in Figure B.3).
6.9.5 Through-wall hardness — Re-tests
All weld test pieces with a mean hardness number that exceeds 37 HRC shall be re-tested or the lot represented by the test shall be rejected. Before re-testing, the test surface may be re-ground. If the re-test mean hardness numbers do not exceed 37 HRC, the lot shall be accepted. If any re-test mean hardness number exceeds 37 HRC, the lot of welds represented by the test piece shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
18 Specification for Drill Pipe
6.10 Charpy V-notch impact test
6.10.1 Procedures
A test shall consist of a set of three longitudinal specimens taken from one weld. Charpy V-notch impact tests as in ASTM A370 and ASTM E23 shall be conducted at a temperature of 21 °C 3 °C (70 °F 5 °F). For alternative standardized test temperatures, see Clause E.5, SR20, and PSL-3 in Table A.8 or Table C.8.
Tests conducted at any temperature lower than the specified temperature are acceptable provided the absorbed-energy requirements at the specified temperature are achieved.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
6.10.2 Specimen size and orientation
The impact test specimen shall not be smaller than the largest size shown in Table A.11 or Table C.11 based on the specifed drill-pipe weld neck diameter (and rounded to the next smaller specified outside diameter if required) and the calculated weld neck thickness (based on specified dimensions).
Specimens shall be removed from the weld longitudinally with respect to the axis of the pipe with the notch oriented in a radial direction as shown in Figure B.3. The centre of the notch in the specimen shall be located on the weld line.
6.10.3 Test frequency
The impact test frequency for the weld shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
For an alternative test frequency, see Clause E.6, SR23.
6.10.4 Re-tests
If the requirements of 6.3.4 are not met and not more than one specimen is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement, the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to re-test a set of three additional specimens from the same weld test piece. For all three of these specimens, the absorbed energy shall be equal to or greater than the minimum average absorbed energy in Table A.8 or Table C.8 or the lot shall be rejected. If insufficient material remains for the re-test specimens to be obtained from the original sample, then it is permitted to obtain specimens from another weld from the same lot.
If more than one specimen in the initial test is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement, then the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to re-test an additional set of three specimens from each of three additional welds from the same lot. If these additional sets of specimens do not meet the initial test requirements, then the lot shall be rejected.
Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
6.10.5 Defective specimens
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens. Specimens shall not be judged defective simply because they fail to exhibit the minimum absorbed energy requirements.
6.11 Transverse side-bend test
6.11.1 Procedure
The guided bend test shall be carried out in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, paragraphs QW-161.1 and QW-162.1. The specimen shall be bent until the two branches of the
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 19
specimen form an angle of not greater than 40° under load, as shown in Figure B.3. The weld zone shall be completely within the bend portion of the specimen after bending. A test shall consist of one specimen bent in the clockwise direction and another specimen bent in the counter-clockwise direction relative to the pipe axis.
6.11.2 Specimens
One set of two specimens shall be removed from the weld zone of the test piece. The weld zone shall be in the centre of longitudinal specimens. The test specimens shall be of full wall thickness, approximately 9,5 mm (3/8 in) wide, and the length shall be 150 mm (6 in) minimum.
6.11.3 Test frequency
The transverse side-bend test frequency shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
For an alternative test frequency, see Clause E.6, SR23.
6.11.4 Re-tests
If only one of the guided-bend specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to reject the lot or to test an additional set of two specimens from the same weld test piece. If both of the re-test specimens meet the specified requirements, the lot shall be accepted. If one or both of the re-test specimens fail to meet the specified requirements, the lot shall be rejected.
It is preferred that re-test specimens be obtained from the same sample as the original test specimen(s). However, if the re-test specimens cannot be obtained from the original sample, it is permissible to obtain specimens from another weld within the same lot.
Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as a new lot.
6.12 Imperfections and defects in drill-pipe
6.12.1 General
Drill-pipe shall be free from defects as defined in this International Standard.
6.12.2 Weld zone defects
Any weld-zone imperfection detected by visual inspection, as in 6.13, or wet fluorescent magnetic-particle inspection, as in 6.14.2, shall be considered to be a defect.
Any imperfection detected by ultrasonic inspection that produces a signal equal to or greater than the signal produced by the reference standard described in 6.14.4 shall be considered a defect.
Quench cracks shall be considered defects and shall be cause for rejection of the product.
6.12.3 Process control plan
The manufacturer, based on knowledge of the production process and the requirements of 6.13 and 6.14, shall apply a process control plan that ensures compliance with the requirements of 6.12.2.
6.13 Visual inspection of the drill-pipe weld zone
6.13.1 General
Each weld zone shall be visually inspected over the entire outside surface for the detection of defects.
This inspection shall be carried out by trained personnel. Visual acuity requirements shall be documented by the manufacturer. Personnel compliance with these requirements shall be documented.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
20 Specification for Drill Pipe
NOTE Examples of visual acuity requirements are in ISO 11484 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
Documented lighting standards for visual inspection shall be established by the manufacturer. The minimum illumination level at the inspection surface shall be 500 lux (50 foot-candles).
The visual inspection for defects may be at any appropriate point in the manufacturing process after machining.
6.13.2 Disposition of defects
Defects shall be completely removed by grinding or machining. All grinding shall be blended smooth. The dimensions after grinding shall comply with the requirements of 6.2.
6.14 Non-destructive examination of the weld zone
6.14.1 General
All NDE operations (except visual inspection) referred to in this International Standard shall be conducted by NDE personnel qualified in accordance with ISO 11484 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
Surfaces to be inspected shall be machined and/or ground before inspection.
When specified in the purchase agreement, the provisions for purchaser inspection of the weld zone and/or witnessing of NDE operations shall be in accordance with Annex D.
The inspections performed in accordance with 6.14, with the equipment calibrated to the specified reference indicators, should not be construed as assuring that the material requirements in 6.12 have been met.
The manufacturer shall determine the appropriate NDE equipment verification frequency in order to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
6.14.2 Wet fluorescent magnetic-particle inspection
The entire outside surface of the weld zone shall be wet-fluorescent-magnetic-particle inspected for the detection of transverse imperfections in accordance with ISO 13665 or ASTM E709. Wet particle concentration shall be checked every 8 h or each shift change. The minimum black-light intensity at the examination surface shall not be less than 1 000 µw/cm2.
6.14.3 Ultrasonic inspection — Procedure
Each weld zone shall be ultrasonically inspected from the pipe side around the circumference with the beam directed toward the weld. Shear wave/angle beam ultrasonic equipment capable of inspection of the entire weld zone shall be used. The inspection shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s documented procedure. The instrument gain setting during inspection shall not be set lower than the gain setting when checked against the reference standard. In case of dispute, the transducer used shall generate a square 2,25 MHz frequency attached to a 45° 5° Lucite1) wedge (the angle refers to the entry angle in the material).
6.14.4 Ultrasonic inspection — Reference standard
A reference standard shall be used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the inspection equipment and procedures at least once every working shift. The equipment shall be adjusted to produce a well defined indication when the reference standard is scanned in a manner simulating the inspection of the product. The reference standard shall have the same specified diameter and wall thickness and the same acoustic properties and surface finish as the weld zone being inspected and may be of any convenient length as determined by the manufacturer. The reference standard shall contain a through-drilled hole as in Figure B.4.
1) Lucite is an example of a suitable product available commercially. This information is given for the convenience of users of this International Standard and does not constitute an endorsement by ISO/API of this product.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 21
The manufacturer shall use a documented procedure to establish the reject threshold for ultrasonic inspection. The through-drilled hole described in Figure B.4 shall be detected under normal operating conditions.
6.14.5 Ultrasonic inspection — System capability records
The manufacturer shall maintain NDE system records verifying the capabilities of the system(s) in detecting the reference indicators used to establish the equipment test sensitivity.
The verification shall cover, as a minimum, the following criteria:
a) coverage calculation (i.e. scan plan);
b) capability for the intended wall thickness;
c) repeatability;
d) transducer orientation that provides detection of defects typical of the manufacturing process (see 6.14.3);
e) documentation demonstrating that defects typical of the manufacturing process are detected;
f) threshold-setting parameters;
In addition, the manufacturer shall maintain documentation relating to
NDE system operating procedures,
NDE equipment description,
NDE personnel qualification information,
dynamic test data demonstrating the NDE system/operation capabilities under production test conditions (not applicable to manual operations).
6.14.6 Disposition of defects
Defects detected by either wet fluorescent magnetic-particle inspection or ultrasonic inspection shall be completely removed by grinding or machining, or the weld shall be rejected. All grinding shall be blended smooth. The dimensions after grinding shall comply with the requirements of 6.2. The weld zone shall be re-inspected after grinding using the same inspection method originally used to detect the defect in order to verify complete removal of the defect.
6.15 Marking of drill-pipe
6.15.1 General
Drill-pipe manufactured in conformance with this International Standard shall be marked by the drill-pipe manufacturer as in 6.15. Additional markings may be applied, including those for applicable compatible standards, at the option of the manufacturer or as specified in the purchase agreement. Markings shall not overlap and shall be applied in such a manner as to not damage the drill-pipe.
The drill-pipe final marking shall be the responsibility of the drill-pipe manufacturer and shall include traceability (see 6.5).
6.15.2 Drill-pipe marking
The final marking of the drill-pipe shall consist of
a) the traceability marking according to 6.15.3,
b) marking on the drill-pipe body according to 6.15.4,
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
22 Specification for Drill Pipe
c) marking on the tool joint according to 6.15.5.
6.15.3 Traceability marking
This marking (for traceability requirements, see 6.5) shall be die stamped on the pin taper, as shown in Figure B.1, unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement.
6.15.4 Drill-pipe marking on the pipe body
Drill-pipe-body paint stencil markings shall start approximately 1 m (40 in) from the box shoulder and shall include, in the following sequence, as a minimum:
a) drill-pipe manufacturer’s name or mark;
b) ―ISO 11961‖ and/or ―Specification 5DP‖, as applicable; marking to indicate compliance with API Spec 5DP is at the manufacturer’s option or as specified in the purchase agreement;
c) API monogram marking requirements (see Annex H), if applicable;
d) date of drill-pipe manufacture (month and year of welding).
The date of manufacture shall be a three- or four-digit number consisting of a one- or two-digit number indicating the month followed by the last two digits of the year in which the markings of Clause 6 are completed. This marking may be waived at the manufacturer's option (it is also marked on the base of the tool-joint pin; see Figure B.5). Products manufactured in accordance with this edition of ISO 11961 during the period of overlap of application with the previous edition (see Foreword) may be identified by ―00‖ as the overlap period designation rather than the month;
e) size designation (label 1);
f) mass designation (label 2);
g) grade of the drill-pipe body;
h) SR information applicable to the drill-pipe;
i) L2 or L3 (indicating, respectively, PSL-2 or PSL-3) applicable to the drill-pipe.
EXAMPLE Paint-stencilled marking for a label 1: 2-3/8, label 2: 6.65, grade E PSL-2 drill-pipe manufactured by company ZZ in July 2007:
ZZ ISO 11961 707 2-3/8 6.65 E L2.
At the drill-pipe manufacturer's option or as specified in the purchase agreement, the drill-pipe-body manufacturer's marking may remain on the drill-pipe body or be obliterated by the drill-pipe manufacturer.
The paint-stencilled marking may be adversely affected when the drill-pipe is internally coated.
6.15.5 Drill-pipe marking on the tool joint
Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the tool joint shall be die stamped (the size of the die stamping shall be at the manufacturer's option) at the base of the pin as shown in Figure B.5 and include the following:
a) drill-pipe manufacturer’s name or mark;
b) month welded: for example, ―6‖ designates ―June‖;
c) year welded: for example, ―07‖ designates ―2007‖;
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 23
d) drill-pipe-body manufacturer's name or mark, at the manufacturer's option;
e) drill-pipe-body grade: for example, ―E‖ designates ―grade E‖ pipe body;
f) product drill-pipe-body mass code number (See Table A.12 or Table C.12): for example, ―2‖ designates a standard mass product; for designations not in Table A.12 or Table C.12, the mass code shall be by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer;
g) tool-joint designation, at the manufacturer's option: for example, ―NC50‖ designates an NC50 rotary-shouldered connection; for connections not in Table A.1 or Table C.1 the designation shall be as specified by the manufacturer.
Marking of the tool joint with grooves and flats shall be as specified in the purchase agreement.
Marking made by the tool-joint manufacturer on the outside surface of the tool joint may remain.
6.16 Minimum facility requirements for drill-pipe manufacturers
The drill-pipe manufacturer shall operate facilities for welding tool joints to drill-pipe body, for post-weld heat treatment and for machining the weld area.
Either the drill-pipe manufacturer shall have facilities for conducting all required tests and inspections or any of these tests or inspections may be provided by a subcontractor and may be located offsite. In the event that a subcontractor performs any of these services, the conduct of such inspections and tests shall be controlled and monitored by the drill-pipe manufacturer in accordance with a documented procedure.
6.17 Documentation requirements of drill-pipe
6.17.1 Standard documentation
The drill-pipe manufacturer shall provide the purchaser with the following:
a) a certificate of compliance giving the product description and a statement that the drill-pipe has been manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with, and is in compliance with, this International Standard and the purchase agreement; product description shall include as a minimum label 1, label 2, grade, range, RSC type and any other special requirements specified in the purchase agreement;
b) a tally list giving the length, L, of each drill-pipe (see Figure B.1 and 6.6.3).
6.17.2 Supplementary documents
When specified in the purchase agreement, the requirements of Clause E.3, SR15, shall apply.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
6.17.3 Electronic data interchange
The standard and/or supplementary documents (see 6.17.1 and 6.17.2) printed from or used in electronic form from an electronic data interchange (EDI) transmission shall be regarded as having the same validity as a counterpart printed in the drill-pipe manufacturer's facility. The content of the EDI-transmitted document shall meet the requirements of this International Standard and conform to any existing EDI agreement between the purchaser and the drill-pipe manufacturer.
6.17.4 Retention of records
Table A.9 or Table C.9 specifies records that shall be retained. Such records shall be retained by the drill-pipe manufacturer and shall be available to the purchaser on request for a period of five years after the date of purchase from the drill-pipe manufacturer.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
24 Specification for Drill Pipe
7 Requirements for drill-pipe body
7.1 Information to be supplied when placing orders for drill-pipe bodies
7.1.1 When placing orders for drill-pipe bodies to be manufactured in accordance with this International Standard, the purchaser shall specify the following in the purchase agreement:
Requirements Reference
Document number(s) ISO 11961 or API Spec 5DP
Quantity
Label 1 or specified outside diameter Table A.1 or Table C.1
Label 2 or specified wall thickness Table A.1 or Table C.1
Grade Table A.1 or Table C.1
Type of pipe upset (internal, external or internal-external upset) Table A.1 or Table C.1
Length and tolerance
Delivery date and shipping instructions
Inspection by purchaser Annex D
Documentation 7.22
7.1.2 The purchaser shall also specify in the purchase agreement his requirements concerning the following stipulations, which are optional with the purchaser:
Requirements Reference
Special upset configuration 7.2.2
Under thickness tolerance if less than 12,5 % 7.2.6
Type of heat treatment for drill-pipe body: grade E only 7.4.3
Impact requirements for grade E Clause E.4, SR19
Alternative requirements for impact test Clause E.5, SR20
PSL-2 or PSL-3 Annex G
7.2 Dimensional and mass requirements
7.2.1 General
The dimensions of the drill-pipe body shall correspond with the requirements in Tables A.2 and A.13 or A.14 or Tables C.2 and C.13 or C.14, unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement.
For drill-pipe body furnished with upsets not in this International Standard, but otherwise manufactured in accordance with the requirements of this International Standard, special marking as in 7.20 is required.
7.2.2 Configuration
The configuration of drill-pipe body shall correspond to Figure B.1. Upset configurations shall correspond to Figure B.6 except as allowed in 6.2.2 or when otherwise specified in the purchase agreement.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 25
7.2.3 Internal upset area
The internal upset taper area of the drill-pipe body shall have a smooth profile. The internal upset configuration shall have no sharp corners or drastic changes of section that can cause a 90° hook-type tool to hang up.
7.2.4 Outside-diameter tolerance
The outside-diameter tolerances of the drill-pipe body shall be in accordance with the requirements of Table A.2 or Table C.2. The outside-diameter tolerances behind the length, meu, apply to the outside diameter of the drill-pipe body immediately behind the upset for a distance of approximately 127 mm (5 in) for sizes smaller than label 1: 6-5/8 and a distance approximately equal to the outside diameter for label 1: 6-5/8. Measurements shall be made with callipers or snap gauges.
7.2.5 Inside diameter
The pipe-body inside diameter, ddp, is calculated as given in Equation (3):
ddp Ddp 2t (3)
There is no tolerance on ddp.
7.2.6 Pipe-body wall thickness and tolerance
The wall thickness at any place on the pipe body shall not be less than the specified thickness minus 12,5 %. When specified in the purchase agreement, the wall thickness under-tolerance may be less than 12,5 %.
7.2.7 Length
The drill-pipe body shall be supplied in lengths and tolerances as specified in the purchase agreement. The lengths and tolerances should be such that the required final length of drill-pipe is achievable.
7.2.8 Mass
The mass shall conform to the calculated mass for the end finish and dimensions specified in the purchase agreement, within the tolerances stipulated below. Calculated mass, WL, expressed in kilograms (pounds), of a piece of drill-pipe body of length Lpe shall be determined in accordance with Equation (4):
WL (wpe Lpe) ew (4)
where
wpe is the non-upset pipe mass per unit length, expressed in kilograms per metre (pounds per foot);
Lpe is the length of drill-pipe body, expressed in metres (feet);
ew is the drill-pipe-body mass gain due to end finishing (see Tables A.13 and A.14 or Tables C.13 and C.14). For non-upset pipe, ew equals zero. The method of calculation is defined in ISO/TR 10400 or ANSI/API 5C3.
Mass tolerance is as follows:
single lengths:
order item:
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
26 Specification for Drill Pipe
Order-item tolerance applies only for masses of 18 140 kg (40 000 lb) or more when shipped from a drill-pipe-body manufacturer.
Where an under-thickness tolerance smaller than 12,5 % is specified in the purchase agreement, the plus tolerance on mass for single lengths shall be increased to 19 % less the specified under-thickness tolerance.
EXAMPLE If an under-thickness tolerance of 10 % is specified in the purchase agreement, the plus tolerance on mass for single lengths is 19 % minus 10 %, or 9 %.
7.2.9 Straightness
Deviation from straight or chord height shall not exceed either of the following (see Figure B.7):
a) 0,2 % of the total length of the drill-pipe body measured from one end to the other
b) 3,2 mm (1/8 in) maximum drop in the transverse direction in a length of 1,5 m (5 ft) from each end.
7.2.10 Upset alignment
The outside and inside surfaces of the upset shall be aligned with the outside surface of the pipe body. The total indicator reading shall not exceed 2,4 mm (0.093 in) for the outside surface and 3,2 mm (0.125 in) for the inside surface.
7.2.11 Upset ovality
Maximum ovality, measured with a micrometer on the outside diameter of the upset shall not exceed 2,4 mm (0.093 in).
7.3 Material requirements
7.3.1 Chemical composition
The chemical composition shall be as in Table A.4 or Table C.4.
7.3.2 Tensile requirements
The pipe body shall conform to the requirements in Table A.5 or Table C.5. The upset ends shall conform to the requirements for the pipe body except that there is no requirement for elongation. Compliance with the requirements for the upset shall be qualified by a documented procedure.
The yield strength shall be the tensile stress required to produce the extension under load in Table A.6 or Table C.6, as determined by an extensometer.
The minimum pipe-body elongation, e, in a 50,8 mm (2.0 in) gauge length, expressed in percent rounded to the nearest 0,5 % for elongations less than 10 % and to the nearest unit percent for elongations of 10 % and greater, shall be that determined by Equation (5):
(5)
where
k is a constant equal to 1 944 (625 000);
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 27
A is the cross-sectional area of the tensile-test specimen, expressed in square millimetres (square inches), based on the specified outside diameter or nominal specimen width and specified wall thickness, rounded to the nearest 10 mm2 (0.01 in2), or 490 mm2 (0.75 in2) whichever is smaller;
Udp is the minimum specified tensile strength, in megapascals (pounds per square inch).
Pipe-body minimum elongation values in accordance with Equation (5) for various sizes of tensile specimens and pipe grades are shown in Table A.7 or Table C.7. When elongation is recorded or reported, the record or report shall show the nominal width of the test specimen when strip specimens are used, the nominal diameter and gauge length when round-bar specimens are used, or shall state when full-section specimens are used.
7.3.3 Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirements — Grade E
There is no mandatory Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirement for the pipe body or the upset. See Clause E.4, SR19, for optional requirements.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
7.3.4 Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirements — Grades X, G and S
The minimum absorbed-energy requirements of the pipe body shall be as in Table A.8 or Table C.8. In addition, not more than one impact specimen shall exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum average absorbed-energy requirement, and in no case shall an individual impact specimen exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement.
There is no mandatory Charpy V-notch absorbed energy requirement for the upset.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
7.3.5 Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirements — Alternative temperature
When specified in the purchase agreement, the absorbed energy of the pipe body shall meet the requirements in Clause E.5, SR20 (see also Table A.8 or Table C.8).
7.4 Process of manufacture
7.4.1 Processes requiring validation
Final operations performed during drill-pipe-body manufacturing that affect compliance as required in this International Standard (except chemical composition and dimensions) shall have their process validated.
The only process requiring validation is heat treatment.
7.4.2 General
Steel used for drill-pipe body furnished to this International Standard shall be made according to a fine-grained practice.
NOTE Steel made according to fine-grained practice contains one or more grain-refining elements, such as aluminium, niobium (columbium), vanadium or titanium in amounts intended to result in the steel having a fine, austenitic grain size.
Drill-pipe body shall be made from seamless pipe.
7.4.3 Heat treatment
Heat treatment shall be performed in accordance with a documented procedure. The procedure shall address the permissible number of re-heat-treatments. The heat-treatment procedure shall be selected by the manufacturer unless specified in the purchase agreement.
The drill-pipe body shall be heat treated over the full length after upsetting.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
28 Specification for Drill Pipe
For grade E, the drill-pipe body shall be quenched and tempered or normalized and tempered or normalized.
For grades X, G and S, the drill-pipe body shall be quenched and tempered.
7.4.4 External coating
Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the drill-pipe body shall be given an external coating for protection from corrosion during transit. The coating shall be rated to protect the drill-pipe body for at least three months and it should be smooth, hard to the touch and with minimum sags.
7.5 Traceability
The drill-pipe body manufacturer shall establish and follow procedures for maintaining the heat identity of all drill-pipe body covered by this International Standard. Lot identity shall be maintained until all required lot tests are performed and conformance with specified requirements has been documented. The procedures shall provide means for tracing the drill-pipe body to the relevant heat and to the specified chemical, mechanical and test results.
Since a heat may be heat treated in more than one lot, there may be more than one set of mechanical test results for a heat.
7.6 Inspection and testing — General
7.6.1 Inspection and test-equipment calibration
The manufacturer shall determine and document the appropriate calibration frequency and procedures (including occurrences of out-of-calibration and the consequences on products) in order to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
7.6.2 Heat-treatment lot
A lot shall consist of those lengths of drill-pipe body with the same specified dimensions and grade that are heat treated as part of a continuous operation (or batch), and are of a single heat of steel, or from different heats that are grouped according to a documented procedure that ensures that the appropriate requirements of this International Standard are met.
7.7 Testing of chemical composition
7.7.1 Heat analysis
Each heat of steel used in the manufacture of drill-pipe body shall be analysed to provide the results of quantitative determinations of phosphorus and sulfur plus any other elements used by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer to control mechanical properties.
7.7.2 Product analysis
Two tubular products from each heat used shall be analysed. These product analyses shall include the results of quantitative determinations of phosphorus and sulfur plus any other elements used by the manufacturer to control mechanical properties.
7.7.3 Test method
Chemical composition shall be determined by any of the procedures commonly used for determining chemical compositions, such as emission spectroscopy, X-ray emission, atomic absorption, combustion techniques or wet analytical procedures. The calibration methods used shall be traceable to established standards. In case of conflict, chemical analyses shall be made in accordance with ISO/TR 9769 or ASTM A751.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 29
7.7.4 Re-test of product analysis
If the product composition of both lengths of tubular product representing the drill-pipe-body heat fail to conform to the specified requirements, at the manufacturer’s option, either the heat shall be rejected or all the remaining lengths in the heat shall be tested individually for conformance to the specified requirements.
If only one of the two samples fails, at the manufacturer’s option, either the heat shall be rejected or two re-check analyses shall be made on two additional lengths from the same heat. If both re-check analyses conform to the requirements, the heat shall be accepted, except for the length represented by the initial analysis that failed. If one or both of the re-check analyses fail, at the manufacturer’s option, either the entire heat shall be rejected, or each of the remaining lengths shall be tested individually.
When individually testing the remaining lengths in any heat, it is necessary to analyse for only the non-conforming element or elements. Samples for re-check product analyses shall be taken in the same manner as specified for product-analysis samples. The results of all re-check product analyses shall be provided to the purchaser when specified in the purchase agreement.
7.8 Tensile tests
7.8.1 Procedures
The tensile test shall be performed at room temperature in accordance with ISO 6892 or ASTM A370.
7.8.2 Test equipment calibration
Tensile test machines shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 7500-1 or ASTM E4. Extensometers shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 9513 or ASTM E83. Retention of records shall be in accordance with 6.17.4 and Table A.9 or Table C.9.
7.8.3 Test specimens
Tensile specimens from the pipe body shall be either full-section specimens, strip specimens, or round-bar specimens, as shown in Figure B.8, at the option of the manufacturer. The type and size of specimen shall be reported.
Tensile specimens shall be removed from the pipe body after final heat treatment. Round-bar specimens shall be taken from the mid-wall. Strip specimens and round-bar specimens may be taken from any location around the circumference at the option of the manufacturer. All specimens shall represent the full wall thickness of the pipe body from which the specimen was cut, except for round-bar tensile specimens, and shall be tested without flattening.
When used, strip specimens shall be approximately 38 mm (1,5 in) wide in the gauge length if suitable curved-face testing grips are used or if the ends of the specimen are machined or cold flattened to reduce the curvature in the grip area. Otherwise, they shall be approximately 19 mm (0,75 in) wide for pipe smaller than label 1:4 and approximately 25 mm (1 in) wide for pipe label 1:4 and larger.
When round-bar specimens are used, a 12,7 mm (0,500 in) diameter round-bar specimen shall be used when the pipe size allows, and the 8,9 mm (0,350 in) diameter round-bar specimen shall be used for other sizes. Smaller round-bar specimens are not permitted.
7.8.4 Frequency of testing
The tensile-test frequency for the pipe body shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
No tensile test is required on the upset unless specified in the purchase agreement.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
30 Specification for Drill Pipe
7.8.5 Heat control test
One tensile test shall be made as a control on each heat of steel used by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer. A record of such tests shall be available to the purchaser.
A heat control test may also be considered as a product test for the lot being tested.
7.8.6 Re-tests
If the initial tensile test fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test two additional specimens from the same length and from approximately the same location. If both of the additional specimens pass, then the lot shall be accepted.
If one or both of the additional specimens fail to conform to the requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test three additional lengths from the same lot. If the specimens from all three lengths conform to the requirements, then the lot shall be accepted. If one or more of these specimens fail to conform to the requirement, the lot shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
7.8.7 Defective specimens
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens. Specimens shall not be judged defective simply because they fail to exhibit the minimum tensile requirements.
7.9 Charpy V-notch impact tests
7.9.1 Procedure
A test shall consist of a set of three longitudinal specimens taken from one location of a single piece. Charpy V-notch impact tests in accordance with ASTM A370 and ASTM E23 shall be conducted at a temperature of 21 °C 3 °C (70 °F 5 °F). For alternative standardized test temperatures, see Clause E.5, SR20, and PSL-3 in Table A.8 or Table C.8.
Tests conducted at any temperature lower than the specified temperature are acceptable provided the absorbed-energy requirements at the specified temperature are achieved.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
7.9.2 Specimen size and location
The impact-test specimen shall not be smaller than the largest size shown in Table A.11 or Table C.11 based on the specified pipe-body diameter (rounded to next smaller diameter if required) and the specified pipe-body wall thickness. The smallest specimen permitted shall be 10 mm 5 mm.
The specimens shall be taken parallel to the axis of the pipe body with the notch oriented in a radial direction as shown in Figure B.9.
7.9.3 Frequency of testing
The impact test frequency for the pipe body shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
7.9.4 Heat control test
Charpy V-notch impact test specimens shall be taken after final heat treatment and shall conform to 7.9.2.
One impact test shall be made as a control on each heat of steel used by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer. A record of such tests shall be available to the purchaser.
A heat control test may also be considered as a product test for the lot being tested.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 31
7.9.5 Re-test
If the requirements of 7.3.3 and 7.3.4, as applicable, are not met and not more than one specimen is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement, the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to test three additional specimens from the same length and from approximately the same location. For all three of these specimens, the absorbed energy shall be equal to or greater than the minimum average absorbed energy in Table A.8 or Table C.8 or the lot shall be either rejected or re-tested as in the following paragraph.
If more than one specimen in the initial test is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement, then the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to re-test an additional set of three specimens from each of three additional pipe bodies from the same lot. If these additional sets of specimens do not meet the initial test requirements, then the lot shall be rejected.
Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
7.9.6 Defective specimens
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens. Specimens shall not be judged defective simply because they fail to exhibit the minimum absorbed-energy requirement.
7.10 Drill-pipe-body wall thickness
Each pipe body shall have the wall thickness verified in a helical or longitudinal path over the length of the pipe body, excluding end areas not covered by automated systems, in accordance with a documented procedure in order to verify that the requirements of this International Standard are met. The location of this verification process shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer. The inspection process shall take into account the pipe-making process.
The manufacturer shall also have a documented procedure demonstrating that the areas not covered by automated systems (particularly the transition areas between the pipe body and upset transition) comply with the requirements of this International Standard.
Prove-up may be made with a mechanical calliper or with a properly calibrated, manual, non-destructive testing device of appropriate accuracy according to a documented procedure. In case of dispute, measurement determined by use of the mechanical calliper shall govern.
The mechanical calliper shall be fitted with contact pins having circular cross sections of 6,4 mm (1/4 in) diameter. The end of the pin contacting the inside surface of the pipe body shall be rounded to a maximum radius of ddp /4 with a minimum radius of 3,2 mm (1/8 in). The end of the pin contacting the outside surface of the pipe body shall be either flat or rounded to a radius of not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 in).
7.11 Drill-pipe-body length
The drill-pipe-body length shall be measured from end to end, unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement. The accuracy of the length-measuring devices shall be 0,03 m ( 0,1 ft). Drill-pipe-body length shall be measured in metres and hundredths of a metre (feet and tenths of a foot).
7.12 Internal upset
The manufacturer shall verify that the internal-upset length meets the requirements in Tables A.13 or A.14 or Tables C.13 or C.14, as applicable. Verification shall be at the frequency for tensile testing of drill-pipe bodies.
Verification shall be either by removal of coupons from the upset or by another documented method provided the manufacturer can demonstrate that the method ensures compliance with the specified requirements.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
32 Specification for Drill Pipe
NOTE The d0u on IEU drill-pipe (see Figure B.6) can be adjusted to accommodate the bores of individual tool joints, in which case the drill-pipe-body internal upset taper length, miu, is subject to change.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
7.13 Internal profile
Each internal upset shall be visually examined for compliance with the requirements of 7.2.3. Questionable upsets shall be examined using the following method.
The internal upset inspection shall be made with a 90° hook-type tool (see Figure B.2). The contact pin shall be visually determined to be attached perpendicular to the handle. The contact-point radius shall not exceed the inside radius of the upset being inspected. Sharp edges on the contact point shall be removed (see contact point on Figure B.2). The 90° hook-type tool contact point should be maintained perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the upset while the contact point is passed axially throughout the upset length. Pressure on the contact point shall be no greater than the pressure created by the weight of the 90° hook-type tool.
7.14 Straightness
All drill-pipe-body shall be visually examined. The straightness of questionably bent pipes or crooked extremities shall be measured (see Figure B.7) by one of the following methods:
a) using a straight-edge or taut string (wire) from one end of the pipe body to the other end of the pipe body;
b) using a minimum 1,8 m (6 ft) straight-edge shouldered on the pipe-body surface beyond the extent of the hooked extremity, or an equivalent method.
In case of dispute, the straight-edge measurement shall govern.
The chord or straight-edge shall be positioned to highlight the maximum deviation.
Deviation from the straight or chord height shall not exceed the requirements in 7.2.9. Measurements of the pipe-body deviation shall not be made in the plane of the upset or in the areas where the OD tolerances behind the drill-pipe-body external upset taper length, meu, apply (see 7.2.4).
7.15 Upset alignment
All drill-pipe-body shall be visually examined for upset alignment. Questionable upset alignment shall be measured using a saddle gauge from the outside diameter, Ddp, of pipe body to an area immediately behind the end of the upset (see Figure B.10). Other documented procedures may be used by agreement between purchaser and manufacturer.
Upset misalignment shall not exceed the limits in 7.2.10.
7.16 Mass determination
Each length of drill-pipe body shall be weighed separately to determine compliance with mass tolerance. The drill-pipe-body may be weighed non-upset or upset.
7.17 Imperfections and defects of drill-pipe body
7.17.1 General
Drill-pipe-body shall be free from defects as defined in this International Standard.
7.17.2 Surface-breaking pipe-body defects
Any imperfection on the outside or inside surface, of any orientation, shall be considered a defect if
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 33
a) it is linear and deeper than 12,5 % of the specified wall thickness in the radial direction for grades E, X, G, or is linear and deeper than 5 % of the specified wall thickness in the radial direction for grade S, or
b) it is linear or non-linear and results in a remaining wall thickness, above or below the imperfection, less than the minimum permissible wall thickness.
7.17.3 Surface-breaking upset defects
Any imperfection on the outside or inside surface, of any orientation, that is deeper than shown in Table A.15 or Table C.15, shall be considered a defect.
Sharp corners or changes in section that can cause a 90° tool to hang up shall be considered as defects.
7.17.4 Elephant hide
Elephant hide deeper than the minimum requirements in Table A.15 or Table C.15 shall be considered a defect.
7.17.5 Quench cracks
Quench cracks shall be considered defects.
7.17.6 Process control plan
The manufacturer, based on knowledge of the production process and the requirements of 7.18 and 7.19, shall apply a process control plan that ensures the fulfillment of the above requirements.
7.18 Visual inspection of drill-pipe body
7.18.1 General
The visual inspection shall be carried out by trained personnel with satisfactory visual acuity to detect surface imperfections. Documented lighting standards for visual inspection shall be established by the manufacturer. The minimum illumination level at the inspection surface shall be 500 lux (50 foot-candles).
NOTE Examples of visual acuity requirements can be found in ISO 11484 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
Visual end-area inspection shall be after all heat treatment.
If another method is applied with demonstrated capability of detecting defects as defined in 7.17, visual inspection is not required.
7.18.2 Coverage
Each drill-pipe-body shall be visually inspected for imperfections over the entire outside surface and the inside surface for a minimum distance of the length of upset including the run-out interval.
7.18.3 Disposition
Defects shall be completely removed by grinding or machining. All grinding shall be blended smooth. The dimensions after grinding shall comply with the requirements of 7.2.
7.18.4 Elephant hide
The external surface of the drill-pipe body shall be inspected for elephant hide in accordance with the requirements of Table A.15 or Table C.15. The external surfaces (see Figure B.6) that shall be examined for elephant hide are as follows:
a) for EU, the areas of the upset, Leu, the taper, meu, and the adjacent pipe body;
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
34 Specification for Drill Pipe
b) for IU and IEU, the external surface areas over the upset, Liu, the areas over the internal taper, miu, and the adjacent pipe body.
7.19 Non-destructive examination
7.19.1 General
All NDE operations (except visual inspection) to which reference is made in this International Standard shall be conducted by NDE personnel qualified in accordance with ISO 11484 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
When specified in the purchase agreement, the provisions for purchaser inspection of drill-pipe body and/or witnessing of NDE operations shall be in accordance with Annex D.
The inspections performed in accordance with 7.19, with the equipment calibrated to the specified reference indicators, should not be construed as assuring that the material requirements in 7.17 have been met.
The manufacturer shall determine the appropriate NDE equipment verification frequency to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
If equipment, whose calibration or verification is required under the provisions of this International Standard, is subject to unusual or severe conditions such as can make its accuracy questionable, re-calibration or re-verification shall be performed before further use of the equipment. All material processed since the last successful calibration or verification shall be re-inspected.
The required NDE operations for the pipe body are in Table A.16 or Table C.16.
The NDE standards referenced in 7.19.3 are based on traditional, proven NDE methods and techniques practiced and adopted worldwide for the inspection of tubular products. However, other NDE methods or techniques that have demonstrated capability to detect defects as defined in 7.17 may be used. Records in accordance with 7.19.8 shall be maintained as in 7.22.4.
At the discretion of the manufacturer, the notches referenced in Table A.17 or Table C.17 may be oriented at an angle such that detection of defects typical of the manufacturing process is optimized. The technical justification for modification of the orientation shall be documented.
Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in Annex G.
7.19.2 Coverage
Each drill-pipe body shall be inspected over the full length for the detection of imperfections (longitudinal and transverse) on the outside and inside surfaces. End areas not inspected by automated equipment shall be evaluated using magnetic-particle inspection or another inspection method that has demonstrated capability to detect defects as defined in 7.17. All required NDE operations, excluding wall-thickness verification, shall be carried out after final heat treatment and all rotary straightening operations.
7.19.3 Applicable standards
The inspections shall be performed, as a minimum, in accordance with the applicable standards (or equivalent standards) listed below:
a) electromagnetic (flux leakage): ISO 9402 (longitudinal) and ISO 9598 (transverse) or ASTM E570;
b) electromagnetic (eddy-current): ISO 9304 or ASTM E309;
c) ultrasonic: ISO 9303 or ASTM E213 (longitudinal) and ISO 9305 or ASTM E213 (transverse);
d) magnetic particle: ISO 13665 or ASTM E709.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 35
7.19.4 Reference standards
Ultrasonic and electromagnetic inspection systems, except those for wall-thickness verification, shall use reference standards containing artificial reference indicators (notches) as shown in Table A.17 or Table C.17 and Figure B.11 to verify equipment response.
7.19.5 Documented procedures
The manufacturer may use any documented procedure to establish the reject threshold for ultrasonic or electromagnetic inspection, providing that the artificial reference indicators described in Table A.17 or Table C.17 are detected dynamically under normal operating conditions. Such detection capability shall be demonstrated dynamically. At the option of the manufacturer, this may be performed either on-line or off-line.
7.19.6 Inspection thresholds
Table A.17 or Table C.17 lists the reference indicators for establishing thresholds for sorting pipe that can contain defects as defined in 7.17. The reference indicators, used during automated ultrasonic or electromagnetic inspection, shall not be construed as being the defect sizes defined in 7.17, or be used by those other than the manufacturer as the only basis for rejection.
7.19.7 Automated inspection-system signal evaluation
All indications that are equal to or greater than the reject threshold shall be considered defects, unless it can be demonstrated that the imperfection causing the indication is not a defect as described in 7.17. Pipe with defects shall be given a disposition in accordance with 7.19.10.
7.19.8 NDE system capability records
The manufacturer shall maintain NDE system records verifying the capability of the system(s) in detecting the reference indicators used to establish the equipment test sensitivity.
The verification shall cover, as a minimum, the following criteria:
a) coverage calculation (i.e. scan plan), including wall-thickness verification;
b) capability for the intended wall thickness;
c) repeatability;
d) transducer orientation that provides detection of defects typical of the manufacturing process (see 7.17);
e) documentation demonstrating that defects typical of the manufacturing process are detected using the NDE methods in 7.19.3;
f) threshold-setting parameters.
In addition, the manufacturer shall maintain documentation relating to
NDE system operating procedures,
NDE equipment description,
NDE personnel qualification information,
dynamic test data demonstrating the NDE system/operation capabilities under production test conditions.
7.19.9 Evaluation of indications (prove-up)
The manufacturer has the option of either evaluating an indication that is equal to or greater than the reject threshold in accordance with this subclause or disposing of the indication as a defect in accordance with 7.19.10.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
36 Specification for Drill Pipe
Evaluations of indications shall be performed by level I certified inspectors under the supervision of level II or level III certified inspectors, or by level II or level III certified inspectors. Evaluation of indications shall be performed in accordance with written procedures.
When no imperfection is found in the area of the original indication and there is no explanation for the indication, then the pipe shall be rejected or, at the manufacturer’s option, re-inspected over the full length either using the same inspection method or using ultrasonic inspection methods. At the manufacturer’s option, the inspection equipment shall be adjusted either to the same sensitivity level as that used to perform the original inspection or to a reduced sensitivity that meets the specified requirements.
For the evaluation of an indicated imperfection, the depth shall be measured to determine whether it is a defect in accordance with 7.17. This measurement shall be performed as follows.
a) The imperfection’s depth may be measured using a mechanical measuring device (for instance, pit gauge, callipers, etc.). Removal of material by grinding or other means to facilitate measurement shall not reduce the remaining wall below the minimum permissible wall thickness. Abrupt changes in wall thickness caused by probe grinding shall be removed in accordance with 7.19.10.
b) The imperfection’s depth may be measured by ultrasonic technique(s) (time- and/or amplitude-based, or other capable techniques). Verification of the ultrasonic technique(s) shall be documented and shall show the capability to detect imperfections with the size stated in 7.17, or larger.
c) If the purchaser and manufacturer do not agree on the evaluation test results, either party may require destructive evaluation of the material; after which, accountability shall be as described in Clause D.4.
d) Imperfections that have been evaluated and found to be defects shall be given a disposition in accordance with 7.19.10.
7.19.10 Disposition of defects
Imperfections that satisfy the material requirements and are less than the defect size stated in 7.17 may remain in the drill-pipe-body.
Drill-pipe-body containing quench cracks shall be rejected except that, when the quench cracks are confined to the end of the upset, the end may be cut back in accordance with a documented procedure.
Repair welding is not permitted.
Drill-pipe-body containing defects, except for quench cracks, shall be given one of the following dispositions.
a) Grinding or machining: Defects shall be completely removed by grinding or machining, provided the remaining wall thickness is within specified limits. Grinding shall be carried out in such a way that the dressed area blends smoothly into the contour of the tube. When the depth of grind exceeds 10 % of the specified wall thickness, the remaining wall thickness shall be verified in accordance with 7.10. After removal of the defect, the affected area shall be re-inspected to verify that the defect was completely removed. The re-inspection shall be either
1) by the same inspection unit that performed the initial inspection, at the same sensitivity, or
2) by another NDE method, or combination of methods, that demonstrates equal or greater sensitivity to the original NDE.
When method 2) above is used, the NDE method (or combination of methods) shall be documented and shall demonstrate equal or greater sensitivity than the original non-destructive examination. In addition, method 2) shall address the possibility that there can be other coincident defects in the affected area.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 37
The removal of imperfections (including elephant hide) from the drill-pipe-body by grinding or machining more than 60 % of the circumference of the drill-pipe body shall not reduce the outside diameter below the specified minimum outside diameter.
b) Cutting off.
c) Rejection.
7.20 Marking
7.20.1 General
Marking of the drill-pipe-body shall be carried out by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer, as in 7.20.2, when this component is ordered as an individual part. When the drill-pipe-body is manufactured by the drill-pipe manufacturer, marking of the drill-pipe body may be done in a way different from that in 7.20.2 provided the requirements for traceability are maintained.
Additional markings, paint-stencilling or die stamping may be applied, including those for applicable compatible standards, at the option of the manufacturer or as specified by the purchaser. Die stamping shall be located only on the upset of the drill-pipe-body. Markings shall not overlap and shall be applied in such a manner as not to damage the drill-pipe body.
7.20.2 Paint-stencilled marking sequence
A paint-stencilled marking shall be placed on the outside surface of each length of drill-pipe-body starting not less than 0,6 m (24 in) from either end of the drill-pipe-body. The sequence of paint-stencilled markings on the drill-pipe-body shall be as follows:
a) The letters ―DPB‖;
NOTE These letters indicate that this marking relates to the drill-pipe-body.
b) drill-pipe-body manufacturer’s name or mark;
c) ―ISO 11961‖ and/or ―Specification 5DP‖, as applicable; marking to indicate compliance with API Spec 5DP is at the manufacturer’s option or as specified in the purchase agreement;
d) API monogram marking requirements (see Annex H), if applicable;
e) date of manufacture (month and year).
The date of manufacture shall be a three- or four-digit number consisting of a one- or two-digit number indicating the month followed by the last two digits of the year in which the markings of Clause 7 are completed. Products manufactured in accordance with this edition of ISO 11961 during the period of overlap of application with the previous edition (see Foreword) may be identified by ―00‖ as the overlap period designation rather than the month;
f) ―UF‖ if upset dimensions are different from those in Table A.13 or A.14 or Table C.13 or C.14;
g) size designation (label 1);
h) mass designation (label 2);
i) grade of drill-pipe body;
j) SR information;
k) L2 or L3 (indicating PSL-2 or PSL-3), as applicable;
l) traceability code (for traceability requirements, see 7.5).
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
38 Specification for Drill Pipe
EXAMPLE Label 1: 2-3/8, label 2: 6.65, grade E drill-pipe-body manufactured by company ZZ with traceability code YYYY in July 2007 and with special upset dimensions is paint stencilled as follows:
DPB ZZ ISO 11961 707 UF 2-3/8 6.65 E YYYY.
7.21 Minimum facility requirements for drill-pipe-body manufacturer
The drill-pipe-body manufacturer shall operate upsetting facilities and/or heat treatment facilities capable of heat treating full lengths of drill-pipe body and shall possess suitable equipment for, and be responsible for, weighing and marking the drill-pipe-body. If the drill-pipe-body manufacturer purchases upset pipe or subcontracts the upsetting or the heat treatment, the conduct of such operations shall be controlled and monitored by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer in accordance with a documented procedure.
The drill-pipe-body manufacturer shall have facilities for conducting all required tests and inspections, or any of these tests or inspections may be provided by a subcontractor and may be located offsite. In the event that a subcontractor performs any of these services, the conduct of such inspections and tests shall be controlled and monitored by the drill-pipe-body manufacturer in accordance with a documented procedure.
7.22 Documentation requirements
7.22.1 Certificate of inspection
The drill-pipe-body manufacturer shall provide a certificate of inspection containing the following data, as applicable, for each order item specified in the purchaser agreement:
a) ISO International Standard (or equivalent specification) and revision date thereof, to which the drill-pipe body was manufactured;
b) label 1, label 2, upset configuration, grade of drill-pipe-body, type of heat treatment, length and tolerances and any other special requirements specified in the purchase agreement;
c) statement that the drill-pipe-body was manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with, and is in compliance with, this International Standard;
d) chemical analyses (heat, product and re-check, as applicable) showing the mass per cent of all elements whose limits or reporting requirements are stipulated in this International Standard and any other elements used by the manufacturer to control the mechanical properties;
e) test data for all tensile tests required by this International Standard, including yield strength, tensile strength and elongation; the type and size of specimens shall be shown;
f) where impact testing is required by the International Standard, reported data for each test shall include
the absorbed-energy requirement,
the size, location and orientation of the test specimens,
the specified temperature at which the test was performed,
the absorbed energy measured for each test specimen,
the average absorbed energy,
the percent shear area for each test specimen (for information only);
g) results of any other supplemental testing requirements specified in the purchase agreement.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 39
7.22.2 Tally list
The drill-pipe-body manufacturer shall provide the purchaser with a tally list providing the length, Lpe, for each drill-pipe-body.
7.22.3 Electronic data interchange
The standard documents (see 7.22.1 and 7.22.2) printed from or used in electronic form from an electronic data interchange (EDI) transmission shall be regarded as having the same validity as a counterpart printed in the drill-pipe-body manufacturer's facility. The content of the EDI-transmitted document shall meet the requirements of this International Standard and conform to any existing EDI agreement between the purchaser and the drill-pipe-body manufacturer.
7.22.4 Retention of records
Table A.9 or Table C.9 specifies records which shall be retained. Such records shall be retained by the dril-pipe-body manufacturer and shall be available to the purchaser on request for a period of five years after the date of purchase from the drill-pipe-body manufacturer.
8 Requirements for tool joints
8.1 Information to be supplied when placing orders for tool joints
8.1.1 When placing orders for tool joints to be manufactured in accordance with this International Standard, the purchaser shall specify the following on the purchase agreement:
Requirements Reference
Document number(s) ISO 11961 or API Spec 5DP
Quantity
Drawing of the tool-joint pin, including any necessary details Figure B.12
Drawing of the tool-joint box, including any necessary details Figure B.12
Delivery date and shipping instructions
Inspection by purchaser Annex D
Documentation 8.15
8.1.2 The purchaser shall also specify in the purchase agreement his requirements concerning the following stipulations, which are optional with the purchaser:
Requirements Reference
Special surface treatment 8.4.5
Tool-joint break-in 8.4.6
Hard banding: type, location, dimensions and acceptance criteria 8.4.7
NOTE Hard banding reduces the length of tool-joint outside diameter available for tong placement.
Thread-protector type 8.4.8
Marking requirements 8.13
Alternative requirements for impact testing Clause E.5, SR20
PSL-2 or PSL-3 Annex G
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
40 Specification for Drill Pipe
8.2 Dimensional requirements
8.2.1 General
All dimensions shown without tolerances are related to the basis for design and are not subject to measurement to determine acceptance or rejection of the product. Tool-joint dimensions that are not specified in this International Standard are optional with the manufacturer unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement.
8.2.2 Configuration
Tool-joint configuration shall correspond to Figure B.12.
8.2.3 Tool-joint type
Tool joints shall be produced with the rotary shouldered connections in Table A.1 or Table C.1 except as provided by 8.2.5.
8.2.4 Dimensions
Tool joints shall conform to the dimensions and the tolerances in Table A.1 or Table C.1 or in the purchase agreement. See Figure B.12.
The drill-pipe weld neck diameter, Dte, at the elevator shoulder, in Table A.1 or Table C.1 and Figure B.1, applies to the finished product after the tool joint is welded to the drill-pipe body. Dimensions prior to welding shall be specified by the drill-pipe manufacturer.
The tool-joint-box inside diameter is at the drill-pipe manufacturer’s discretion but shall not be less than the pin internal diameter, dp (see Figure B.1).
The outside and inside diameters, D and dp, respectively, in Table A.1 or Table C.1 result in a drill-pipe torsion-strength ratio of 0,8 or greater. Other OD and ID tool joints, such as in combination strings or tapered strings, may be specified in the purchase agreement but the drill-pipe torsion-strength ratio may be different.
8.2.5 Rotary shouldered connection
Rotary shouldered connections shall conform to the dimensions and tolerances in ISO 10424-2 or API Spec 7-2. Right-hand thread connections shall be considered standard. However, when specified in the purchase agreement, other connections are permitted. In this case, dimensions, tolerances and performance ratings shall be agreed between the purchaser and manufacturer.
8.3 Material requirements
8.3.1 Chemical composition
The chemical composition shall be as in Table A.4 or Table C.4.
8.3.2 Tensile requirements
The tool joint shall conform to the requirements in Table A.5 or Table C.5.
The yield strength of the pin shall be determined using the 0,2 % offset method.
NOTE Compliance with the requirements for tensile properties for the tool-joint box is verified by hardness testing.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 41
8.3.3 Hardness
The hardness for the tool-joint box shall be in the range 285 HBW to 341 HBW.
This requirement shall not apply to the through-wall hardness variation requirements in Clause G.3.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
8.3.4 Charpy V-notch absorbed-energy requirements
The minimum absorbed-energy requirements shall be as in Table A.8 or Table C.8. In addition, not more than one impact specimen shall exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum average absorbed-energy requirement, and in no case shall an individual impact specimen exhibit an absorbed energy below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
8.4 Process of manufacture
8.4.1 Processes requiring validation
Final operations performed during tool-joint manufacturing that affect attribute compliance as required in this International Standard (except chemical composition and dimensions) shall have their process validated.
Those processes requiring validation are
heat treatment, and
hard banding, if applicable.
8.4.2 Material
Tool joints shall be manufactured from forgings or hot-rolled steel.
8.4.3 Heat treatment
Heat treatment shall be performed according to a documented procedure. The procedure shall address the permissible number of re-heat-treatments.
Tool joints shall be quenched and tempered.
8.4.4 Threading
Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, tool-joint thread connections including benchmarks shall be manufactured in accordance with ISO 10424-2 or API Spec 7-2.
8.4.5 Surface treatment to minimize galling
Surface treatment of threads to minimize galling, such as phosphating, copper plating or any other appropriate method, shall be applied. Unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, the method is at the option of the manufacturer. The surface treatment shall be performed in accordance with a documented procedure.
8.4.6 Break-in procedure
When specified in the purchase agreement, tool-joint break-in shall be performed in accordance with a documented procedure.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
42 Specification for Drill Pipe
8.4.7 Hard banding
Hard banding of tool joints may be agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer. The type of hard banding, location, dimensions and tolerances shall be specified in the purchase agreement and the application shall be carried out in accordance with a documented procedure.
8.4.8 Thread protection
The tool-joint manufacturer shall be responsible for thread protection during storage and shipment to the purchaser, unless otherwise stipulated in the purchase agreement.
8.5 Traceability
The tool-joint manufacturer shall establish and follow procedures for maintaining heat identity of all tool joints covered by this International Standard. Lot identity shall be maintained until all required lot tests are performed and conformance with specification requirements has been documented. The procedures shall provide means for tracing the tool joint to the relevant heat and to the specified chemical, mechanical and test results.
NOTE Since a heat can be heat treated in more than one lot, there can be more than one set of mechanical test results for a heat.
8.6 Inspection and testing — General
8.6.1 Inspection and test-equipment calibration
The manufacturer shall determine and document the appropriate calibration frequency and procedures (including occurrences of out-of-calibration and the consequences on products) in order to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
8.6.2 Heat-treatment lot
A lot shall consist of those pin or box tool joints with the same specified dimensions that are heat treated as part of a continuous operation (or batch), and are of a single heat of steel, or from different heats that are grouped according to a documented procedure that ensures that the appropriate requirements of this International Standard are met.
8.7 Testing of chemical composition
8.7.1 General
For tool joints, the analyses shall be made by the steel manufacturer or tool-joint manufacturer and shall be taken from material in finished, forged, tubular or bar form.
8.7.2 Product analyses
Each heat of steel used in the manufacture of tool-joints shall be analysed to provide the results of quantitative determinations of phosphorus and sulfur plus any other elements used by the manufacturer to control mechanical properties.
8.7.3 Test method
Chemical composition shall be determined by any of the procedures commonly used for determining chemical compositions, such as emission spectroscopy, X-ray emission, atomic absorption, combustion techniques or wet analytical procedures. The calibration methods used shall be traceable to established standards. In case of conflict, chemical analyses shall be made in accordance with ISO/TR 9769 or ASTM A751.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 43
8.8 Tensile tests
8.8.1 Procedures
Tensile tests shall be performed at room temperature in accordance with ISO 6892 or ASTM A370.
8.8.2 Test-equipment calibration
Tensile test machines shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 7500-1 or ASTM E4. Extensometers shall have been calibrated within a period of 15 months preceding any test, in accordance with the procedures in ISO 9513 or ASTM E83. Retention of records shall be in accordance with 6.17.4 and Table A.9 or Table C.9.
8.8.3 Test specimens
Tensile specimens shall be removed from the pin tool joint as in Figure B.13 after final heat treatment. Specimens may be taken from semi-finished products (that is, before threading, machining or hard banding operations).
By agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer, tensile tests shall also be undertaken on box tool joints. In such cases, details of testing shall also be agreed.
The test shall be conducted using a 12,7 mm (0,500 in) diameter round specimen.
If the pin section at the specified location is not sufficient to obtain a tensile specimen of 12,7 mm (0,500 in) diameter, an 8,9 mm (0,350 in) or 6,4 mm (0,250 in) diameter specimen may be used. The largest possible diameter specimen shall be used.
If the pin section at the specified location is not sufficient to obtain a 6,4 mm (0,250 in) diameter specimen [25 mm (1 in) gauge length], the tensile test is not required and a hardness test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.9.
8.8.4 Frequency of test
The tensile test frequency for the pin tool joint shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
8.8.5 Heat control tensile tests
One tensile test shall be made as a control test from each heat of steel used by the manufacturer for the production of tool-joint pins under this International Standard. A record of such tests shall be available to the purchaser.
A heat control test may also be considered as a product test for the lot being tested.
8.8.6 Re-test
If the initial tensile test fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test two additional specimens from the same piece. If both of the additional specimens pass, the lot shall be accepted.
If one or both of the additional specimens fail to conform to the requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test three additional pin tool joints from the same lot. If the specimens from all three pin tool joints conform to the requirements, the lot shall be accepted. If one or more of the specimens fails to conform to the requirement, the lot shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
8.8.7 Defective specimens
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens. Specimens shall not be judged defective simply because they fail to exhibit the minimum tensile requirements.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
44 Specification for Drill Pipe
8.9 Hardness tests
8.9.1 Procedure
Hardness tests shall be performed at room temperature in accordance with ISO 6506-1 or ASTM E10 for Brinell hardness tests.
8.9.2 Test specimen
The specimen shall be removed from the box tool joint as in Figure B.13 after final heat treatment. The specimen may be taken on semi-finished product (that is, before threading, machining or hard banding operations).
If the specified location for the pin-tool-joint tensile test is not sufficient to obtain an acceptable tensile test specimen (see 8.8.3), a hardness test shall be performed on the pin tool joint as in Figure B.13.
8.9.3 Frequency of testing
The hardness-test frequency for the box tool joint shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
When hardness testing is required for pin tool joints due to insufficient material for tensile testing, the hardness testing of the pin tool joint shall be performed at the tensile testing frequency in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
8.9.4 Heat control hardness tests
One hardness test shall be made as a control test from each heat of steel used by the manufacturer for the production of tool-joint boxes (and, when necessary, pins) under this International Standard. A record of such tests shall be available to the purchaser.
A heat control test may also be considered as a product test for the lot being tested.
8.9.5 Re-tests
Any tool joint representing a lot that fails to meet the hardness requirements may be re-tested. Two additional tests shall be made approximately three impression diameters each side of the original test location. If both of the additional tests meet the requirements, the lot shall be accepted.
If one or both of the additional tests fail to conform to the requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test three additional tool joints from the same lot. If the tests on all three tool joints conform to the requirements, the lot shall be accepted. If one or more of the tests fails to conform to the requirement, the lot shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as new lots.
8.10 Charpy V-notch impact tests
8.10.1 Procedures
A test shall consist of a set of three longitudinal specimens taken from a tool joint. Charpy V-notch impact tests as in ASTM A370 and ASTM E23 shall be conducted at a temperature of 21 °C 3 °C (70 °F 5 °F). For an alternative standardized test temperature, see Clause E.5, SR20, and PSL-3 in Table A.8 or Table C.8.
Tests conducted at a temperature lower than the specified temperature are acceptable provided the absorbed-energy requirements at the specified temperature are achieved.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 45
8.10.2 Specimen size and location
Charpy V-notch impact specimens shall be removed from the tool joint as in Figure B.13 after final heat treatment. Specimens may be taken from semi-finished product (that is, before threading, machining or hard banding operations).
The impact-test specimen shall not be smaller than the largest size shown in Table A.11 or Table C.11 based on the minimum material diameter (rounded to the next smaller diameter, if required) and the wall thickness in the test area. The smallest specimen permitted shall be 10 mm 5 mm.
The specimens shall be taken parallel to the axis of the tool joint with the notch oriented in a radial direction as in Figure B.13.
8.10.3 Frequency of testing
The Charpy V-notch impact-test frequency shall be as in Table A.10 or Table C.10.
Additional requirements for PSL-3 are in Annex G.
8.10.4 Heat control test
One impact test shall be made as a control on each heat of steel used by the tool-joint manufacturer. A record of such tests shall be available to the purchaser.
A heat control test may also be considered as a product test for the lot being tested.
8.10.5 Re-test
If the requirements of 8.3.4 are not met and not more than one specimen is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement, then the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to re-test a set of three additional specimens from the same test piece. For all three of these specimens, the absorbed energy shall be equal to or greater than the minimum average absorbed energy in Table A.8 or Table C.8 or the lot shall be rejected. If insufficient material remains for the re-test specimens to be obtained from the original sample, then it is permitted to obtain specimens from a tool joint from the same lot.
If more than one specimen in the initial test is below the minimum specimen absorbed-energy requirement then the manufacturer may elect either to reject the lot or to re-test an additional set of three specimens from each of three additional tool joints from the same lot. If these additional sets of specimens do not meet the initial test requirements, then the lot shall be rejected.
Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated and tested as a new lot.
8.10.6 Defective specimens
Specimens showing material imperfections or defective preparation, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded, and replacements shall be considered as original specimens. Specimens shall not be judged defective simply because they fail to exhibit the minimum absorbed-energy requirement.
8.11 Imperfections and defects
8.11.1 General
Tool joints shall be free from defects as defined in this International Standard. Die stamping shall not be considered a defect.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
46 Specification for Drill Pipe
8.11.2 Surface breaking defects
In the threads, on the coincident opposite surfaces (that is, the outside surface of the internally threaded member and the inside surface of the externally threaded member) or on the ends of the threaded area, any imperfection shall be considered a defect.
On the surfaces not described above,
any linear imperfection shall be considered a defect;
non-linear imperfections that exceed 25 % of the circumference or exceed 3,2 mm (0.125 in) in depth shall be considered defects.
8.11.3 Quench cracks
Quench cracks shall be considered defects.
8.11.4 Process control plan
The manufacturer, based on knowledge of the production process and the requirements of 8.11, shall apply a process control plan that ensures that the above requirements are fulfilled.
8.12 Non-destructive examination
8.12.1 General
All NDE operations (except visual inspection) to which reference is made in this International Standard shall be conducted by NDE personnel qualified in accordance with ISO 11484 or ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
When specified in the purchase agreement, the provisions for purchaser inspection of tool joints and/or witnessing of NDE operations shall be in accordance with Annex D.
The inspections performed in accordance with 8.12 should not be construed as assuring that the material requirements in 8.11 have been met.
The manufacturer shall determine the appropriate NDE equipment verification frequency in order to be able to certify that all products conform to the requirements of this International Standard.
If equipment whose calibration or verification is required under the provisions of this International Standard is subject to unusual or severe conditions such as can make its accuracy questionable, re-calibration or re-verification shall be performed before further use of the equipment.
8.12.2 Wet magnetic-particle inspection
After heat treatment and threading, each tool joint shall be inspected for longitudinal and transverse imperfections on the inside and outside surfaces by the wet magnetic-particle method in accordance with ISO 13665 or ASTM E709. Inspection shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure. The wet-particle concentration shall be checked every 8 h or each shift change. The minimum black-light intensity at the examination surface shall not be less than 1 000 µw/cm2.
8.12.3 Disposition of defects
Defects shall be cause for rejection or shall be completely removed by grinding or machining in accordance with a written procedure, provided the requirements of 8.2 are met. All grinding shall be blended smooth. After grinding or machining to remove defects, the tool joint shall be re-inspected by the same method that detected the defect in order to verify removal of the defect.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 47
8.13 Marking
8.13.1 General
Marking of the tool joint shall be carried out by the tool-joint manufacturer as in 8.13.2 when this component is ordered as an individual part. When the tool joint is manufactured by the drill-pipe manufacturer, marking of the tool joint may be done in a way different from that in 8.13.2, provided that the requirements for traceability are maintained.
Additional markings may be applied, including those for applicable compatible standards, at the option of the manufacturer or as specified by the purchaser. Marking of the tool joint with grooves and flats (see 6.15.5) may be applied at any time during the production process of the tool joint.
Markings shall not overlap and shall be applied in such a manner as not to damage the tool joint.
8.13.2 Die stamp marking
The tool-joint outside diameter shall be die stamped with the following:
a) tool-joint manufacturer’s name or mark;
b) tool-joint designation (RSC type or, for connections not in Table A.1 or Table C.1, designation as specified by the manufacturer); see Table A.1 or Table C.1;
c) ―ISO 11961‖ and/or ―Specification 5DP‖, as applicable. Marking to indicate compliance with API Spec 5DP is at the manufacturer’s option or as specified in the purchase agreement;
d) API monogram marking requirements (see Annex H), if applicable;
e) date of manufacture (month and year).
The date of manufacture shall be a three- or four-digit number consisting of a one- or two-digit number indicating the month followed by the last two digits of the year in which the markings of Clause 8 are completed. Products manufactured in accordance with this edition of ISO 11961 during the period of overlap of application (see Foreword) with the previous edition may be identified by ―00‖ as the overlap period designation rather than the month;
f) SR20, if applicable;
g) L2 or L3 (indicating PSL-2 or PSL-3), as applicable;
h) traceability code (for traceability requirements, see 8.5).
EXAMPLE NC50 tool joint manufactured by ZZ in August of 2007 in accordance with this International Standard with traceability code YYYY is die stamped as follows (one or more lines):
ZZ NC50 ISO 11961 807 YYYY
8.14 Minimum facility requirements for tool-joint manufacturers
The tool-joint manufacturer shall operate facilities for heat treating and/or threading tool joints and shall possess, and be responsible for, suitable equipment for marking the tool joint. If the tool-joint manufacturer purchases heat-treated material or subcontracts the heat treatment or the threading, the conduct of such operations shall be controlled and monitored by the tool-joint manufacturer in accordance with a documented procedure.
The tool-joint manufacturer shall either have facilities for conducting all required tests and inspections, or any of these tests or inspections may be provided by a subcontractor and may be located offsite. In the event that a subcontractor performs any of these services, the conduct of such inspections and tests shall be controlled and monitored by the tool-joint manufacturer in accordance with a documented procedure.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
48 Specification for Drill Pipe
8.15 Documentation requirements for tool joints
8.15.1 Certificate of inspection
The tool-joint manufacturer shall provide a certificate of inspection containing the following data, as applicable, for each item specified in the purchase agreement:
a) ISO International Standard number (or equivalent specification) and revision date thereof, to which the tool joints were manufactured;
b) tool-joint OD, tool-joint ID, length of pin/box outside diameter;
c) RSC type, type of heat treatment and any other special requirements specified in the purchase agreement
d) statement that the tool joint has been manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with, and is in compliance with, this International Standard;
e) chemical analysis showing the mass per cent of all elements whose limits or reporting requirements are stipulated in this International Standard and any other elements used by the manufacturer to control the mechanical properties;
f) test data for all tensile tests required by this International Standard, including yield strength, tensile strength and elongation; the type and size of specimens shall be shown;
g) where impact testing is required by the International Standard, reported data for each test shall include
the absorbed-energy requirement,
the size, location and orientation of the test specimens,
the specified temperature at which the test was performed,
the absorbed energy measured for each test specimen,
the average absorbed energy,
the percent shear area for each test specimen (for information only);
h) hardness test results (including test type and criteria, and specimen location and orientation);
i) results of any other supplemental testing requirements specified in the purchase agreement.
8.15.2 Electronic data interchange
The standard documents printed from or used in electronic form from an electronic data interchange (EDI) transmission shall be regarded as having the same validity as a counterpart printed in the tool-joint manufacturer's facility. The content of the EDI-transmitted document shall meet the requirements of this International Standard and conform to any existing EDI agreement between the purchaser and the tool-joint manufacturer.
8.15.3 Retention of records
Table A.9 or Table C.9 specifies records which shall be retained. Such records shall be retained by the tool-joint manufacturer and shall be available to the purchaser on request for a period of five years after the date of purchase from the tool-joint manufacturer.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
49
Annex A (normative)
Tables in SI units
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
50 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.1 — Drill-pipe list, main dimensions and mass
Designations a Pipe-body OD
Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
See Table A.2 12,5 % max. 0,8 +0,4 -0,8
6,4 6,4 0,4 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal upset, IU
4 14.00 E IU NC40 101,60 8,38 106,4 133,4 71,4 177,80 254,00 127,40 22,42
4 14.00 X IU NC40 101,60 8,38 106,4 133,4 68,3 177,80 254,00 127,40 22,76
4 14.00 G IU NC40 101,60 8,38 106,4 139,7 61,9 177,80 254,00 127,40 23,61
4 14.00 S IU NC40 101,60 8,38 106,4 139,7 50,8 177,80 254,00 127,40 24,03
4-1/2 13.75 E IU NC46 114,30 6,88 119,1 152,4 85,7 177,80 254,00 145,26 22,50
2-3/8 6.65 E EU NC26 60,32 7,11 65,1 85,7 44,5 177,80 203,20 82,95 10,45
2-3/8 6.65 X, G EU NC26 60,32 7,11 65,1 85,7 44,5 177,80 203,20 82,95 10,58
2-7/8 10.40 E EU NC31 73,02 9,19 81,0 104,8 54,0 177,80 228,60 100,41 16,25
2-7/8 10.40 X, G EU NC31 73,02 9,19 81,0 104,8 50,8 177,80 228,60 100,41 16,50
2-7/8 10.40 S EU NC31 73,02 9,19 81,0 111,1 41,3 177,80 228,60 100,41 17,19
3-1/2 9.50 E EU NC38 88,90 6,45 98,4 120,7 68,3 203,20 266,70 116,28 15,77
3-1/2 13.30 E EU NC38 88,90 9,35 98,4 120,7 68,3 203,20 266,70 116,28 20,77
3-1/2 13.30 X EU NC38 88,90 9,35 98,4 127,0 65,1 203,20 266,70 116,28 21,76
3-1/2 13.30 G EU NC38 88,90 9,35 98,4 127,0 61,9 203,20 266,70 116,28 21,90
3-1/2 13.30 S EU NC38 88,90 9,35 98,4 127,0 54,0 203,20 266,70 116,28 22,22
3-1/2 15.50 E EU NC38 88,90 11,40 98,4 127,0 65,1 203,20 266,70 116,28 24,67
3-1/2 15.50 X EU NC38 88,90 11,40 98,4 127,0 61,9 203,20 266,70 116,28 25,07
3-1/2 15.50 G EU NC38 88,90 11,40 98,4 127,0 54,0 203,20 266,70 116,28 25,38
3-1/2 15.50 S EU NC40 88,90 11,40 98,4 139,7 57,2 203,20 266,70 127,40 26,19
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 51
Table A.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body OD
Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
See Table A.2 12,5 % max. 0,8 +0,4 -0,8
6,4 6,4 0,4 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
External-upset (EU)
4 14.00 E EU NC46 101,60 8,38 114,3 152,4 82,6 177,80 254,00 145,26 23,67
4 14.00 X, G EU NC46 101,60 8,38 114,3 152,4 82,6 177,80 254,00 145,26 24,12
4 14.00 S EU NC46 101,60 8,38 114,3 152,4 76,2 177,80 254,00 145,26 24,46
4-1/2 13.75 E EU NC50 114,30 6,88 127,0 168,3 95,3 177,80 254,00 153,99 23,65
4-1/2 16.60 E EU NC50 114,30 8,56 127,0 168,3 95,3 177,80 254,00 153,99 27,51
4-1/2 16.60 X, G EU NC50 114,30 8,56 127,0 168,3 95,3 177,80 254,00 153,99 28,07
4-1/2 16.60 S EU NC50 114,30 8,56 127,0 168,3 88,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 28,47
4-1/2 20.00 E EU NC50 114,30 10,92 127,0 168,3 92,1 177,80 254,00 153,99 32,93
4-1/2 20.00 X, G EU NC50 114,30 10,92 127,0 168,3 88,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 33,63
4-1/2 20.00 S EU NC50 114,30 10,92 127,0 168,3 76,2 177,80 254,00 153,99 34,34
4-1/2 16.60 E IEU NC46 114,30 8,56 119,1 158,8 82,6 177,80 254,00 145,26 27,36
4-1/2 16.60 X, G IEU NC46 114,30 8,56 119,1 158,8 76,2 177,80 254,00 145,26 27,73
4-1/2 16.60 S IEU NC46 114,30 8,56 119,1 158,8 69,9 177,80 254,00 145,26 28,04
4-1/2 20.00 E IEU NC46 114,30 10,92 119,1 158,8 76,2 177,80 254,00 145,26 32,94
4-1/2 20.00 X IEU NC46 114,30 10,92 119,1 158,8 69,9 177,80 254,00 145,26 33,69
4-1/2 20.00 G IEU NC46 114,30 10,92 119,1 158,8 63,5 177,80 254,00 145,26 33,97
4-1/2 20.00 S IEU NC46 114,30 10,92 119,1 158,8 57,2 177,80 254,00 145,26 34,23
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
52 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body OD
Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
See Table A.2 12,5 % max. 0,8 +0,4 -0,8
6,4 6,4 0,4 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal-external upset, IEU
5 19.50 E IEU NC50 127,00 9,19 130,2 168,3 95,3 177,80 254,00 153,99 31,79
5 19.50 X IEU NC50 127,00 9,19 130,2 168,3 88,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 32,58
5 19.50 G IEU NC50 127,00 9,19 130,2 168,3 82,6 177,80 254,00 153,99 32,95
5 19.50 S IEU NC50 127,00 9,19 130,2 168,3 69,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 33,60
5 19.50 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 9,19 130,2 177,8 95,3 203,20 254,00 170,66 33,22
5 19.50 X, G IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 9,19 130,2 177,8 95,3 203,20 254,00 170,66 33,61
5 19.50 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 9,19 130,2 184,2 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 34,89
5 25.60 E IEU NC50 127,00 12,70 130,2 168,3 88,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 40,73
5 25.60 X IEU NC50 127,00 12,70 130,2 168,3 76,2 177,80 254,00 153,99 41,80
5 25.60 G IEU NC50 127,00 12,70 130,2 168,3 69,9 177,80 254,00 153,99 42,11
5 25.60 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 12,70 130,2 177,8 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 42,14
5 25.60 X IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 12,70 130,2 177,8 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 42,51
5 25.60 G IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 12,70 130,2 184,2 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 43,35
5 25.60 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 127,00 12,70 130,2 184,2 82,6 203,20 254,00 170,66 43,75
5-1/2 21.90 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 9,17 144,5 177,8 101,6 203,20 254,00 170,66 35,43
5-1/2 21.90 X IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 9,17 144,5 177,8 95,3 203,20 254,00 170,66 36,36
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 53
Table A.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body OD
Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
See Table A.2 12,5 % max. 0,8 +0,4 -0,8
6,4 6,4 0,4 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal-external upset, IEU
5-1/2 21.90 G IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 9,17 144,5 184,2 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 37,61
5-1/2 21.90 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 9,17 144,5 190,5 76,2 203,20 254,00 180,18 39,27
5-1/2 24.70 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 10,54 144,5 177,8 101,6 203,20 254,00 170,66 39,19
5-1/2 24.70 X, G IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 10,54 144,5 184,2 88,9 203,20 254,00 170,66 41,32
5-1/2 24.70 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 139,70 10,54 144,5 190,5 76,2 203,20 254,00 180,18 42,97
6-5/8 25.20 E IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 8,38 176,2 203,2 127,0 203,20 279,40 195,66 41,03
6-5/8 25.20 X IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 8,38 176,2 203,2 127,0 203,20 279,40 195,66 41,03
6-5/8 25.20 G IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 8,38 176,2 209,6 120,7 203,20 279,40 195,66 42,60
6-5/8 25.20 S IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 8,38 176,2 215,9 108,0 203,20 279,40 195,66 44,73
6-5/8 27.70 E IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 9,19 176,2 203,2 127,0 203,20 279,40 195,66 43,79
6-5/8 27.70 X, G IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 9,19 176,2 209,6 120,7 203,20 279,40 195,66 45,35
6-5/8 27.70 S IEU 6 5/8 FH 168,28 9,19 176,2 215,9 108,0 203,20 279,40 195,66 47,48
NOTE See Figure B.1.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering.
b Dte is held to a maximum to ensure fit with elevator.
c These values have been based on a drill-pipe-body length of 8,96 m and are provided for information only. For other lengths, see API RP 7G for the method of calculation.
d The RSC type indicates the size and style of the applicable rotary shouldered connection.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
54 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.2 — Drill-pipe-body outside-diameter tolerances
Label 1 Tolerance
1 2
Pipe body
≤ 4 0,79 mm
4
Drill-pipe-body behind the meu
≥ 2-3/8 to ≤ 3-1/2
3-1/2 to ≤ 5 +2,78 mm
-0,75 % Ddp
5 to ≤ 6-5/8 +3,18 mm
-0,75 % Ddp
Table A.3 — Drill-pipe length, L
Dimensions in metres
Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
1 2 3 4
Length, L, inclusive 6,10 to 7,01 8,84 to 9,75 12,19 to 13,72
Limitation for 95 % or order quantity a:
Maximum variation
Minimum length
0,61
6,40
—
—
—
—
Limitation for 90 % of order quantity a:
Maximum variation
Minimum length
—
—
0,61
9,14
0,91
12,19
a Order quantity is the number of drill-pipe specified in the purchase agreement with the same item designations.
NOTE See Figure B.1.
Table A.4 — Chemical composition requirements
Phosphorus
maximum %
Sulfur
maximum %
1 2 3
Pipe body: grade E 0,030 0,020
Pipe body: grades X, G and S 0,020 0,015
Tool joint 0,020 0,015
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 55
Table A.5 — Tensile requirements
Yield strength
MPa
Tensile strength
MPa
Elongation
%
min. max. min. min.
1 2 3 4 5
Drill-pipe-body
Grade E 517 724 689 a
Grade X 655 862 724 a
Grade G 724 931 793 a
Grade S 931 1 138 1 000 a
Tool joint 827 1 138 965 13
a See 7.3.2.
Table A.6 — Total gauge extension at the yield strength for drill-pipe body
Drill-pipe-body grade Total extension of gauge length
%
1 2
E, X 0,5
G 0,6
S 0,7
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
56 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.7 — Minimum pipe-body elongation values
Tensile test specimen Minimum elongation a in 50,8 mm
%
Area A
mm2
Specified wall thickness
mm Grade
19 mm wide strip
25 mm wide strip
38 mm wide strip E X G S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
490 — — ≥ 12,77 19 18 16 13
480 — — 12,51 to 12,76 19 18 16 13
470 — — 12,24 to 12,50 19 18 16 13
460 — — 11,98 to 12,23 18 18 16 13
450 — — 11,72 to 11,97 18 18 16 13
440 — — 11,45 to 11,71 18 18 16 13
430 — — 11,19 to 11,44 18 17 16 13
420 — — 10,93 to 11,18 18 17 16 13
410 — — 10,66 to 10,92 18 17 16 13
400 — — 10,40 to 10,65 18 17 16 13
390 — — 10,14 to 10,39 18 17 16 13
380 — — 9,87 to 10,13 18 17 16 13
370 — — 9,61 to 9,86 18 17 16 13
360 — — 9,35 to 9,60 18 17 16 13
350 — — 9,08 to 9,34 18 17 15 13
340 — — 8,82 to 9,07 17 17 15 12
330 --- 13,01 to 13,39 8,56 to 8,81 17 17 15 12
320 — 12,60 to 13,00 8,29 to 8,55 17 16 15 12
310 — 12,21 to 12,59 8,03 to 8,28 17 16 15 12
300 — 11,80 to 12,20 7,77 to 8,02 17 16 15 12
290 — 11,41 to 11,79 7,51 to 7,76 17 16 15 12
280 — 11,00 to 11,40 7,24 to 7,50 17 16 15 12
270 — 10,61 to 10,99 6,98 to 7,23 17 16 15 12
260 — 10,20 to 10,60 6,72 to 6,97 16 16 15 12
250 — 9,81 to 10,19 6,45 to 6,71 16 16 14 12
240 — 9,40 to 9,80 — 16 16 14 12
230 — 9,01 to 9,39 — 16 15 14 12
220 11,32 to 11,84 8,60 to 9,00 — 16 15 14 11
210 10,79 to 11,31 8,21 to 8,59 — 16 15 14 11
200 10,27 to 10,78 — — 16 15 14 11
190 9,74 to 10,26 — — 15 15 14 11
180 9,22 to 9,73 — — 15 15 14 11
170 8,69 to 9,21 — — 15 14 13 11
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 57
Table A.7 (continued)
Tensile test specimen Minimum elongation a in 50,8 mm
%
Area A
mm2
Specified wall thickness
mm Grade
19 mm wide strip
25 mm wide strip
38 mm wide strip E X G S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
160 8,16 to 8,68 — — 15 14 13 11
150 7,64 to 8,15 — — 15 14 13 11
140 7,11 to 7,63 — — 15 14 13 10
130 6,58 to 7,10 — — 14 14 13 10
120 6,06 to 6,57 — — 14 14 12 10
a The minimum elongation for either round-bar tensile specimens (the 8,8 mm diameter with 35,6 mm gauge length and the 12,5 mm diameter with 50,8 mm gauge length) shall be that shown in this table for a cross-sectional area, A, of 130 mm2.
Table A.8 — Charpy V-notch longitudinal absorbed-energy requirements
Product element
Minimum average absorbed energy
J
Minimum specimen absorbed energy a
J
Specimen size mm mm
Specimen size mm mm
10 10 10 7,5 10 5 10 10 10 7,5 10 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PSL-1 — Test temperature: 21 °C 3 °C
Drill-pipe body: grades X, G, S 54 43 30 47 38 26
Tool joint (box and pin) 54 43 30 47 38 26
Weld zone 16 14 — 14 11 —
SR19 — Test temperature: 21 °C 3 °C
Drill-pipe body: grade E 54 43 30 47 38 26
SR20 — Test temperature: –10 °C 3 °C See E.5.2
Drill-pipe body: all grades 41 33 27 30 24 20
Tool joint (box and pin) 41 33 27 30 24 20
Weld zone 16 14 — 14 11 —
SR24 — Test temperature: 21 °C 3 °C
Weld zone 27 22 — 23 19 —
PSL-3 — Test temperature –20 °C 3 °C
Drill-pipe body: all grades 100 80 56 80 64 43
Tool joint (box and pin) 54 43 30 47 38 26
Weld zone 42 34 — 32 26 —
a The percent shear area shall be measured and reported for information only.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
58 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.9 — Retention of records
Requirements Reference (subclause)
Drill-pipe Drill-pipe-body Tool joints
1 2 3 4
Chemical properties:
Heat analyses
Product analyses
—
—
7.7.1
7.7.2
—
8.7.2
Mechanical properties:
Tensile tests
Hardness tests
Charpy tests
Transverse side-bend tests
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
7.8
—
7.9
—
8.8
8.9
8.10
—
NDE system capability verification 6.14.5 7.19.8 —
Calibration Various Various Various
Table A.10 — Test frequency
Chemical analysis
Tensile test Charpy impact test
Outside surface
hardness test
Through-wall hardness test Side-bend test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Drill-pipe-body — Grade E — PSL-1
Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 400 or per lot a
— — — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/88
2 product per heat
1 per 200 or per lot a
— — — —
Drill-pipe-body — Grade E — SR19
Label 1: 6-5/8 — —
1 per 400 or per lot a
— — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/8 — —
1 per 200 or per lot a
— — —
Drill-pipe-body — Grades X, G and S — PSL-1
Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 200 or per lot a
1 per 200 or per lot a
— — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 100 or per lot a
1 per 100 or per lot a
— — —
Tool joints — PSL-1
Pin 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a
1 per 200 or per lot a
— 1 per 200 or
per lot b —
Box 1 per heat (solid form)
— 1 per 200 or
per lot a —
1 per 200 or per lot a
—
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 59
Table A.10 (continued)
Chemical analysis
Tensile test Charpy impact test
Outside surface
hardness test
Through-wall hardness test Side bend test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tool joints — PSL-3
Pin 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a
— Each pin
1 per 200 or per lot d
—
Box 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a,c
— Each box
1 per 200 or per lot d
—
Weld line — PSL-1
— — 1 per 400
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 400 welds or per weld lot a
All welds at 3 locations 120° apart
1 per 400 welds or per weld lot a
1 per 400 welds or
per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-1, SR23
— — 1 per 200
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
All welds at 3 locations 120° apart
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or
per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-2
— — 1 per 200
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
— 1 per 200 welds or
per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-3
— — 1 per 100
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 100 welds or per weld lot a
— 1 per 100 welds or
per weld lot a
1 per 100 welds or per weld lot a
a Whichever is the smaller quantity. b Only required if a tensile specimen cannot be obtained from the pin tool joint. c As close as practicable to the tool-joint shoulder unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement. d This through-wall test is in addition to the test that is required for PSL-1.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
60 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.11 — Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
Specified outside diameter
Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
mm
Full-size ¾-size ½-size
1 2 3 4
60,33 11,42 8,92 6,42
63,50 11,40 8,90 6,40
66,68 11,38 8,88 6,38
69,85 11,36 8,86 6,36
73,03 11,34 8,84 6,34
76,20 11,33 8,83 6,33
79,38 11,32 8,82 6,32
82,55 11,30 8,80 6,30
85,73 11,29 8,79 6,29
88,90 11,28 8,78 6,28
92,08 11,27 8,77 6,27
95,25 11,26 8,76 6,26
98,43 11,25 8,75 6,25
101,60 11,25 8,75 6,25
104,78 11,24 8,74 6,24
107,95 11,23 8,73 6,23
111,13 11,23 8,73 6,23
114,30 11,22 8,72 6,22
117,48 11,21 8,71 6,21
120,70 11,21 8,71 6,21
123,83 11,20 8,70 6,20
127,00 11,20 8,70 6,20
130,18 11,19 8,69 6,19
133,35 11,19 8,69 6,19
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 61
Table A.11 (continued)
Specified outside diameter
Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
mm
Full-size ¾-size ½-size
1 2 3 4
136,53 11,18 8,68 6,18
139,70 11,18 8,68 6,18
142,88 11,18 8,68 6,18
146,05 11,17 8,67 6,17
149,23 11,17 8,67 6,17
152,40 11,16 8,66 6,16
155,58 11,16 8,66 6,16
158,75 11,16 8,66 6,16
161,93 11,15 8,65 6,15
165,10 11,15 8,65 6,15
168,28 11,15 8,65 6,15
171,45 11,15 8,65 6,15
174,63 11,14 8,64 6,14
177,80 11,14 8,64 6,14
180,98 11,14 8,64 6,14
184,15 11,14 8,64 6,14
187,33 11,13 8,63 6,13
190,50 11,13 8,63 6,13
193,68 11,13 8,63 6,13
196,85 11,13 8,63 6,13
200,03 11,13 8,63 6,13
203,20 11,12 8,62 6,12
206,38 11,12 8,62 6,12
209,55 11,12 8,62 6,12
212,73 11,12 8,62 6,12
215,90 11,12 8,62 6,12
219,08 11,11 8,61 6,11
222,25 11,11 8,61 6,11
225,43 11,11 8,61 6,11
228,60 11,11 8,61 6,11
NOTE The above provides 0,50 mm ID and 0,50 mm OD machining allowances.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
62 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.12 — Drill-pipe-mass code number
Designation Wall thickness
mm Mass code number
Label 1 Label 2
1 2 3 4
2-3/8 6.65 7,11 2
2-7/8 10.40 9,19 2
3-1/2 9.50 6,45 1
3-1/2 13.30 9,35 2
3-1/2 15.50 11,40 3
4 14.00 8,38 2
4-1/2 13.75 6,88 1
4-1/2 16.60 8,56 2
4-1/2 20.00 10,92 3
5 19.50 9,19 2
5 25.60 12,70 3
5-1/2 21.90 9,17 2
5-1/2 24.70 10,54 3
6-5/8 25.20 8,38 2
6-5/8 27.70 9,19 3
NOTE Mass code number ―2‖ denotes a standard weight for the drill-pipe size.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 63
Table A.13 — Grade E drill-pipe-body dimensions, tolerances and masses
Designation a
Pipe-body dimensions Upset dimensions b,c
Ddp t ddp wpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu meu Leu meu ew
mm mm mm kg/m Mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
kg Label 1 Label 2
See Table A.2 12,5 % +3,18
-0,79 d 1,59 e
+38,10 -12,70 f
min. g min. min. max. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Internal upset (IU)
4 14.00 101,60 8,38 84,84 19,27 107,95 69.85 44,45 50,80 — — — — 2,09
4-1/2 13.75 114,30 6,88 100,54 18,23 120,65 85,72 44,45 — — — — — 2,36
External upset (EU)
2-3/8 6.65 60,32 7,11 46,10 9,33 67,46 46,10 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 0,82
2-7/8 10.40 73,02 9,19 54,64 14,47 81,76 54,64 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 1,09
3-1/2 9.50 88,90 6,45 76,00 13,12 100,03 76,00 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 1,18
3-1/2 13.30 88,90 9,35 70,20 18,34 100,03 66,09 57,15 50,80 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 1,82
3-1/2 15.50 88,90 11,40 66,10 21,79 100,03 66,09 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 1,27
4 14.00 101,60 8,38 84,84 19,27 115,90 84,84 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 2,27
4-1/2 13.75 114,30 6,88 100,54 18,23 126,60 100,53 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 2,54
4-1/2 16.60 114,30 8,56 97,18 22,32 128,60 97,18 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 2,54
4-1/2 20.00 114,30 10,92 92,46 27,84 128,60 92,46 — — 38,10 38,10 — 101,60 2,54
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
64 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.13 (continued)
Designation a
Pipe-body dimensions Upset dimensions b,c
Ddp t ddp wpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu meu Leu meu ew
mm mm
mm kg/m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
kg Label 1 Label 2
See Table A.2 12,5 %
+3,18 -0,79 d
1,59 e +38,10 -12,70 f
min. g min. min. max. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Internal-external upset (IEU)
4-1/2 16,60 114,30 8,56 97,17 22,32 120,65 80,16 63,50 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 3,68
4-1/2 20,00 114,30 10,92 92,46 27,84 121,44 76,20 57,15 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 3,90
5 19,50 127,00 9,19 108,62 26,70 131,78 93,68 57,15 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 3,90
5 25,60 127,00 12,70 101,60 35,80 131,78 87,33 57,15 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 3,51
5-1/2 21,90 139,70 9,17 121,36 29,52 146,05 101,60 57,15 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 4,81
5-1/2 24,70 139,70 10,54 118,62 33,57 146,05 101,60 57,15 50,80 38,10 25,40 38,10 — 4,09
6-5/8 25,20 168,28 8,38 151,52 33,05 177,80 135,00 114,30 50,80 76,20 — — 139,70 —
6-5/8 27.70 168,28 9,19 149,90 36,06 177,80 135,00 114,30 50,80 76,20 — — 139,70 —
NOTE See Figure B.6.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. b The specified upset dimensions do not necessarily agree with the bore and OD dimensions of finished weld-on product. Upset dimensions were chosen to accommodate the various bores of tool joints and to maintain a satisfactory cross-section in the weld zone after final machining of the product. c When specified in the purchase agreement, the length of upset for grade E drill-pipe may be the same as for grades X, G and S. d For internal-upset drill-pipe-body, the tolerance on the outside diameter of the upset, D0u, shall be A slight external upset within these tolerances is permissible.
e Maximum taper on inside diameter of internal upset and internal-external upset is 21 mm/m on diameter. f The Liu tolerance for label 1: 6-5/8 drill-pipe is
g Label 1: 3-1/2 and label 2: 13.30 external-upset drill-pipe has a slight internal upset not illustrated in Figure B.6.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 65
Table A.14 — Grades X, G and S drill-pipe-body dimensions, tolerances and masses
Designation a
Pipe-body dimensions Upset dimensions b
Ddp t ddp wpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu Leu meu ew
mm mm mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
Label 1
Label 2
See Table A.2
12,5 % +3,18
-0,79 c 1,59 d
+38,10 -12,70 e
min. min. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Internal-upset (IU)
3-1/2 13.30 88,90 9,35 70,20 18,34 88,90 49,21 88,90 — — — 3,36
4 14.00 101,60 8,38 84,84 19,27 107,95 68,68 88,90 — — — 4,00
External-upset (EU)
2-3/8 6.65 60,32 7,11 46,10 9,33 67,46 39,67 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 2,09
2-7/8 10.40 73,02 9,19 54,64 14,47 82,55 49,23 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 2,80
3-1/2 13.30 88,90 9,35 70,20 18,34 101,60 63,50 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 4,63
3-1/2 15.50 88,90 11,40 66,10 21,79 101,60 63,50 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 3,72
4 14.00 101,60 8,38 84,84 19,27 117,48 77,77 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 6,54
4-1/2 16.60 114,30 8,56 97,18 22,32 131,78 90,47 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 7,81
4-1/2 20.00 114,30 10,92 92,46 27,84 131,78 87,33 107,95 — 76,20 139,70 7,26
Internal-external upset (IEU)
4-1/2 16.60 114,30 8,56 97,18 22,32 120,65 73,02 63,50 76,20 38,10 76,20 3,95
4-1/2 20.00 114,30 10,92 92,46 27,84 121,44 71,42 107,95 76,20 76,20 139,70 7,99
5 19.50 127,00 9,19 108,62 26,70 131,78 90,47 107,95 76,20 76,20 139,70 7,63
5 25.60 127,00 12,70 101,60 35,80 131,78 84,12 107,95 76,20 76,20 139,70 6,99
5-1/2 21.90 139,70 9,17 121,36 29,52 146,05 96,82 107,95 76,20 76,20 139,70 9,53
5-1/2 24.70 139,70 10,54 118,62 33,57 146,05 96,82 107,95 76,20 76,20 139,70 8,35
6-5/8 25.20 168,28 8,38 151,52 33,04 177,80 135,00 114,30 76,20 76,20 139,70 —
6-5/8 27.70 168,28 9,19 149,90 36,05 177,80 135,00 114,30 76,20 76,20 139,70 —
NOTE See Figure B.6.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. b The specified upset dimensions do not necessarily agree with the bore and OD dimensions of finished drill-pipe. Upset dimensions were chosen to accommodate the various bores of tool joints and to maintain a satisfactory cross-section in the weld zone after final machining. c For internal-upset drill-pipe body, the tolerance on the outside diameter of the upset, D0u, shall be A slight external upset within these tolerances is permissible. d Maximum taper on inside diameter of internal upset and internal-external upset is 21 mm/m on diameter. e The Liu tolerance for label 1: 6-5/8 is .
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
66 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table A.15 — Drill-pipe-body upset — Maximum permissible depth of imperfections (measured from the surface)
Item Surface Depth %
Measurement notes
1 2 3 4
1 All surfaces from the planes as in items 2 and 3 below throughout the upset interval
12,5 Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for non-linear imperfections; for all grades of drill-pipe-body
12,5 Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for linear imperfections; for grade E drill-pipe-body
5 Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for linear imperfections; for grades X, G and S drill-pipe-body
2 On the external upset surface, from the end of the drill-pipe-body to a plane at a distance equal to the specified minimum dimension, Leu, (see Figure B.6) from the end of the drill-pipe-body, the maximum permissible depth is as indicated by the requirement for maintaining dimension D0u.
3 On the internal upset surface from the end of the drill-pipe-body to a plane at a distance equal to the specified minimum dimension, Liu, (see Figure B.6) from the end of the drill-pipe-body, the maximum permissible depth is as indicated by the requirement for maintaining dimension d0u.
4 The minimum permissible drill-pipe-body wall thickness in the upset taper interval, and the maximum combined effect of coincident internal and external imperfections in all areas, shall not result in less than the minimum permissible pipe-body wall thickness.
5 Elephant hide shall be inspected as stated in 7.17.4 and in accordance with item 1 tolerances above.
Table A.16 — Required inspection methods
Grade Inspection method
Visual Electromagnetic Ultrasonic
1 2 3 4
E, X, G, S R A A
R – Required.
A – One method or any combination of methods shall be used.
Table A.17 — Artificial reference indicators for the drill-pipe body
Grade Notch location Notch orientation a Notch dimensions
OD ID Long. Trans. Depth b
%
Max. length at full depth
mm
Max width
mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E, X, G c c c c 12,5 50,8 1,0
S c c c c 5,0 50,8 1,0
a Notches shall be square or U-shaped as in ASTM E213. At the option of the drill-pipe manufacturer, notches may be oriented at such an angle as to optimize detection of anticipated defects. b Depth as a percentage of specified pipe-body wall thickness. The depth tolerance shall be 15 % of the calculated notch depth with a minimum notch depth of 0,3 mm 0,05 mm. c Required when using notches.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
67
Annex B (normative)
Figures in SI (USC) units
a) b)
Key
1 tool-joint box 7 pipe body
2 hard banding (optional) 8 friction weld
3 tapered elevator shoulder 9 pin taper
4 drill-pipe weld neck 10 tool-joint pin
5 drill-pipe-body upset 11 rotary shouldered connection.
6 drill-pipe-body
NOTE See Tables A.1, A.2 or A.3 or Tables C.1, C.2 or C.3 and 6.2 for dimensional requirements.
Figure B.1 — Drill-pipe
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
68 Specification for Drill Pipe
Key
a Rounded contact point.
Figure B.2 — Example of a typical hook-type tool
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 69
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Key
1 tensile specimen reduced section 6 areas for checking hardness
2 pipe-body upset 7 longitudinal Charpy specimen
3 weld zone 8 location of test specimen
4 tool joint a Counter-clockwise
5 weld line b Clockwise
Figure B.3 — Location and orientation of mechanical test specimens for weld
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
70 Specification for Drill Pipe
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Key
1 drilled hole
Figure B.4 — Reference indicator for drill-pipe weld zone
Figure B.5 — Example of marking at the base of tool-joint pin
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 71
a) Internal upset (IU)
b) External upset (EU) — Grade E (except label 1:3-1/2, label 2:13.30)
c) External upset (EU) — Grades X, G, S and E: label 1:3-1/2, label 2:13.30
d) Internal-external upset (IEU)
NOTE See Tables A.13 or A.14 or Tables C.13 or C.14, as applicable, for drill-pipe-body upset-end dimensions.
Figure B.6 — Upset end for drill-pipe-body
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
72 Specification for Drill Pipe
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
a) Measuring full-length straightness
b) Measuring end straightness
Key
1 taut string or wire
2 hooked end
a Maximum chord height deviation. b Minimum straight edge. c Maximum drop. d Minimum contact.
Figure B.7 — Drill-pipe-body — Measuring full-length straightness and end straightness
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 73
a) Full-section specimen
b) Strip specimen
c) Round-bar specimen
a The gauge length and fillets shall be as shown, but the ends may be of any form to fit the holders of the testing machine.
Figure B.8 (continued)
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
74 Specification for Drill Pipe
Strip-specimen dimensions
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Dimension and symbol Nominal width
38,1 (1.500) 25,4 (1.000) 19,0 (0.750)
G Gauge length 50,8 0,127
(2.000 0.005)
50,8 0,127
(2.000 0.005)
50,8 0,127
(2.000 0.005)
W Width 38,1 3,175
(1.500 0.125)
25,4 1,575
(1.000 0.062)
19,0 0,787
(0.750 0.031)
R Radius of fillet, min. 25,4 (1.000) 25,4 (1.000) 25,4 (1.000)
A Length of reduced section, min. 57,1 (2.250) 57,1 (2.250) 57,1 (2.250)
Round-bar-specimen dimensions
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Dimension and symbol Nominal diameter
12,5 (0.500) 8,75 (0.350)
G Gauge length 50,0 0,10
(2.000 0.005)
35,0 0,10
(1.400 0.005)
D Diameter 12,5 0,25
(0.500 0.010)
8,75 0,18
(0.350 0.007)
R Radius of fillet, min. 10,0 (0.375) 6,0 (0.250)
A Length of reduced section, min. 60,0 (2.250) 45,0 (1.750)
Figure B.8 — Tensile-test specimens for drill-pipe-body
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 75
a) Drill-pipe body — Charpy specimen
b) Drill-pipe-body tensile — Round-bar specimen
c) Drill-pipe-body tensile — Strip specimen
The edges of the blank for the specimen shall be cut parallel to each other.
Figure B.9 — Location and orientation of mechanical test specimens for drill-pipe-body
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
76 Specification for Drill Pipe
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
a) Upset misalignment
b) Parallel misalignment
c) Angular misalignment
Key
1 axis of drill-pipe body
2 axis of tool joint
3 weld line
Figure B.10 — Upset and tool-joint alignment
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 77
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Key
1 notch depth
Figure B.11 — Reference indicator (notch) for a pipe body
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
78 Specification for Drill Pipe
a) Pin tool joint
b) Box tool joint
c) Step bore option for weld neck
NOTE: See Table A.1 or Table C.1 for other tool-joint dimensions.
a Size of radius, R, at the end of the 35° taper on the pin shall be at the drill-pipe manufacturer's option. When specified on the purchase agreement, 35° shall be replaced with 18° and R 38 mm (1.5 in).
b See ISO 10424-2.
c This diameter is at the drill-pipe manufacturer's option and shall be equal to or greater than the dte for the corresponding box tool joint (see 6.2.3).
d Dj is the outside diameter of the tool-joint weld neck, which becomes Dte after welding and final machining;
dj is the inside diameter of the tool-joint weld neck, which becomes dte after welding and final machining.
The dte may be different on box and pin.
The value of dj is determined by the drill-pipe manufacturer based on design criteria.
The pin and/or box may contain a step bore to achieve the design requirements.
e The start of the internal transition shall not be coincident with the start of the external transition area.
Figure B.12 — Tool-joint pin and box
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 79
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
Key
1 box hardness test location
2 pin tensile test specimen
3 pin hardness test location when required
4 longitudinal Charpy specimen
Figure B.13 — Location and orientation of mechanical test specimens for tool joints
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
80 Specification for Drill Pipe
Dimensions in millimetres (inches)
a) Thickness 50 ( 2)
b) Thickness 50 ( 2)
c) Solid barstock
Key
1 indentation at mid-wall location
2 indentation at OD location
3 indentation at ID location
4 hardness indentation test block
5 indentation at location equally spaced between OD and ID indentations
6 indentation on the intended (finished) ID location
a The OD and ID indentations shall be approximately 2,5 indentation diameters from the relevant surface and 3 indentation diameters from any other indentation. Three indentations at a location are required when using the Rockwell method, but only one indentation is required at a location when using the Brinell method.
b The mean hardness number is the average of three Rockwell hardness numbers in the same location. c Rockwell hardness indentation data are called Rockwell hardness numbers. d Alternate spacing of rows permitted for thin-wall tool joints.
Figure B.14 — Hardness-test locations
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
81
Annex C (normative)
Tables in USC units
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
82 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.1 — Drill-pipe list, main dimensions and mass
Designations a Pipe-body
OD
Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC
type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
in in in in in in in in lb/ft
See Table C.2 12.5 % max. 0.031 +0.016 -0.031
0.250 0.250 0.016 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal upset, IU
4 14.00 E IU NC40 4.000 0.330 4.188 5.250 2.812 7.000 10.000 5.016 15.06
4 14.00 X IU NC40 4.000 0.330 4.188 5.250 2.688 7.000 10.000 5.016 15.29
4 14.00 G IU NC40 4.000 0.330 4.188 5.500 2.438 7.000 10.000 5.016 15.87
4 14.00 S IU NC40 4.000 0.330 4.188 5.500 2.000 7.000 10.000 5.016 16.14
4-1/2 13.75 E IU NC46 4.500 0.271 4.688 6.000 3.375 7.000 10.000 5.719 15.12
2-3/8 6.65 E EU NC26 2.375 0.280 2.563 3.375 1.750 7.000 8.000 3.266 7.02
2-3/8 6.65 X, G EU NC26 2.375 0.280 2.563 3.375 1.750 7.000 8.000 3.266 7.11
2-7/8 10.40 E EU NC31 2.875 0.362 3.188 4.125 2.125 7.000 9.000 3.953 10.92
2-7/8 10.40 X, G EU NC31 2.875 0.362 3.188 4.125 2.000 7.000 9.000 3.953 11.09
2-7/8 10.40 S EU NC31 2.875 0.362 3.188 4.375 1.625 7.000 9.000 3.953 11.55
3-1/2 9.50 E EU NC38 3.500 0.254 3.875 4.750 2.688 8.000 10.500 4.578 10.60
3-1/2 13.30 E EU NC38 3.500 0.368 3.875 4.750 2.688 8.000 10.500 4.578 13.96
3-1/2 13.30 X EU NC38 3.500 0.368 3.875 5.000 2.562 8.000 10.500 4.578 14.62
3-1/2 13.30 G EU NC38 3.500 0.368 3.875 5.000 2.438 8.000 10.500 4.578 14.72
3-1/2 13.30 S EU NC38 3.500 0.368 3.875 5.000 2.125 8.000 10.500 4.578 14.93
3-1/2 15.50 E EU NC38 3.500 0.449 3.875 5.000 2.563 8.000 10.500 4.578 16.58
3-1/2 15.50 X EU NC38 3.500 0.449 3.875 5.000 2.438 8.000 10.500 4.578 16.84
3-1/2 15.50 G EU NC38 3.500 0.449 3.875 5.000 2.125 8.000 10.500 4.578 17.06
3-1/2 15.50 S EU NC40 3.500 0.449 3.875 5.500 2.250 7.000 10.000 5.016 17.60
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 83
Table C.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body
OD Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
in in in in in in in in lb/ft
See Table C.2 12.5 % max. 0.031 +0.016 -0.031
0.250 0.250 0.016 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
External upset, EU
4 14.00 E EU NC46 4.000 0.330 4.500 6.000 3.250 7.000 10.000 5.719 15.91
4 14.00 X, G EU NC46 4.000 0.330 4.500 6.000 3.250 7.000 10.000 5.719 16.21
4 14.00 S EU NC46 4.000 0.330 4.500 6.000 3.000 7.000 10.000 5.719 16.44
4-1/2 13.75 E EU NC50 4.500 0.271 5.000 6.625 3.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 15.90
4-1/2 16.60 E EU NC50 4.500 0.337 5.000 6.625 3.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 18.49
4-1/2 16.60 X, G EU NC50 4.500 0.337 5.000 6.625 3.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 18.86
4-1/2 16.60 S EU NC50 4.500 0.337 5.000 6.625 3.500 7.000 10.000 6.063 19.13
4-1/2 20.00 E EU NC50 4.500 0.430 5.000 6.625 3.625 7.000 10.000 6.063 22.13
4-1/2 20.00 X, G EU NC50 4.500 0.430 5.000 6.625 3.500 7.000 10.000 6.063 22.60
4-1/2 20.00 S EU NC50 4.500 0.430 5.000 6.625 3.000 7.000 10.000 6.063 23.07
4-1/2 16.60 E IEU NC46 4.500 0.337 4.688 6.250 3.250 7.000 10.000 5.719 18.39
4-1/2 16.60 X, G IEU NC46 4.500 0.337 4.688 6.250 3.000 7.000 10.000 5.719 18.63
4-1/2 16.60 S IEU NC46 4.500 0.337 4.688 6.250 2.750 7.000 10.000 5.719 18.84
4-1/2 20.00 E IEU NC46 4.500 0.430 4.688 6.250 3.000 7.000 10.000 5.719 22.14
4-1/2 20.00 X IEU NC46 4.500 0.430 4.688 6.250 2.750 7.000 10.000 5.719 22.64
4-1/2 20.00 G IEU NC46 4.500 0.430 4.688 6.250 2.500 7.000 10.000 5.719 22.83
4-1/2 20.00 S IEU NC46 4.500 0.430 4.688 6.250 2.250 7.000 10.000 5.719 23.00
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
84 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body
OD Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
in in in in in in in in lb/ft
See Table C.2 12.5 % max. 0.031 +0.016 -0.031
0.250 0.250 0.016 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal-external upset, IEU
5 19.50 E IEU NC50 5.000 0.362 5.125 6.625 3.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 21.37
5 19.50 X IEU NC50 5.000 0.362 5.125 6.625 3.500 7.000 10.000 6.063 21.89
5 19.50 G IEU NC50 5.000 0.362 5.125 6.625 3.250 7.000 10.000 6.063 22.14
5 19.50 S IEU NC50 5.000 0.362 5.125 6.625 2.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 22.58
5 19.50 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.362 5.125 7.000 3.750 8.000 10.000 6.719 22.32
5 19.50 X, G IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.362 5.125 7.000 3.750 8.000 10.000 6.719 22.58
5 19.50 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.362 5.125 7.250 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 23.44
5 25.60 E IEU NC50 5.000 0.500 5.125 6.625 3.500 7.000 10.000 6.063 27.37
5 25.60 X IEU NC50 5.000 0.500 5.125 6.625 3.000 7.000 10.000 6.063 28.09
5 25.60 G IEU NC50 5.000 0.500 5.125 6.625 2.750 7.000 10.000 6.063 28.30
5 25.60 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.500 5.125 7.000 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 28.32
5 25.60 X IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.500 5.125 7.000 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 28.56
5 25.60 G IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.500 5.125 7.250 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 29.13
5 25.60 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.000 0.500 5.125 7.250 3.250 8.000 10.000 6.719 29.40
5-1/2 21.90 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.361 5.688 7.000 4.000 8.000 10.000 6.719 23.81
5-1/2 21.90 X IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.361 5.688 7.000 3.750 8.000 10.000 6.719 24.43
5-1/2 21.90 G IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.361 5.688 7.250 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 25.28
5-1/2 21.90 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.361 5.688 7.500 3.000 8.000 10.000 7.094 26.39
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 85
Table C.1 (continued)
Designations a Pipe body
OD Pipe wall thickness
Drill-pipe weld neck
Tool joint RSC
bevel dia. Approx. mass c OD Pin ID
Pin OD length
Box OD length
Label 1 Label 2 Grade Upset type
RSC type d
Ddp t Dte b D dp Lpb Lb Df wdp
in in in in in in in in lb/ft
See Table C.2 12.5 % max. 0.031 +0.016 -0.031
0.250 0.250 0.016 Calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Internal-external upset, IEU
5-1/2 24.70 E IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.415 5.688 7.000 4.000 8.000 10.000 6.719 26.33
5-1/2 24.70 X, G IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.415 5.688 7.250 3.500 8.000 10.000 6.719 27.77
5-1/2 24.70 S IEU 5 1/2 FH 5.500 0.415 5.688 7.500 3.000 8.000 10.000 7.094 28.87
6-5/8 25.20 E IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.330 6.938 8.000 5.000 8.000 11.000 7.703 27.57
6-5/8 25.20 X IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.330 6.938 8.000 5.000 8.000 11.000 7.703 27.57
6-5/8 25.20 G IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.330 6.938 8.250 4.750 8.000 11.000 7.703 28.63
6-5/8 25.20 S IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.330 6.938 8.500 4.250 8.000 11.000 7.703 30.06
6-5/8 27.70 E IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.362 6.938 8.000 5.000 8.000 11.000 7.703 29.43
6-5/8 27.70 X, G IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.362 6.938 8.250 4.750 8.000 11.000 7.703 30.48
6-5/8 27.70 S IEU 6 5/8 FH 6.625 0.362 6.938 8.500 4.250 8.000 11.000 7.703 31.91
NOTE See Figure B.1.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. b Dte is held to a maximum to ensure fit with elevator. c These values have been based on a drill-pipe-body length of 29.4 ft and are provided for information only. For other lengths, see API RP 7G for the method of calculation. d The RSC type indicates the size and style of the applicable rotary shouldered connection.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
86 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.2 — Drill-pipe-body outside-diameter tolerances
Label 1 Tolerance
1 2
Pipe body
≤ 4 in 0.031 in
4 in
Drill-pipe-body behind the meu
≥ 2-3/8 in to ≤ 3-1/2 in
3-1/2 in to ≤ 5 in
5 in to ≤ 6-5/8 in
Table C.3 — Drill-pipe length, L
Dimensions in feet
1
Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
2 3 4
Length, L, inclusive 20.0 to 23.0 29.0 to 32.0 40.0 to 45.0
Limitation for 95 % or order quantity a:
Maximum variation
Minimum length
2.0
21.0
—
—
—
—
Limitation for 90 % of order quantity a:
Maximum variation
Minimum length
—
—
2.0
30.0
3.0
40.0
a Order quantity is the number of drill-pipe specified in the purchase agreement with the same item designations.
NOTE See Figure B.1.
Table C.4 — Chemical composition requirements
Phosphorus
maximum %
Sulfur
maximum %
1 2 3
Pipe body: grade E 0.030 0.020
Pipe body: grades X, G and S 0.020 0.015
Tool joint 0.020 0.015
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 1196 87
Table C.5 — Tensile requirements
Yield strength
psi
Tensile strength
psi
Elongation
%
min. max. min. min.
1 2 3 4 5
Drill-pipe-body
Grade E 75 000 105 000 100 000
a
Grade X 95 000 125 000 105 000
a
Grade G 105 000 135 000 115 000
a
Grade S 135 000 165 000 145 000
a
Tool joint 120 000 165 000 140 000 13
a See 7.3.2.
Table C.6 — Total gauge extension at the yield strength for drill-pipe-body
Drill-pipe-body grade Total extension of gauge length
%
1 2
E, X 0.5
G 0.6
S 0.7
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
88 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.7 — Minimum pipe-body elongation values
Tensile test specimen Minimum elongation a in 2 in
%
Area A
in2
Specified wall thickness (in) Grade
0.75 in wide strip 1.00 in wide strip 1.50 in wide strip E X G S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
≥ 0.75 — — ≥ 0.497 19 18 16 13
0.74 — — 0.490 to 0.496 19 18 16 13
0.73 — — 0.484 to 0.489 19 18 16 13
0.72 — — 0.477 to 0.483 18 18 16 13
0.71 — — 0.471 to 0.476 18 18 16 13
0.70 — — 0.464 to 0.470 18 18 16 13
0.69 — — 0.457 to 0.463 18 18 16 13
0.68 — — 0.450 to 0.456 18 18 16 13
0.67 — — 0.444 to 0.449 18 17 16 13
0.66 — — 0.437 to 0.443 18 17 16 13
0.65 — — 0.431 to 0.436 18 17 16 13
0.64 — — 0.424 to 0.430 18 17 16 13
0.63 — — 0.417 to 0.423 18 17 16 13
0.62 — — 0.410 to 0.416 18 17 16 13
0.61 — — 0.404 to 0.409 18 17 16 13
0.60 — — 0.397 to 0.403 18 17 16 13
0.59 — — 0.391 to 0.396 18 17 16 13
0.58 — — 0.384 to 0.390 18 17 16 13
0.57 — — 0.377 to 0.383 18 17 16 13
0.56 — — 0.370 to 0.376 18 17 16 13
0.55 — — 0.364 to 0.369 18 17 15 13
0.54 — — 0.357 to 0.363 18 17 15 13
0.53 — — 0.351 to 0.356 18 17 15 12
0.52 — — 0.344 to 0.350 17 17 15 12
0.51 — 0.506 to 0.514 0.337 to 0.343 17 17 15 12
0.50 — 0.495 to 0.505 0.330 to 0.336 17 16 15 12
0.49 — 0.486 to 0.494 0.324 to 0.329 17 16 15 12
0.48 — 0.475 to 0.485 0.317 to 0.323 17 16 15 12
0.47 — 0.466 to 0.474 0.311 to 0.316 17 16 15 12
0.46 — 0.455 to 0.465 0.304 to 0.310 17 16 15 12
0.45 — 0.446 to 0.454 0.297 to 0.303 17 16 15 12
0.44 — 0.435 to 0.445 0.290 to 0.296 17 16 15 12
0.43 — 0.426 to 0.434 0.284 to 0.289 17 16 15 12
0.42 — 0.415 to 0.425 0.277 to 0.283 17 16 15 12
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 1196 89
Table C.7 (continued)
Tensile test specimen Minimum elongation a in 2 in
%
Area A
in2
Specified wall thickness
in Grade
0.75 in wide strip 1.00 in wide strip 1.50 in wide strip E X G S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0.41 — 0.406 to 0.414 0.271 to 0.276 16 16 15 12
0.40 — 0.395 to 0.405 0.264 to 0.270 16 16 15 12
0.39 — 0.386 to 0.394 0.257 to 0.263 16 16 14 12
0.38 — 0.375 to 0.385 0.250 to 0.256 16 16 14 12
0.37 — 0.366 to 0.374 — 16 16 14 12
0.36 — 0.355 to 0.365 — 16 15 14 12
0.35 — 0.346 to 0.354 — 16 15 14 11
0.34 0.447 to 0.460 0.335 to 0.345 — 16 15 14 11
0.33 0.434 to 0.446 0.326 to 0.334 — 16 15 14 11
0.32 0.420 to 0.433 0.315 to 0.325 — 16 15 14 11
0.31 0.407 to 0.419 — — 16 15 14 11
0.30 0.394 to 0.406 — — 15 15 14 11
0.29 0.381 to 0.393 — — 15 15 14 11
0.28 0.367 to 0.380 — — 15 15 14 11
0.27 0.354 to 0.366 — — 15 14 13 11
0.26 0.340 to 0.353 — — 15 14 13 11
0.25 0.327 to 0.339 — — 15 14 13 11
0.24 0.314 to 0.326 — — 15 14 13 11
0.23 0.301 to 0.313 — — 15 14 13 11
0.22 0.287 to 0.300 — — 15 14 13 10
0.21 0.274 to 0.286 — — 14 14 13 10
0.20 0.260 to 0.273 — — 14 14 13 10
0.19 0.247 to 0.259 — — 14 14 13 10
0.18 0.234 to 0.246 — — 14 14 12 10
a The minimum elongation for either round-bar tensile specimens (0.35 in diameter with 1.40 in gauge length and 0.50 in diameter with 2.00 in gauge length) shall be that shown in this table for a cross-sectional area, A, of 0.20 in2.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
90 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.8 — Charpy V-notch longitudinal absorbed-energy requirements
Product element
Minimum average absorbed energy
ft-lb Minimum specimen absorbed energy a
ft-lb
Specimen size, mm mm Specimen size, mm mm
10 10 10 7.5 10 5 10 10 10 7.5 10 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PSL-1 — Test temperature: 70 °F 5 °F
Drill-pipe-body: grades X, G, S 40 32 22 35 28 19
Tool joint 40 32 22 35 28 19
Weld zone 12 10 — 10 8 —
SR19 — Test temperature: 70 °F 5 °F
Drill-pipe-body: grade E 40 32 22 35 28 19
SR20 — Test temperature: 14 °F 5 °F
Drill-pipe-body: all grades 30 24 20 22 18 15
Tool joint 30 24 20 22 18 15
Weld zone 12 10 — 10 8 —
SR24 — Test temperature: 70 °F 5 °F
Weld zone 20 16 — 17 14 —
PSL-3 — Test temperature: 4 °F 5 °F
Drill-pipe-body: all grades 74 59 41 59 47 32
Tool joint (box and pin) 40 32 22 35 28 19
Weld zone 31 25 — 24 19 —
a The percent shear area shall be measured and reported for information only.
Table C.9 — Retention of records
Requirements Reference (subclause)
Drill-pipe Drill-pipe-body Tool joints
1 2 3 4
Chemical properties:
Heat analyses
Product analyses
—
—
7.7.1
7.7.2
—
8.7.2
Mechanical properties:
Tensile tests
Hardness tests
Charpy tests
Transverse side-bend tests
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
7.8
—
7.9
—
8.8
8.9
8.10
—
NDE system capability verification 6.14.5 7.19.8 —
Calibration Various Various Various
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 1196 91
Table C.10 — Test frequency
Chemical analysis
Tensile test Charpy impact test
Outside surface
hardness test
Through-wall hardness test Side-bend test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Drill-pipe-body — Grade E — PSL-1
Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 400 or per lot a
— — — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 200 or per lot a
— — — —
Drill-pipe-body — Grade E — SR19
Label 1: 6-5/8
— — 1 per 400 or per lot a
— — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/8
— — 1 per 200 or
per lot a — — —
Drill-pipe-body — Grades X, G and S — PSL-1
Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 200 or per lot a
1 per 200 or per lot a
— — —
≥ Label 1: 6-5/8
2 product per heat
1 per 100 or per lot a
1 per 100 or per lot a
— — —
Tool joints — PSL-1
Pin 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a
1 per 200 or per lot a
— 1 per 200 or
per lot b —
Box 1 per heat (solid form)
— 1 per 200 or per lot a
— 1 per 200 or per lot a
—
Tool joints — PSL-3
Pin 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a
— Each pin
1 per 200 or per lot d
—
Box 1 per heat (solid form)
1 per 200 or per lot a,c
— Each box
1 per 200 or per lot d
—
Weld line — PSL-1
— — 1 per 400
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 400 welds or per weld lot a
All welds at 3 locations 120° apart
1 per 400 welds or per weld lot a
1 per 400 welds or
per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-1, SR23
— — 1 per 200
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
All welds at 3 locations 120° apart
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or
per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-2
— — 1 per 200
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
— 1 per 200 welds or
per weld lot a
1 per 200 welds or per weld lot a
Weld line — PSL-3
— — 1 per 100
welds or per weld lot a
1 per 100 welds or per weld lot a
— 1 per 100 welds or per weld lot a
1 per 100 welds or per weld lot a
a Whichever is the smaller quantity. b Only required if a tensile specimen cannot be obtained from the pin tool joint. c As close as practicable to the tool-joint shoulder unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement. d This through-wall test is in addition to the test that is required for PSL-1.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
92 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.11 — Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
Specified outside diameter
Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
in
Full-size ¾-size ½-size
1 2 3 4
2-3/8 0.450 0.352 0.253
2-1/2 0.450 0.352 0.253
2-5/8 0.449 0.351 0.252
2-3/4 0.448 0.350 0.251
2-7/8 0.448 0.350 0.251
3 0.447 0.349 0.250
3-1/8 0.446 0.348 0.249
3-1/4 0.446 0.348 0.249
3-3/8 0.446 0.348 0.249
3-1/2 0.445 0.347 0.248
3-5/8 0.445 0.347 0.248
3-3/4 0.444 0.346 0.247
3-7/8 0.444 0.346 0.247
4 0.444 0.346 0.247
4-1/8 0.443 0.345 0.246
4-1/4 0.443 0.345 0.246
4-3/8 0.443 0.345 0.246
4-1/2 0.443 0.345 0.246
4-5/8 0.442 0.344 0.245
4-3/4 0.442 0.344 0.245
4-7/8 0.442 0.344 0.245
5 0.442 0.344 0.245
5-1/8 0.442 0.344 0.245
5-1/4 0.441 0.343 0.244
5-3/8 0.441 0.343 0.244
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 1196 93
Table C.11 (continued)
Specified outside diameter
Calculated wall thickness required to machine longitudinal Charpy impact specimens
in
Full-size ¾-size ½-size
1 2 3 4
5-1/2 0.441 0.343 0.244
5-5/8 0.441 0.343 0.244
5-3/4 0.441 0.343 0.244
5-7/8 0.441 0.343 0.244
6 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-1/8 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-1/4 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-3/8 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-1/2 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-5/8 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-3/4 0.440 0.342 0.243
6-7/8 0.440 0.342 0.243
7 0.440 0.342 0.243
7-1/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-1/4 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-3/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-1/2 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-5/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-3/4 0.439 0.341 0.242
7-7/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
8 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-1/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-1/4 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-3/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-1/2 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-5/8 0.439 0.341 0.242
8-3/4 0.438 0.340 0.241
8-7/8 0.438 0.340 0.241
9 0.438 0.340 0.241
NOTE The above provides 0.020 in ID and 0.020 in OD machining allowances.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
94 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.12 — Drill-pipe-mass code number
Designation Wall thickness
in
Mass code number
Label 1 Label 2
1 2 3 4
2-3/8 6.65 0.280 2
2-7/8 10.40 0.362 2
3-1/2 9.50 0.254 1
3-1/2 13.30 0.368 2
3-1/2 15.50 0.449 3
4 14.00 0.330 2
4-1/2 13.75 0.271 1
4-1/2 16.60 0.337 2
4-1/2 20.00 0.430 3
5 19.50 0.362 2
5 25.60 0.500 3
5-1/2 21.90 0.361 2
5-1/2 24.70 0.415 3
6-5/8 25.20 0.330 2
6-3/8 27.70 0.362 3
NOTE Mass code number ―2‖ denotes a standard weight for the drill-pipe size.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
95 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.13 — Grade E drill-pipe-body dimensions, tolerances and masses
Designation a Pipe-body dimensions Upset dimensions b,c
Ddp t ddp wpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu meu Leu meu ew
in in in lb/ft in in in in in in in in lb
Label 1 Label 2 See Table C.2
12,5 % +0.125 -0.031 d
0.063 e +1.500 -0.500 f
min. g min. min. max. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Internal-upset (IU)
4 14.00 4.000 0.330 3.340 12.93 4.250 2.750 1.750 2.000 — — — — 4.60
4-1/2 13.75 4.500 0.271 3.958 12.24 4.750 3.375 1.750 — — — — — 5.20
External-upset (EU)
2-3/8 6.65 2.375 0.280 1.815 6.26 2.656 1.815 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 1.80
2-7/8 10.40 2.875 0.362 2.151 9.72 3.219 2.151 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 2.40
3-1/2 9.50 3.500 0.254 2.992 8.81 3.938 2.992 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 2.60
3-1/2 13.30 3.500 0.368 2.764 12.31 3.938 2.602 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 4.00
3-1/2 15.50 3.500 0.449 2.602 14.63 3.938 2.602 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 2.80
4 14.00 4.000 0.330 3.340 12.93 4.563 3.340 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 5.00
4-1/2 13.75 4.500 0.271 3.958 12.24 5.063 3.958 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 5.60
4-1/2 16.60 4.500 0.337 3.826 14.98 5.063 3.826 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 5.60
4-1/2 20.00 4.500 0.430 3.640 18.69 5.063 3.640 — — 1.500 1.500 — 4.000 5.60
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Specification for Drill Pipe 96
Table C.13 (continued)
Designation a Pipe body dimensions Upset dimensions b,c
Ddp t ddp mpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu meu Leu meu ew
in in in lb/ft in in in in in in in in lb
Label 1 Label 2 See
Table C.2 12,5 % +0.125 -0.031 d 0.063 e
+1.500 -0.500 f min. g min. min. max. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Internal-external upset (IEU)
4-1/2 16.60 4.500 0.337 3.826 14.98 4.750 3.156 2.500 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 8.10
4-1/2 20.00 4.500 0.430 3.640 18.69 4.781 3.000 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 8.60
5 19.50 5.000 0.362 4.276 17.93 5.188 3.688 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 8.60
5 25.60 5.000 0.500 4.000 24.03 5.188 3.438 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 7.80
5-1/2 21.90 5.500 0.361 4.778 19.81 5.750 4.000 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 10.60
5-1/2 24.70 5.500 0.415 4.670 22.54 5.750 4.000 2.250 2.000 1.500 1.000 1.500 — 9.00
6-5/8 25.20 6.625 0.330 5.965 22.19 7.000 5.315 4.500 2.000 3.000 — — 5.500 24.87
6-5/8 27.70 6.625 0.362 5.901 24.21 7.000 5.315 4.500 2.000 3.000 — — 5.500 24.00
NOTE See Figure B.6.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. b The specified upset dimensions do not necessarily agree with the bore and OD dimensions of finished weld-on product. Upset dimensions were chosen to accommodate the various bores of
tool joints and to maintain a satisfactory cross-section in the weld zone after final machining of the product. c When specified in the purchase agreement, the length of upset for grade E drill-pipe may be the same as for grades X, G and S.
d For internal-upset drill-pipe-body, the tolerance on the outside diameter of the upset, D0u, shall be in. A slight external upset within these tolerances is permissible.
e Maximum taper on inside diameter of internal upset and internal-external upset is 0.250 in/ft on diameter.
f Liu tolerance for label 1: 6-5/8 drill-pipe is in.
g Label 1: 3-1/2 and label 2: 13.30 external-upset drill-pipe has a slight internal upset not illustrated in Figure B.6.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
97 Specification for Drill Pipe
Table C.14 — Grades X, G and S drill-pipe-body dimensions, tolerances and masses
Pipe-body dimensions Upset dimensions b
Designation a Ddp t ddp wpe D0u d0u Liu miu Leu Leu meu ew
in in in lb/ft in in in in in in lb
Label 1 Label 2 See Table C.2
–12.5 % +0.125 -0.031 c
0.063 d +1.500 -0.500 e
min. min. max.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Internal-upset (IU)
3-1/2 13.30 3.500 0.368 2.764 12.31 3.500 1.938 3.500 — — — 7.40
4 14.00 4.000 0.330 3.340 12.93 4.250 2.625 3.500 — — — 8.80
External-upset (EU)
2-3/8 6.65 2.375 0.280 1.815 6.26 2.656 1.562 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 4.60
2-7/8 10.40 2.875 0.362 2.151 9.72 3.250 1.938 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 6.20
3-1/2 13.30 3.500 0.368 2.764 12.31 4.000 2.500 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 10.20
3-1/2 15.50 3.500 0.449 2.602 14.63 4.000 2.500 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 8.20
4 14.00 4.000 0.330 3.340 12.93 4.625 3.062 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 14.40
4-1/2 16.60 4.500 0.337 3.826 14.98 5.188 3.562 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 17.20
4-1/2 20.00 4.500 0.430 3.640 18.69 5.188 3.438 4.250 — 3.000 5.500 16.00
Internal-external upset (IEU)
4-1/2 16.60 4.500 0.337 3.826 14.98 4.750 2.875 2.500 3.000 1.500 3.000 8.70
4-1/2 20.00 4.500 0.430 3.640 18.69 4.781 2.812 4.250 3.000 3.000 5.500 17.60
5 19.50 5.000 0.362 4.276 17.93 5.188 3.562 4.250 3.000 3.000 5.500 16.80
5 25.60 5.000 0.500 4.000 24.03 5.188 3.312 4.250 3.000 3.000 5.500 15.40
5-1/2 21.90 5.500 0.361 4.778 19.81 5.750 3.812 4.250 3.000 3.000 5.500 21.00
5-1/2 24.70 5.500 0.415 4.670 22.54 5.750 3.812 4.250 3.000 3.000 5.500 18.40
6-5/8 25.20 6.625 0.330 5.965 22.19 7.000 5.315 4.500 3.000 3.000 5.500 25.87
6-5/8 27.70 6.625 0.362 5.901 24.21 7.000 5.315 4.500 3.000 3.000 5.500 24.00
NOTE See Figure B.6.
a Designations are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. b The specified upset dimensions do not necessarily agree with the bore and OD dimensions of finished weld-on product. Upset
dimensions were chosen to accommodate the various bores of tool joints and to maintain a satisfactory cross-section in the weld zone after final machining of the product.
c For internal-upset drill-pipe body, the tolerance on the outside diameter of the upset, D0u, shall be in. A slight external upset
within these tolerances is permissible. d Maximum taper on inside diameter of internal upset and internal-external upset is 0.250 in/ft on diameter. e The Liu tolerance for label 1: 6-5/8 drill-pipe is
in.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Specification for Drill Pipe 98
Table C.15 — Drill-pipe-body upset — Maximum permissible depth of imperfections (measured from the surface)
Item Surface Depth Measurement notes
1 2 3 4
1
All surfaces from the planes as in items 2 and 3 below throughout the upset interval
12.5 % Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for non-linear imperfections; for all grades of drill-pipe-body
12.5 % Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for linear imperfections; for grade E drill-pipe-body
5 % Percentage of specified drill-pipe-body wall thickness; for linear imperfections; for grades X, G, and S drill-pipe-body
2 On the external upset surface, from the end of the drill-pipe-body to a plane at a distance equal to the specified minimum dimension, Leu, (Figure B.6) from the end of the drill-pipe body, the maximum permissible depth is as indicated by the requirement for maintaining dimension D0u.
3 On the internal upset surface, from the end of the drill-pipe-body to a plane at a distance equal to the specified minimum dimension, Liu, (Figure B.6) from the end of the drill-pipe body, the maximum permissible depth is as indicated by the requirement for maintaining dimension d0u.
4 The minimum permissible drill-pipe-body wall thickness in the upset taper interval, and the maximum combined effect of coincident internal and external imperfections in all areas, shall not result in less than the minimum permissible pipe-body wall thickness.
5 Elephant hide which shall be inspected as stated in 7.17.4 and in accordance with item 1 tolerances above.
Table C.16 — Required inspection methods
Grade Inspection method
Visual Electromagnetic Ultrasonic
1 2 3 4
E, X, G, S R A A
R – Required.
A – One method or any combination of methods shall be used.
Table C.17 — Artificial reference indicators for the drill-pipe-body
Grade Notch location Notch orientation a Notch dimensions
OD ID Long. Trans. Depth b Max. length at full depth Max. width
% in in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E, X, G c c c c 12.5 2 0.040
S c c c c 5.0 2 0.040
a Notches shall be square or U-shaped according to ASTM E213. At the option of the drill-pipe manufacturer, notches may be oriented at such an angle as to optimize detection of anticipated defects.
b Depth as a percentage of specified pipe-body wall thickness. The depth tolerance shall be 15 % of the calculated notch depth with a minimum notch depth of 0.012 in 0.002 in.
c Required when using notches.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
99
Annex D (normative)
Purchaser inspection
D.1 Inspection notice
Where the inspector representing the purchaser desires to inspect this product or witness a test, reasonable notice shall be given of the time at which the relevant inspection/tests are to be made.
D.2 Plant access
The inspector representing the purchaser shall comply with all health, safety and environmental rules of the manufacturer's facility.
The inspector representing the purchaser shall have unrestricted access at all times while work on the contract of the purchaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works that concern the manufacture of the product ordered. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector all reasonable facilities to satisfy the inspector that the product is being manufactured in accordance with this International Standard. All inspections should be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified in the purchase agreement, and shall be conducted so as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the works.
D.3 Compliance
The manufacturer is responsible for complying with all of the provisions of this International Standard. The purchaser may make any reasonable investigation necessary to be satisfied of compliance by the manufacturer and may reject any material that does not comply with this International Standard.
D.4 Rejection
Unless otherwise provided, material that shows defects on inspection or subsequent to acceptance at the manufacturer’s works, or that proves defective when properly applied in service, may be rejected and the manufacturer so notified. If tests that require destruction of material are made, any product that is proven not to have met the requirements of this International Standard shall be rejected. Disposition of rejected product shall be a matter of agreement between purchaser and manufacturer.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
100
Annex E (informative)
Supplementary requirements
E.1 General
This annex describes supplementary requirements that may be specified by the purchaser or agreed between purchaser and manufacturer. These requirements apply only when stated on the purchase agreement.
E.2 SR2 drill-pipe-body for grades E, X and G
E.2.1 Defects, imperfections and NDE
The drill-pipe-body shall meet the requirements for grade S for imperfections and defects, see 7.17 and, for non-destructive examination, see 7.19.
E.2.2 Marking
Drill-pipe-body tested to these supplementary requirements shall be paint-stencilled with the letters ―SR2‖ at a location convenient to the manufacturer but near the grade marking.
E.3 SR15 drill-pipe — Test certificates
The drill-pipe manufacturer shall provide a certificate of inspection stating the ISO International Standard (or equivalent specification) and revision date thereof, to which the pipe was manufactured and containing the following data, as applicable, for each item for which this supplementary requirement is specified in the purchaser agreement:
a) label 1, label 2, grade, range, RSC type, type of heat treatment and any other special requirements specified in the purchase agreement;
b) chemical analyses (heat, product and re-check, as applicable) showing the mass per cent of all elements whose limits or reporting requirements are stipulated in this International Standard and any other elements used by the manufacturer to control the mechanical properties;
c) test data for all tensile tests required by this International Standard, including yield strength, ultimate tensile strength and elongation; the type, size and orientation of specimens shall be shown;
d) where impact testing is required by the International Standard, reported data for each test shall include
the absorbed-energy requirement,
the size, location and orientation of the test specimens,
the specified temperature at which the test was performed,
the absorbed energy measured for each test specimen,
the average absorbed energy,
the percent shear area for each test specimen (for information only);
hardness test results (including test type and criteria and specimen location and orientation), where such testing is required;
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 119 101
e) for pipe for which NDE is specified (either in the base specification, supplementary requirements or the purchaser agreement), the method of inspection employed (ultrasonic, electromagnetic or magnetic particle) and the type and size of the reference standard used;
f) results of any other supplemental testing requirements specified in the purchase agreement;
g) identification number allowing the product to be traced to the relevant documentation.
The certificate of inspection may include the statement of compliance in 6.17.1.
E.4 SR19 pipe body — Charpy V-notch impact toughness testing of grade E
E.4.1 Impact requirements
Grade E pipe body shall meet the impact requirements (see 7.3.4) and the corresponding testing requirements (see 7.9) of grades X, G and S, except that the testing frequency shall be as in E.4.2.
E.4.2 Frequency of testing
Three Charpy V-notch specimens representing one test shall be taken from one length of drill-pipe-body from each lot of 400 lengths or less for label 1 smaller than 6-5/8 and from each lot of 200 lengths or less for label 1: 6-5/8 provided that, in the case of heat-treated drill-pipe lengths, all lengths have received the same heat treatment.
E.4.3 Marking
Drill-pipe-body tested to these supplementary requirements shall be paint-stencilled with the letters ―SR19‖ at a location convenient to the manufacturer but near the grade marking.
E.5 SR20 alternative low-temperature Charpy V-notch impact requirements
E.5.1 General
These requirements shall apply to the drill-pipe-body, the tool joints and the weld zones.
E.5.2 Alternative low temperature
For all grades, the Charpy impact testing shall be carried out at 10 °C 3 °C (14 °F 5 °F) and shall meet the requirements of Table A.8 or Table C.8 for SR20.
For grade E, the impact testing shall be carried out at the frequency in Clause E.4.
At the manufacturer's option the test may be performed at a lower temperature provided that the absorbed energy requirements at 10 °C 3 °C (14 °F 5 °F) are achieved.
E.5.3 Marking
Drill-pipe-body and tool joints tested to these supplementary requirements shall be paint-stencilled with the letters ―SR20‖ at a location convenient to the manufacturer but near the grade marking.
E.6 SR23 weld zone — Lot size
The maximum number of welds in a lot shall be 200.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
102 Specification for Drill Pipe
E.7 SR24 Charpy V-notch — Increased weld-zone requirements
E.7.1 Requirements
The Charpy impact tests shall be made at 21 °C 3 °C ( 70 °F 5 °F) and shall meet the requirements in Table A.8 or Table C.8.
E.7.2 Marking
Product tested to this supplementary requirement shall be paint-stencilled with the letters ―SR24‖ at a location convenient to the manufacturer but near the grade marking.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
103
Annex F (informative)
Procedures used to convert from USC units to SI units for drill-pipe
F.1 Background
The following procedures were adopted in this International Standard for converting units from the United States Customary (USC) system into the Système Internationale (SI).
F.2 General
F.2.1 Rounding
The last retained digit in a number was unchanged when the next digit was less than 5 and raised when it was greater than 5.
When the digit following the last retained digit was exactly 5 followed by all zeros, the last retained digit was unchanged if it was even, or was raised if it was odd.
F.2.2 Fractions
A fraction or a number with a fraction in USC units were converted to the full decimal equivalent in USC units without rounding. The full decimal equivalent in USC units were then converted to an SI value, Nm, expressed in millimetres, using Equation (F.1):
Nm 25,4 N (F.1)
where N is the full decimal equivalent, expressed in inches, of a USC fraction or a number with a fraction that has not been rounded.
The converted SI value, in millimetres, for the equivalent of a USC fraction or a number with a fraction is rounded to the appropriate number of places for the application.
F.2.3 Tolerances
Tolerances were calculated using Equation (F.1).
The USC value for the tolerance, except in the case of angular misalignment, was converted to the SI value based on the appropriate conversion factor.
The converted SI value for the tolerance, except in the case of angular misalignment, was rounded to the same number of decimal places as the SI value to which it was applicable.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
104 Specification for Drill Pipe
F.3 Pipe dimensions
F.3.1 Outside diameter
The USC value for the outside diameter of pipe and couplings was converted to an SI value, Dm, expressed in millimetres, using Equation (F.2):
Dm 25,4 D (F.2)
where D is the outside diameter, expressed in inches.
The converted SI value for the outside diameter of the pipe was rounded to the nearest 0,01 mm.
F.3.2 Wall thickness
The USC value for wall thickness was converted to the SI value, tm, expressed in millimetres, using Equation (F.3):
tm 25,4 t (F.3)
where t is the wall thickness, expressed in inches.
The converted SI value for wall thickness was rounded to the nearest 0,01 mm.
F.3.3 Inside diameter
The SI value for the inside diameter of pipe, dm, expressed in millimetres, is calculated (not converted) using Equation (F.4):
dm Dm (2 tm) (F.4)
where
Dm is the outside diameter, expressed in millimetres;
tm is the wall thickness, expressed in millimetres.
The calculated SI value for the inside diameter of the pipe was rounded to the nearest 0,01 mm.
F.3.4 Diameters and lengths of upsets
The USC value for the diameter and the length of upsets was converted to the SI value, Um, expressed in millimetres, using Equation (F.5):
Um 25,4 U (F.5)
where U is the upset dimension, expressed in inches.
The converted SI value for the diameter and the length of upsets was rounded to the nearest 0,01 mm.
F.4 Plain-end linear mass
The plain-end linear mass, Wm,pe, expressed in SI units of kilograms per metre, was calculated (not converted) using Equation (F.6):
Wm,pe 0,024 661 5 (Dm tm) tm (F.6)
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 105 105
where
Dm is the outside diameter, expressed in millimetres;
tm is the wall thickness, expressed in millimetres.
The calculated SI value for plain-end linear mass was rounded to the nearest 0,01 kg/m.
F.5 Approximate linear mass
The USC value for approximate linear mass was converted to the SI value, wm, expressed in kilograms per metre, using Equation (F.7):
wm 1,488 16 m (F.7)
where m is the linear mass, expressed in pounds per foot.
The converted SI value for nominal linear mass was rounded to the nearest 0,01 kg/m.
F.6 Tensile tests
F.6.1 Yield strength
The USC value for yield strength was converted to the SI value, YS,m, expressed in megapascals, using Equation (F.8):
YS,m 0,006 894 76 YS (F.8)
where YS is the yield strength, expressed in pounds per square inch.
The converted SI value for yield strength was rounded to the nearest megapascal.
F.6.2 Tensile strength
The USC value for tensile strength was converted to the SI value, TS,m, expressed in megapascals, using Equation (F.9):
TS,m 0,006 894 76 TS (F.9)
where TS is the tensile strength, expressed in pounds per square inch.
The converted SI value for tensile strength was rounded to the nearest megapascal.
F.6.3 Elongation
The value for elongation, em, expressed as a percentage of values, was calculated (not converted) using Equation (F.10):
(F.10)
where
Am is the cross-sectional area of the tensile-test specimen, expressed in square millimetres;
Um is the specified tensile strength, expressed in megapascals.
The calculated SI value for elongation was rounded to the nearest 1,0 % for a value of 10,0 % and larger and to the nearest 0,5 % for a value less than 10,0 %.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
106 Specification for Drill Pipe
F.7 Charpy impact energy
When the SI value for the impact-energy requirement was not determined by an equation (for example, as used in Table A.8 and other minimum requirements), the standard USC value was converted to the SI value, Cm, expressed in joules, using Equation (F.11):
Cm 1,355 82 C (F.11)
where
Cm is the standard Charpy impact energy, expressed in Joules;
C is the standard Charpy impact energy, expressed in foot-pounds (e.g. 8 ft-lb, 15 ft-lb, 20 ft-lb, 30 ft-lb).
The converted standard SI value for energy was rounded to the nearest joule.
F.8 Temperature
The temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (USC) was converted to a temperature in degrees Celsius (SI) using Equation (F.12):
C (F 32) 5/9 (F.12)
where
C is the temperature, expressed in degrees Celsius;
F is the temperature, expressed in degrees Fahrenheit.
The converted SI values for temperatures were rounded to the nearest degree.
When the temperature being converted was over 600 F, the number was rounded to the most rational value, e.g. rounded to the nearest 5 °C. For example, 750 °F converts to 399 °C but the rational conversion is 400 °C.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
107
Annex G (normative)
Product specification levels
G.1 General
This annex describes product specification level (PSL) requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 that may be specified by the purchaser. Higher PSL requirements may be furnished at the option of the manufacturer. The requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are in addition to those for PSL-1, which are the basis of this International Standard. All requirements for PSL-3 are in addition to requirements for PSL-2, except as otherwise indicated by PSL-3 requirements. Accordingly, in the body of this International Standard, clauses and subclauses that give additional PSL-3 requirements are identified only as PSL-3. Those clauses and subclauses that give PSL-2 requirements are identified as both PSL-2 and PSL-3 requirements.
G.2 Additional requirements
The additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3 are specified in Table G.1.
Table G.1 — Additional requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3
PSL NDE Documen-tation CVN miu
Max. tool-joint yield strength
MPa (ksi)
Tool-joint (pin and box) surface
hardness
HBW
Tool-joint through-wall
hardness variation
Test frequency
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 SR2 SR15 SR19 a, b — — — See
Table A.10 or C.10 c
3 — — See
Table A.8 or C.8
— 1 034 (150) 285 to 341 56 HBW or 6,0 HRC d
—
a For drill-pipe-body, a taper length (measured parallel to the axis of the drill-pipe body) shall be calculated based on a 5º taper and dimensions ddp and d0u. If the length resulting from this calculation is greater than 101,6 mm (4.0 in), then the minimum miu shall be 101,6 mm (4.0 in). For grade E, if the length resulting from this calculation is less than 60 mm (2-3/8 in), then the minimum miu shall be 60 mm (2-3/8 in). For grades G, X, and S, if the length resulting from this calculation is less than 85 mm (3-3/8 in), then the minimum miu shall be 85 mm (3-3/8 in).
b The radius at the transition from the miu to the pipe body ID shall not be less than 127 mm (5 in). c For drill-pipe-body and tool joints, a lot (as defined in 7.6.2 and 8.6.2) shall not contain more than one heat. d This hardness variation requirement is not applicable between quadrants of a ring or rings in an order.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
108 Specification for Drill Pipe
G.3 Through-wall hardness testing of tool joints
G.3.1 Procedures
Hardness tests shall be performed at room temperature in accordance with ISO 6506-1 or ASTM E10 for Brinell hardness tests or ISO 6508-1 or in accordance with ASTM E18 for Rockwell hardness tests.
When testing using the Brinell method, one impression shall be made at each position OD, ID, and mid-wall(s).
When testing using the Rockwell method, three hardness impressions shall be made at each location OD, ID, and mid-wall(s) and averaged to give the mean hardness number at each location. The results of each hardness impression and the averages shall be reported to the nearest 0,1 HRC unit.
G.3.2 Hardness-test locations
Hardness testing of tool joints shall be carried out on a radial cross-section, taken at least one radius away from the end of the tool joint or blank (see Figure B.14). These tests may be made at the thickest point in the tool-joint material at the option of the manufacturer or when specified on the purchase agreement.
All four quadrants shall be tested. Testing on blocks is recommended rather than testing as a full ring to ensure ring overhang does not adversely affect the hardness test results.
When Rockwell testing is used, the first impression in each quadrant or test block shall be made near the centre of the test specimen to seat the test specimen. The result of this impression shall be ignored.
G.3.3 Hardness re-tests
When testing using the Brinell method, if any quadrant fails to meet the requirements, the lot shall be rejected. Re-testing is allowed as in 8.9.5.
When testing using the Rockwell method, if the difference between the maximum mean hardness number and the minimum mean hardness is greater than 6,0 HRC units, the lot shall be rejected. Before re-testing, the test surface shall be re-ground. If the difference between re-test mean hardness numbers does not exceed 6,0 HRC units, the lot shall be accepted.
If any re-test exceeds the maximum hardness variation, the lot of tool joints represented by the test piece shall be rejected. Rejected lots may be re-heat-treated as new lots.
G.4 Markings
Products meeting the PSL-2 requirements shall be marked L2 in the location specified in Clauses 6, 7 and 8, as applicable.
Products meeting the PSL-3 requirements shall be marked L3 in the location specified in Clauses 6, 7 and 8, as applicable.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
109
Annex H (informative)
Use of the API Monogram by Licensees
H.1 Scope
The API Monogram Program allows an API Licensee to apply the API Monogram to products. The API Monogram Program delivers significant value to the international oil and gas industry by linking the verification of an organization's quality management system with the demonstrated ability to meet specific product specification requirements. The use of the Monogram on products constitutes a representation and warranty by the Licensee to purchasers of the products that, on the date indicated, the products were produced in accordance with a verified quality management system and in accordance with an API product specification.
When used in conjunction with the requirements of the API License Agreement, API Q1, in its entirety, defines the requirements for those organizations who wish to voluntarily obtain an API license to provide API monogrammed products in accordance with an API product specification.
API Monogram Program licenses are issued only after an on-site audit has verified that the Licensee conforms to the requirements described in API Q1 in total, and the requirements of an API product specification. Customers/users are requested to report to API all problems with API monogrammed products. The effectiveness of the API Monogram Program can be strengthened by customers/users reporting problems encountered with API monogrammed products. A nonconformance may be reported using the API Nonconformance Reporting System available at https://ncr.api.org. API solicits information on new product that is found to be nonconforming with API specified requirements, as well as field failures (or malfunctions), which are judged to be caused by either specification deficiencies or nonconformities with API specified requirements.
This annex sets forth the API Monogram Program requirements necessary for a supplier to consistently produce products in accordance with API specified requirements. For information on becoming an API Monogram Licensee, please contact API, Certification Programs, 1220 L Street, N. W., Washington, D.C. 20005 or call 202-962-4791 or by email at [email protected].
H.2 References
In addition to the referenced standards listed earlier in this document, this annex references the following standard:
API Specification Q1.
For Licensees under the Monogram Program, the latest version of this document shall be used. The requirements identified therein are mandatory.
H.3 API Monogram Program: Licensee Responsibilities
H.3.1 Maintaining a License to Use the API Monogram
For all organizations desiring to acquire and maintain a license to use the API Monogram, conformance with the following shall be required at all times:
a) the quality management system requirements of API Q1;
b) the API Monogram Program requirements of API Q1, Annex A;
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
110 Specification for Drill Pipe
c) the requirements contained in the API product specification(s) for which the organization desires to be licensed;
d) the requirements contained in the API Monogram Program License Agreement.
H.3.2 Monogrammed Product Conformance with API Q1
When an API-licensed organization is providing an API monogrammed product, conformance with API specified requirements, described in API Q1, including Annex A, is required.
H.3.3 Application of the API Monogram
Each Licensee shall control the application of the API Monogram in accordance with the following.
a) Each Licensee shall develop and maintain an API Monogram marking procedure that documents the marking/monogramming requirements specified by the API product specification to be used for application of the API Monogram by the Licensee. The marking procedure shall define the location(s) where the Licensee shall apply the API Monogram and require that the Licensee's license number and date of manufacture be marked on monogrammed products in conjunction with the API Monogram. At a minimum, the date of manufacture shall be two digits representing the month and two digits representing the year (e.g. 05-07 for May 2007) unless otherwise stipulated in the applicable API product specification. Where there are no API product specification marking requirements, the Licensee shall define the location(s) where this information is applied.
b) The API Monogram may be applied at any time appropriate during the production process but shall be removed in accordance with the Licensee’s API Monogram marking procedure if the product is subsequently found to be nonconforming with API specified requirements. Products that do not conform to API specified requirements shall not bear the API Monogram.
c) Only an API Licensee may apply the API Monogram and its license number to API monogrammable products. For certain manufacturing processes or types of products, alternative API Monogram marking procedures may be acceptable. The current API requirements for Monogram marking are detailed in the API Policy Document, Monogram Marking Requirements, available on the API Monogram Program website at http://www.api.org/certifications/monogram/.
d) The API Monogram shall be applied at the licensed facility.
e) The authority responsible for applying and removing the API Monogram shall be defined in the Licensee’s API Monogram marking procedure.
H.3.4 Records
Records required by API product specifications shall be retained for a minimum of five years or for the period of time specified within the product specification if greater than five years. Records specified to demonstrate achievement of the effective operation of the quality system shall be maintained for a minimum of five years.
H.3.5 Quality Program Changes
Any proposed change to the Licensee’s quality program to a degree requiring changes to the quality manual shall be submitted to API for acceptance prior to incorporation into the Licensee's quality program.
H.3.6 Use of the API Monogram in Advertising
Licensee shall not use the API Monogram on letterheads or in any advertising (including company-sponsored web sites) without an express statement of fact describing the scope of Licensee’s authorization (license number). The Licensee should contact API for guidance on the use of the API Monogram other than on products.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API Specification 5DP/ISO 11961 111
H.4 Marking Requirements for Products
H.4.1 General
These marking requirements apply only to those API Licensees wishing to mark their products with the API Monogram.
H.4.2 Product Specification Identification
The following marking shall be added into the marking requirements in 6.15.4 c) or 7.20.2 d) or 8.13.2 d).
The complete API monogram consists of the following:
a) Spec 5DP;
b) manufacturer's API licence number;
c) API monogram.
The API monogram shall be applied only to products complying with the requirements of the specification and only by licensed manufacturers.
H.4.3 Units
As a minimum, equipment should be marked with U.S. customary (USC) units. Use of dual units [metric (SI) units and USC units] is acceptable.
H.4.4 License Number
The API Monogram license number shall not be used unless it is marked in conjunction with the API Monogram.
H.5 API Monogram Program: API Responsibilities
The API shall maintain records of reported problems encountered with API monogrammed products. Documented cases of nonconformity with API specified requirements may be reason for an audit of the Licensee involved, (also known as audit for ―cause‖).
Documented cases of specification deficiencies shall be reported, without reference to Licensees, customers or users, to API Subcommittee 18 (Quality) and to the applicable API Standards Subcommittee for corrective actions.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
112
Bibliography
[1] ISO 11960:2004, Specification for Casing and Tubing, Eighth Edition, Petroleum and natural gas industries — Steel pipes for use as casing or tubing for wells
[2] API Std 5T1, Standard on Imperfection Terminology
[3] API Spec Q1/ISO/TS 29001, Specification for Quality Programs for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industry, Eighth Edition
[4] API Spec 5D, Specification for Drill-pipe
[5] API Spec 7, Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Invoice To (� Check here if same as “Ship To”)
Name:
Title:
Company:
Department:
Address:
City: State/Province:
Zip/Postal Code: Country:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
� Payment Enclosed � P.O. No. (Enclose Copy)
� Charge My IHS Account No.
� VISA � MasterCard � American Express� Diners Club � Discover
Credit Card No.:
Print Name (As It Appears on Card):
Expiration Date:
Signature:
Quantity Title Total
Subtotal
Applicable Sales Tax (see below)
Rush Shipping Fee (see below)
Shipping and Handling (see below)
Total (in U.S. Dollars)
� To be placed on Standing Order for future editions of thispublication, place a check mark in the SO column and sign here:
Pricing and availability subject to change without notice.
Date:
SO� Unit Price
� API Member (Check if Yes)
Ship To (UPS will not deliver to a P.O. Box)Name:
Title:
Company:
Department:
Address:
City: State/Province:
Zip/Postal Code: Country:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Mail Orders – Payment by check or money order in U.S. dollars is required except for established accounts. State and local taxes, $10 processing fee, and 5% shipping must be added.Send mail orders to: API Publications, IHS, 15 Inverness Way East, c/o Retail Sales, Englewood, CO 80112-5776, USA.
Purchase Orders – Purchase orders are accepted from established accounts. Invoice will include actual freight cost, a $10 processing fee, plus state and local taxes.Telephone Orders – If ordering by telephone, a $10 processing fee and actual freight costs will be added to the order.Sales Tax – All U.S. purchases must include applicable state and local sales tax. Customers claiming tax-exempt status must provide IHS with a copy of their exemption certificate.Shipping (U.S. Orders) – Orders shipped within the U.S. are sent via traceable means. Most orders are shipped the same day. Subscription updates are sent by First-Class Mail.Other options, including next-day service, air service, and fax transmission are available at additional cost. Call 1-800-854-7179 for more information.Shipping (International Orders) – Standard international shipping is by air express courier service. Subscription updates are sent by World Mail. Normal delivery is 3-4 days fromshipping date.Rush Shipping Fee – Next Day Delivery orders charge is $20 in addition to the carrier charges. Next Day Delivery orders must be placed by 2:00 p.m. MST to ensure overnight delivery.Returns – All returns must be pre-approved by calling the IHS Customer Service Department at 1-800-624-3974 for information and assistance. There may be a 15% restocking fee.Special order items, electronic documents, and age-dated materials are non-returnable.
Effective January 1, 2009.API Members receive a 30% discount where applicable.The member discount does not apply to purchases made for the purpose of resaleor for incorporation into commercial products, training courses, workshops, or othercommercial enterprises.
Available through IHS:Phone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free in the U.S. and Canada)
303-397-7956 (Local and International)Fax Orders: 303-397-2740Online Orders: global.ihs.com
2009PublicationsOrder Form
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
API provides additional resources and programs to the oil and natural gas industry which arebased on API Standards. For more information, contact:
API MONOGRAM® LICENSINGPROGRAMPhone: 202-962-4791Fax: 202-682-8070Email: [email protected]
API QUALITY REGISTRAR(APIQR®)> ISO 9001 Registration> ISO/TS 29001 Registration> ISO 14001 Registration> API Spec Q1® RegistrationPhone: 202-962-4791Fax: 202-682-8070Email: [email protected]
API PERFORATOR DESIGNREGISTRATION PROGRAMPhone: 202-682-8490Fax: 202-682-8070Email: [email protected]
API TRAINING PROVIDERCERTIFICATION PROGRAM(API TPCPTM)Phone: 202-682-8490Fax: 202-682-8070Email: [email protected]
API INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATIONPROGRAMS (ICP®)Phone: 202-682-8064Fax: 202-682-8348Email: [email protected]
API ENGINE OIL LICENSING ANDCERTIFICATION SYSTEM (EOLCS)Phone: 202-682-8516Fax: 202-962-4739Email: [email protected]
API PETROTEAM (TRAINING,EDUCATION AND MEETINGS)Phone: 202-682-8195Fax: 202-682-8222Email: [email protected]
API UNIVERSITYTM
Phone: 202-682-8195Fax: 202-682-8222Email: [email protected]
Check out the API Publications, Programs,and Services Catalog online at www.api.org.
Copyright 2008 – API, all rights reserved. API, API monogram, APIQR, API Spec Q1,API TPCP, ICP, API University and the API logo are either trademarks or registeredtrademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries.
THERE’S MOREWHERE THIS CAME FROM.
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Complimenta
ry Copy
for C
ertific
ation Use
Additional copies are available through IHSPhone Orders: 1-800-854-7179 (Toll-free in the U.S. and Canada)
303-397-7956 (Local and International)Fax Orders: 303-397-2740Online Orders: global.ihs.com
Information about API Publications, Programs and Servicesis available on the web at www.api.org
1220 L Street, NWWashington, DC 20005-4070USA
202.682.8000
Product No. GX5DP01
Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information
Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.
इटरनट मानक
“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”
“प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”Jawaharlal Nehru
“Step Out From the Old to the New”
“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार”Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live”
“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”
ह”ह”ह
IS 1239-1 (2004): Steel Tubes, Tubulars and Other WroughtSteel Fittings, Part 1: Steel Tubes (BI-LINGUAL) [MTD 19:Steel Tubes, Pipes abd Fittings]
© BIS 2009
B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D SMANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
tqykbZ@July 2009 ewY; oxZ@Price Group 4
vkbZ,l@IS 1239 (Hkkx@Part 1) : 2004
Hkkjrh; ekud
bLikr dh ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkefxz;k¡ rFkk fiVok¡bLikr dh vU; fQfVaxsa — fof'kf"V
Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡
¼ NBk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHTSTEEL FITTINGS — SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
vkbZlh,l@ICS 77.140.75
¼f}Hkk"kh@Bilingual½
© Hkk ek C;wjks 2009
Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjksekud Hkou] 9 cgknqj 'kkg T+kQj ekxZ
ubZ fnYyh 110002
bLikr dh ufydk,¡] ikbi vkSj fiQfVax fo"k; lfefr] ,eVhMh 19
izkDdFku
;g Hkkjrh; ekud (Hkkx 1) (NBk iqujh{k.k) bLikr dh ufydk,¡] ikbi vkSj fiQfVax fo"k; lfefr }kjk vafre :i fn, x, elkSnsdks èkkfRod bathfu;jh foHkkx ifj"kn }kjk vuqeksfnr fd, tkus ds i'pkr~ Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks }kjk xzg.k fd;k x;kA
bl ekud dk izFke izdk'ku 1958 esa gqvk rFkk rnuarj Øe'k% 1964] 1968] 1973] 1979 rFkk 1990 esa bldk iqujh{k.k fd;kx;kA
bl iqujh{k.k esa fuEufyf[kr eq[; la'kksèku fd, x, gSa%
d) ikapos iqujh{k.k ls lacafèkr lHkh la'kksèku 'kkfey dj fy, x, gSaA
[k) lhoughu ufydkvksa (ysMy fo'ys"k.k) ds fy, jklk;fud la?kVu dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gS rFkk osYMÑr ufy;ksa dsfuekZ.k ds fy, vkbZ,l 10748 osYMÑr ufy;ksa rFkk ibiksa ds fy, rRi&osfYyr bLikr fLVªi* ;k vkbZ,l 513 dksYMjksYM fuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khV rFkk fLVªi* dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA
x) lHkh fu£n"V vo;oksa ds fy, lhoughu V~;wcksa ds mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds ekeys esa vuqer varj dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA
?k) izo.kdksj Nksj okyh ufy;ksa dh vkiw£r ds izkoèkku dks 'kkfey dj fy;k x;k gSA
Steel Tubes, Pipes and Fittings Sectional Committee, MTD 19
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard (Part 1) (Sixth Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draftfinalized by the Steel Tubes, Pipes and Fittings Sectional Committee had been approved by the MetallurgicalEngineering Division Council.
This standard was first published in 1958 and subsequently revised in 1964, 1968, 1973, 1979 and 1990 respectively.
In this revision, the following main modifications have been made:
a) All the amendments on the fifth revision have been incorporated.
b) Chemical composition for seamless tubes (ladle analysis ) has been incorporated and for manufacturingof welded tubes, IS 10748 ‘Hot-rolled steel strip for welded tubes and pipes’ or IS 513 ‘Cold rolled lowcarbon steel sheets and strips’ have been included.
c) Permissible variation in case of product analysis of seamless tubes for all specified elements have beenincorporated.
d) Provision for supply of tubes with bevel end has been incorporated.
(Continued on third cover)
(rhljs doj ij tkjh)
AMENDMENT NO. 4 JUNE 2010 TO
IS 1239 (PART 1) : 2004 STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL FITTINGS —
SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
(Page 5, clause 10.1.1) — Substitute the following for the existing clause: ‘Each screwed tube shall be supplied with one socket conforming to IS 1239 (Part 2).’ (MTD 19)
Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India
AMENDMENT NO. 3 MAY 2008
TO
IS 1239 (PART 1) : 2004 STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS
AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL FITTINGS ― SPECIFICATION
( Sixth Revision )
(Page 2, clause 6.1.1, first sentence) ― Substitute the following for the existing:
‘Chemical composition of steel to be used for seamless steel tubes, shall comply with Table 1 in Ladle sample
analysis.’
(Page 3, clause 8.1.1) ― Add the following Note at the end:
‘NOTE ― Mass of plain end tubes is also applicable for threaded tube without socket.’
(Page 6, clause 17.3) ― Delete the ‘Note’.
(Page 6, clause 17.4) ― Add the following Note at the end:
‘NOTE ― Additional colour bands, as given in 17.2 to 17.4 may also be applied.’
(MTD 19)
Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India
1
vkbZ,l@IS 1239 (Hkkx/Part 1) : 2004
Hkkjrh; ekud
bLikr dh ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkefxz;k¡ rFkk fiVok¡bLikr dh vU; fQfVaxsa — fof'kf"V
Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡
¼ NBk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHTSTEEL FITTINGS — SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
1 SCOPE
1.1 This standard (Part 1) covers the requirements forwelded and seamless plain end or screwed and socketedsteel tubes intended for use for water, non-hazardousgas, air and steam. This standard is applicable to tubesof size 6 mm nominal bore to 150 mm nominal bore.
1.2 Medium and heavy tubes only are recommendedfor carrying steam services. The maximum permissiblepressure and temperatures for different sizes of tubesare given in Annex A for guidance only.
2 REFERENCES
The following standards contain provisions, whichthrough reference in this text, constitute provisions ofthis standard. At the time of publication, the editionsindicated were valid. All standards are subject to revisionand parties to agreements based on this standard areencouraged to investigate the possibility of applyingthe most recent editions of the standards indicated below:
IS No. Title
228 Method for chemical analysis of steels513 : 1994 Cold-rolled low carbon steel sheets
and strips (fourth revision)554 : 1999 Pipe threads where pressure-tight
joints are made on the threads —Dimensions, tolerances anddesignation (fourth revision)
11111 fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k
1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 bl ekud (Hkkx 1) esa ty] [krjkjfgr xSl] ok;q ,oaHkki ds fy, iz;ksx gsrq vk'kf;r osYMÑr rFkk lhoujfgr lknsNksj okyh ;k pwM+hnkj ,oa lkWdsV;qDr bLikr ufydkvksa dhvis{kk,¡ nh xbZ gSaA
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Hkki lsokvksa ds ogu ds fy, dsoy eè;e vkSj Hkkjhufydkvksa dh fliQkfj'k dh xbZ gSA fofHkUu vkdkjksa dh ufydkvkasds fy, vuqer vfèkdre nkc rFkk rkieku dsoy ekxZn'kZugsrq vuqcaèk ^d* esa fn, x, gSaA
22222 lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ
fuEufyf[kr ekudksa esa os izkoèkku lfUufgr gSa tks bl ikB esalanHkZ ds ekè;e ls bl ekud ds izkoèkkuksa dk la?kVu djrs gSaAizdk'ku ds l;e fu£n"V laLdj.k oS| FksA lHkh ekud iqujh{k.kds vèkhu gSa rFkk bl ekud ij vkèkkfjr djkjksa ds i{kdkjksadks uhps fu£n"V ekudksa ds lokZfèkd uohu laLdj.kksa dks ykxwdjus dh laHkkouk dk irk yxkus ds fy, izksRlkfgr fd;k tkrkgS%
vkbZ,l l- 'kh"kZd228 bLikr dh jklk;fud fo'ys"k.k i¼fr513 % 1994 dksYM jksYM fuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khVsa rFkk
ifV~V;k¡ (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)554 % 1999 ikbi dh pwfM+;k¡ tgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls
tksM+ yxk, tkrs gS — vk;ke] NwVsa rFkkin uke (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)
2
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
IS No. Title
1239 Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other(Part 2) : 1992 wrought steel fittings: Part 2 Mild
steel socket, tubulars and otherwrought steel pipe fittings (fourthrevision)
1387 : 1993 General requirements for the supplyof metallurgical materials (secondrevision)
1608 : 1995 Mechanical testing of metals —Tensile testing (second revision)
2328 : 1983 Method for flattening test on metallictubes (first revision)
2329 : 1985 Method for bend test on metallictubes (in full section) (firstrevision)
4711 : 1974 Methods for sampling of steel pipes,tubes and fittings (first revision)
4736 : 1986 Hot dip zinc coatings on mild steeltubes (first revision)
4740 : 1979 Code of practice for packaging ofsteel tubes (first revision)
8999 : 1979 Gauging practice for pipe threadswhere pressure tight joints arerequired on the threads
10748 : 1995 Hot rolled steel strip for welded tubesand pipes (first revision)
12278 : 1988 Method for ring tensile test onmetallic tubes
3 TERMINOLOGY
3.1 Black Tube
Tube as manufactured without any subsequent surfacetreatment.
3.2 Nominal Bore
A size reference denoting the approximate bore of thetube. For each size of tube, the outside diameter is fixedby the corresponding screw thread dimensions ofIS 554 and therefore, the actual bore of each size oftube will vary according to the thickness.
3.3 Plain End
The end of the tubes shall be finished clean.
3.4 Bevel End
The finished tube end shall be with a specified angleand root face as given in Fig. 1.
3.5 Tube, Pipe
A long, hollow, open-ended object of circular or othercross-section. The term tube is synonymous with theterm pipe.
vkbZ,l l- 'kh"kZd
1239 e`nq bLikr ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk(Hkkx 2)% 1992 fiVok¡ bLikr dh vU; fiQfVax% Hkkx 2 enq
bLikr lkdsV] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU;fiVok¡ bLikr ikbi fiQfVaXl (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)
1387 % 1993 èkkfRod lkexzh dh vkiw£r ds fy, lkekU;vis{kk,¡ (nwljk iqujh{k.k)
1608 % 1995 èkkrqvksa dk vfHk;kaf=kd ijh{k.k&ruu ijh{k.k(nwljk iqujh{k.k)
2328 % 1993 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdh i¼fr (igyk iqujh{k.k)
2329 % 1985 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij ueu ijh{k.k dhi¼fr (iw.kZ vuqHkkx esa) (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4711 % 1974 bLikr dh ikbikas] ufydkvksa rFkk fiQfVaXlds izfrp;u dh i¼fr (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4736 % 1986 e`nq bLikr ufydkvksa ij xeZ fMi tLrkysiu (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4740 % 1979 bLikr ufydkvksa ds iSd fd, tkus dhjhfr lafgrk (igyk iqujh{k.k)
8999 % 1979 ikbi dh pwfM+;ksa dk eki ysus dh jhfrtgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls tksM+ vko'd gSa
10748 % 1995 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ,oa ikbiksa ds fy, rIrosfYyr bLikr dh iV~Vh (igyk iqujh{k.k)
12278 % 1988 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij fjax ruu ijh{k.kdh i¼fr
3 3 3 3 3 ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh
3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 dkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydk
;Fkkfu£er ufydk ftlij dksbZ lrg mipkj u fd;k x;k gksA
3-23-23-23-23-2 vfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksj
ufydk dk yxHkx cksj bafxr djus okyk vkdkj lanHkZA izR;sdvkdkj dh ufydk ds fy, cká O;kl dk fu|kZj.k vkbZ,l 554esa nh xbZ ln`'k pwM+h ekikas ds vuqlkj fd;k tkrk gS rFkkblfy, izR;sd vkdkj dh ufydk dk okLrfod cksj mldheksVkbZ ds vuqlkj gksxkA
3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 lknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksj
ufydkvksa ds fljksa dh liQkbZ iwoZd vafre :i fn;k tk,xkA
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 csoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksj
ufydk dk vafre :i fn;k x;k Nksj vkÑfr 1 eas ;Fkk fn,x, fofu£"V dks.k rFkk vkèkkj iQyd okyk gksxkA
3-53-53-53-53-5 ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi
xksy ;k vU; varizZLFk dkV okyh yEch] [kks[kyh] nksuksa vksjls [kqys Nksjksa okyh oLrqA 'kCn ^V~;wc* ikbi 'kCn dk i;kZ;gSA
3
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
3.6 Socket
The screwed coupling utilized in joining the tubestogether.
NOTE — The term socket is synonymous with the termcoupler.
3.7 Length
3.7.1 Random Length
Normal manufacturing lengths, which may vary over awide range; alternatively, a length range may be agreedto between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
3.7.2 Exact Length of Screwed and Socketed Tube
The length of the tube exclusive of the socket.
3.7.3 Length of Screwed and Socketed Tube
The length of the tube inclusive of the socket on oneend with handling tight.
NOTE — Handling tight means that the socket is so tightfitted that it should not fall down during handling or transit.
4 DESIGNATION
Steel tubes covered by this standard shall bedesignated by their nominal bore and shall be furtherclassified as light, medium and heavy depending onthe wall thickness; and screwed and socketed or plain-end/bevel-end to denote end condition, and black orgalvanized to denote surface condition.
5 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS
General requirements relating to the supply of steeltubes shall conform to IS 1387.
3-63-63-63-63-6 lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV
ufydkvksa dks ,d lkFk tksM+us ds fy, iz;qDr fd;k tkus okykpwM+hnkj ;qXedA
fVIi.kh — 'kCn lkdsV 'kCn ;qXed dk i;kZ; gSA
3-73-73-73-73-7 yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ
3-7-13-7-13-7-13-7-13-7-1 ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ
lkekU; mRiknu yEckb;k¡ ftuesa O;kid varj gks ldrk gSoSdfYid :i ls yEckbZ lhek Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ;FkklEer yEckbZ gksxhA
3-7-23-7-23-7-23-7-23-7-2 pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV ;qDr ufydk dh okLrfod yEckbZ
lkdsV ds fcuk ufydk dh yEckbZA
3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydk dh yEckbZ
,d Nksj ij dldj yxs lkWdsV lfgr ufydk dh yEckbZ
fVIi.kh — dldj yxs lkdsV dk vFkZ gS fd lkdsV bl izdkj dldjyxk gks fd og izgLru ;k ekxZLFk gksus ds nkSjku uhps u fxjsA
44444 inuke inuke inuke inuke inuke
bl ekud esa 'kkfey bLikr ufydkvksa dks muds vfHkfgr cksj}kjk uke fn;k tk,xk rFkk fHkfÙk dh eksVkbZ ds vkèkkj ij mUgsavkxs gydk] eè;e vkSj Hkkjh dh Jsf.k;ksa esa rFkk Nksj dhvoLFkk n'kkZus ds fy, pwM+hnkj ;k lkdsV;qDr vFkok lkns@ço.kdks.k Nksj okyh rFkk lrg voLFkk dks fu£n"V djus ds fy,dkyh ;k tLrkÑr ds :i esa Js.khÑr fd;k tk,xkA
5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r
bLikr ufydkvksa dh iw£r ls lacafèkr lkekU; vis{kk,¡vkbZ ,l 1387 ds vuq:i gksaxhA
vkÑfr 1 30° izo.kdks.k okyk ufydk dk NksjFIG. 1 TUBE END WITH 30° BEVELLING
0-8 fe-eh- (U;wure) 0-8 fe-eh- (U;wure)
4
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
6 MANUFACTURE
6.1 Seamless steel tube shall be made from testedquality steel manufactured by any approved processand shall be fully killed.
6.1.1 Chemical composition of the steel shall complywith Table 1 in Ladle Sample analysis.
Table 1 Chemical Composition (Ladle Analysis)Percent, Max
Carbon Manganese Sulphur Phosphorus
(1) (2) (3) (4)
0.20 1.30 0.040 0.040
6.2 The welded tubes shall be manufactured from hot-rolled steel strip for welded tubes and pipes conformingto IS 10748 or Cold-rolled low carbon steel sheets andstrips conforming to IS 513.
6.3 Steel tubes shall be manufactured through one ofthe following processes:
a) Hot finished seamless (HFS);b) Cold finished seamless (CDS);c) Hot finished welded (HFW); andd) Electric resistance welded or high frequency
induction welded (ERW or HFIW).
NOTE — Tubes made by manual welding are not coveredby this specification.
6.4 Light, medium and heavy tubes shall be eitherwelded or seamless as agreed to between the purchaserand the manufacturer.
6.5 For welded tubes, the height of the internal weld finshall not be greater than 60 percent of the specifiedwall thickness.
6.6 All electric wired tubes used for steam servicesshall be normalized. Only medium and heavy class oftube shall normally be used for steam services.
NOTE — HFS and HFW tubes need not be normalized.
7 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
7.1 The analysis of steel shall be carried out either bythe method specified in IS 228 and its relevant parts orany other established instrumental/chemical methods.In case of dispute the procedure given in IS 228 and itsrelevant parts shall be the referee method. However,where method is not given in IS 228 and its relevantparts, the referee method shall be as agreed to betweenthe purchaser and the manufacturer.
7.1.1 Product Analysis
If so agreed between the purchaser and the
6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k
6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 lhoujfgr ufydk dk fuekZ.k fdlh vuqeksfnr izfØ;k}kjk fu£er ijhf{kr xq.krk okys bLikr ls fd;k tk,xk rFkk blsiw.kZr% e`r fd;k tk,xkA
6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 bLikr dk jklk;fud la?kVu ysMy uewuk fo'ys"k.k esalkj.kh 1 ds vuq:i gksxkA
lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre
dkcZudkcZudkcZudkcZudkcZu eSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuht lYiQjlYiQjlYiQjlYiQjlYiQj iQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjl(1) (2) (3) (4)
0.20 1.30 0.040 0.040
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 osYMd`r ufydkvksa dk fuekZ.k vkbZ,l 10748 ds vuq:iosYMd`r ufydkvksa rFkk ikbiksa ds fy, rIr osfYyr dh xbZbLikr iV~Vh vFkok vkbZ,l 513 ds vuq:i 'khr&jksy dh xbZfuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khVksa ls fd;k tk,xkA
6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 bLikr ufydkvkas dk fuekZ.k fuEu esa ls fdlh ,d izfØ;k}kjk fd;k tk,xk%
d) rRi rS;kj lhou jfgr (,p,iQ,l)_[k) 'khr rS;kj lohu jfgr (lhMh,l)_x) r`Ir rS;kj osYMÑr (,p,iQMCY;w)_ rFkk?k) fo|qr izfrjksèkd osYMÑr vFkok mPp vko`fÙk izsj.k
osYMÑr (bZvkjMCY;w ;k ,p,iQvkbZMCY;w)A
fVIi.kh — gLr osfYMax }kjk fu£er ufydka, bl fof'k"V esa ufydkax
'kkfey ugha gSaA
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 gYdh] eè;e rFkk Hkkjh ufy;k¡ Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp gqbZlgefr ds vuqlkj ;k rks osYMÑr gksaxh vFkok lhoujfgr gksaxhA
6-56-56-56-56-5 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds fy,] vkarfjd osYM fiQu dhm¡QpkbZ fu£n"V fHkfÙk eksVkbZ ds 60 izfr'kr ls vfèkd ugha gksxhA
6-66-66-66-66-6 Hkki lsokvksa ds fy, iz;qDr dh tkus okyh lHkh fo|qrosYMÑr ufy;k¡ izlkekU;Ñr gksaxhA Hkki lsokvksa ds fy,lkekU;r% dsoy eè;e rFkk Hkkjh Js.kh dh ufydk dk ghbLrseky fd;k tk,xkA
fVIi.kh μ ,p,iQl rFkk ,p,iQMCY;w ufydkvksa dks izlkekU;Ñr
fd;k tkuk vko';d ugha gSA
7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu
7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 bLikr dk fo'ys"k.k vkbZ,l 228 rFkk blds laxr Hkkxksa esafu£n"V i¼fr }kjk ;k fdlh vU; LFkkfir ;k¡f=kd@jklk;fud i¼fr}kjk fd;k tk,xkA fookn ds ekeys esa vkbZ,l 228 rFkk blds laxrHkkxksa esa nh xbZ izfØ;kfofèk lanHkZ i¼fr gksxhA rFkkfi tgk¡ vkbZ,l228 rFkk blds laxr Hkkxksa esa i¼fr ugha nh xbZ gS ogk¡ lanHkZ i¼frØsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ;Fkk lEer i¼fr gksxhA
7-1-17-1-17-1-17-1-17-1-1 mRikn fo'ys"k.k
;fn Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ,slh lgefr gks rks mRikn
5
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
manufacturer, the product analysis may be carried out.Maximum permissible variations in the case of productanalysis over the maximum limits specified in Table 1shall be as given in Table 2.
Table 2 Permissible Variation for Product Analysis(Clause 7.1.1)
SI No. Content Variation Over Specified Limit Percent, Max
(1) (2) (3)
i) Carbon 0.02 ii) Manganese 0.04
iii) Sulphur 0.005 iv) Phosphorus 0.005
NOTE — In case of welded tubes, product analysis shall not be applicable to rimming steel.
8 DIMENSIONS
8.1 The dimensions and nominal mass of tubes shallbe in accordance with Tables 3, 4 and 5 subject to thetolerances permitted in 9.
fo'ys"k.k fd;k tk ldrk gSA mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds ekeys esalkj.kh 1 esa fu£n"V vfèkdre lhekvksa dh rqyuk esa vfèkdrevuqer varj lkj.kh 2 esa fn, x, vuqlkj gksxkA
lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh 22222 mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj([kaM 7-1-1)
Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la- fo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrq fu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukesa varj] esa varj] esa varj] esa varj] esa varj] vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre
(1) (2) (3)i) dkcZu 0-02
ii) eSaxuht 0-04iii) lYiQj 0-005iv) iQkLiQksjl 0-005fVIi.kh — osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds ekeys esa mRikn fo'ys"k.k fjfeax bLikr ij
iz;ksT; ugha gksxkA
8 8 8 8 8 vk;kevk;kevk;kevk;kevk;ke
8-18-18-18-18-1 ufydkvksa ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj [kaM 99999 esa vuqerNwVksa ds vèkhu lkj.kh 3] 4 rFkk 5 ds vuqlkj gksxkA
lkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1 rFkk 10-1-1-1)
��������� � �� �� ������ ��������� �
���� � ������� �����
������� �
��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.1 9.7 1.8 0.360 0.363 8 13.6 13.2 1.8 0.515 0.519
10 17.1 16.7 1.8 0.670 0.676 15 21.4 21.0 2.0 0.947 0.956 20 26.9 26.4 2.3 1.38 1.39 25 33.8 33.2 2.6 1.98 2.00 32 42.5 41.9 2.6 2.54 2.57 40 48.4 47.8 2.9 3.23 3.27 50 60.2 59.6 2.9 4.08 4.15 65 76.0 75.2 3.2 5.71 5.83 80 88.7 87.9 3 . 2 6.72 6.89
100 113.9 113.0 3.6 9.75 10.0
Table 3 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes(Clauses 8.1 and 10.1.1.1)
Outside Diameter Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum
Thickness
Plain End Screwed and Socketed mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.1 9.7 1.8 0.360 0.363 8 13.6 13.2 1.8 0.515 0.519
10 17.1 16.7 1.8 0.670 0.676 15 21.4 21.0 2.0 0.947 0.956 20 26.9 26.4 2.3 1.38 1.39 25 33.8 33.2 2.6 1.98 2.00 32 42.5 41.9 2.6 2.54 2.57 40 48.4 47.8 2.9 3.23 3.27 50 60.2 59.6 2.9 4.08 4.15 65 76.0 75.2 3.2 5.71 5.83 80 88.7 87.9 3 . 2 6.72 6.89
100 113.9 113.0 3.6 9.75 10.0
6
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
lkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1)
��������� � ������� � �� �� ������ �������� �
���� �������� ����� � ��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.6 9.8 2.0 0.404 0.407
8 14.0 13.2 2.3 0.641 0.645
10 17.5 16.7 2.3 0.839 0.845
15 21.8 21.0 2.6 1.21 1.22
20 27.3 26.5 2.6 l.56 1.57
25 34.2 33.3 3.2 2.41 2.43
32 42.9 42.0 3.2 3.10 3.13
40 48.8 47.9 3.2 3.56 3.60
50 60.8 59.7 3.6 5.03 5.10
65 76.6 75.3 3.6 6.42 6.54
80 89.5 88.0 4.0 8.36 8.53
100 115.0 113.1 4.5 12.20 12.50
125 140.8 138.5 4.8 15.90 16.40
150 166.5 163.9 4.8 18.90 19.50
Table 4 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes — Medium(Clause 8.1)
Outside Diameter Thickness Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum Plain End Screwed and Socketed
mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.6 9.8 2.0 0.404 0.407
8 14.0 13.2 2.3 0.641 0.645
10 17.5 16.7 2.3 0.839 0.845
15 21.8 21.0 2.6 1.21 1.22
20 27.3 26.5 2.6 l.56 1.57
25 34.2 33.3 3.2 2.41 2.43
32 42.9 42.0 3.2 3.10 3.13
40 48.8 47.9 3.2 3.56 3.60
50 60.8 59.7 3.6 5.03 5.10
65 76.6 75.3 3.6 6.42 6.54
80 89.5 88.0 4.0 8.36 8.53
100 115.0 113.1 4.5 12.2 12.5
125 140.8 138.5 4.8 15.9 16.4
150 166.5 163.9 4.8 18.9 19.5
8.1.1 Thickness and mass mentioned in Tables 3, 4and 5 are applicable to both black and galvanizedtubes.
8-1-18-1-18-1-18-1-18-1-1 lkj.kh 3] 4 rFkk 5 esa mfYyf[kr eksVkbzZ rFkk Hkkjdkyh rFkk tLrkÑr nksuksa izdkj dh ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;gksxkA
7
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
9 TOLERANCES ON THICKNESS AND MASS
9.1 The following manufacturing tolerances shall bepermitted on the tubes and sockets:
a) Thickness:
1) Welded tubes:Light tubes + not limited
– 8 percentMedium and heavy + not limitedtubes – 10 percent
2) Seamless tubes + not limited– 12.5 percent
b) Mass:
1) Single tube (light + 10 percentseries) – 8 percent
2) Single tube (medium ± 10 percentand heavy series)
3) For quantities per load + 7.5 percentof 10 tonnes, Min – 5 percent(light series)
4) For quantities per load ± 7.5 percentof 10 tonnes, Min(medium and heavyseries)
NOTE — For the purpose of minimum weighment of 10tonnes lot, the weighment may be done in convenient lotsat the option of the manufacturer.
10 JOINTS
10.1 All screwed tubes shall be supplied with pipethreads conforming to IS 554. Gauging in accordancewith IS 8999 shall be considered as an adequate testfor conformity of threads of IS 554.
10.1.1 Unless specified otherwise, tubes shall besupplied screwed with taper threads and fitted with onesocket having parallel thread. The socket shall conformto all requirements (except 6.4) of IS 1239 (Part 2).
10.1.1.1 In case of light tubes the application of taperpipe threads may be modified by permitting the outsidediameter of the tubes to be within the limits shown in col2 and 3 of Table 3. Where the tube approaches the lowerlimit of outside diameter, some incomplete threads(perfect at root and imperfect at the crest) may be expectedfrom and beyond the gauge plane. Such incompletethreads, shall not be regarded as justification for rejectionof the tubes. Also the minimum length of threads in lighttubes shall be 80 percent of that specified in IS 554.
10.2 The plain end pipes shall be supplied with squarecut. However, bevel end may also be supplied on mutualagreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer(see Fig. 1).
9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a
9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 ufydkvksa rFkk lkdsVksa ds lacaèk esa fuEufyf[kr mRiknuNwVsa vuqer dh tk,axh%
d) eksVkbZ%1) osYMd`r ufy;k¡%
gydh ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 8 izfr'kr
eè;e rFkk Hkkjh ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 10 izfr'kr
2) lhou jfgr ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 12-5 izfr'kr
[k) Hkkj%1) ,dy ufydk + 10 izfr'kr
(gydh J`a[kyk) – 8 izfr'kr2) ,dy ufydk (eè;e ± 10 izfr'kr
rFkk Hkkjh J`a[kyk)3) izfr 10 Vu Hkkj okyh + 7-5 izfr'kr
izek=kkvksa ds fy, U;wure – 5 izfr'kr(gydh J`a[kyk)
4) izfr 10 Vu Hkkj okyh ± 7-5 izfr'krizek=kkvksa ds fy, U;wure(eè;e rFkk Hkkjh J`a[kyk)
fVIi.kh — 10 Vu ds lewg ds U;wure Hkkj ds iz;kstukFkZ] Hkkj rksyfuekZrk osQ fodYi ij lqfo/ktud lewgksa esa fd;k tk ldrk gSA
10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+
10-110-110-110-110-1 lHkh pwM+hnkj ufydkvksa dh vkiw£r vkbZ,l 554 dsvuq:i ikbi pwfM+;ksa ds lkFk dh tk,xhA vkbZ,l 554 dhpwfM+;ksa dh vuq:irk ds fy, vkbZ,l 8999 ds vuqlkjekikadu dks i;kZIr ijh{k.k ekuk tk,xkA
10-1-110-1-110-1-110-1-110-1-1 ;fn vU;Fkk fu£n"V u fd;k x;k gks] rks ufydkvksa dhvkiw£r xkonqe pwfM+;ksa lfgr rFkk lekukarj pwM+h okys ,dlkdsV ds lkFk fiQV djds dh tk,xhA lkdsV vkbZ,l 1239(Hkkx 2) dh lHkh vis{kkvksa (flok, 6-46-46-46-46-4) ds vuq:i gksxkA
10-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-1 gydh ufydkvksa ds ekeys esa] ufydkvksa ds ckáO;kl dks lkj.kh 3 ds dkye 2 rFkk 3 eas n'kkZ;h xbZ lhekvksads Hkhrj gksus dh vuqefr nsdj xkonqe ikbi pwfM;k¡ dsvuqiz;ksx esa la'kksèku fd;k tk ldrk gSA tgk¡ ufydk ckáO;kl dh fuEure lhek ds yxHkx lfUudV gks] ogk¡ xst lrgls rFkk mlls vkxs dqN viw.kZ pwfM+;ksa (ewy ij iw.kZ rFkk 'kh"kZij vèkwjh) gksuk laHkkfor gS] ,slh viw.kZ pwfM;ksa ds vkèkkj ijufydkvkas dks vLohdkj djuk ;qfDrlaxr ugha ekuk tk,xkAlkFk gh gYdh ufydkvksa esa pwfM+;ksa dh U;wure yEckbZ vkbZ,l554 esa fu£n"V yEckbZ dk 80 izfr'kr gksxhA
10-210-210-210-210-2 lkns Nksj okyh ikbiksa dks oxkZdkj dVko fn;k tk,xkA rFkkfiØsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ikjLifjd lgefr gksus ij izo.k dks.kNksj okyh ikbisa Hkh vkiwfjr dh tk ldrh gSaA (ns[kaas vkÑfr 1)A
8
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
Table 5 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes — Heavy
(Clauses 8.1 and 8.1.1)
Outside Diameter Thickness Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum Plain End Screwed and Socketed
mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.5 9.8 2.6 0.487 0.490
8 14.0 13.2 2.9 0.765 0.769
10 17.5 16.7 2.9 1.02 1.03
15 21.8 21.0 3.2 1.44 1.45
20 27.3 26.5 3.2 1.87 1.88
25 34.2 33.3 4.0 2.93 2.95
32 42.9 42.0 4.0 3.79 3.82
40 48.8 47.9 4.0 4.37 4.41
50 60.8 59.7 4.5 6.19 6.26
65 76.6 75.3 4.5 7.93 8.05
80 89.5 88.0 4.8 9.90 10.10
100 115.0 113.1 5.4 14.50 14.80
125 140.8 138.5 5.4 17.90 18.40
150 166.5 163.9 5.4 21.30 21.90
lkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1 vkSj 8-1-1)
��������� � ������� � �� �� ������ ������������ �
������� ����� � ��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.5 9.8 2.6 0.487 0.490
8 14.0 13.2 2.9 0.765 0.769
10 17.5 16.7 2.9 1.02 1.03
15 21.8 21.0 3.2 1.44 1.45
20 27.3 26.5 3.2 1.87 1.88
25 34.2 33.3 4.0 2.93 2.95
32 42.9 42.0 4.0 3.79 3.82
40 48.8 47.9 4.0 4.37 4.41
50 60.8 59.7 4.5 6.19 6.26
65 76.6 75.3 4.5 7.93 8.05
80 89.5 88.0 4.8 9.90 10.10
100 115.0 113.1 5.4 14.50 14.80
125 140.8 138.5 5.4 17.90 18.40
150 166.5 163.9 5.4 21.30 21.90
11 LENGTHS
Following tolerances shall be applied on lengths oftubes.
11.1 Random Length
4 to 7 m, unless otherwise specified includes one socketfor screwed and socketed tubes.
1111111111 yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ
ufydkvksa dh yEckbZ ds lacaèk esa fuEufyf[kr NwVsa iz;ksT; dhtk,axhA
11.1 ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ
4 ls 7 ehVj] tc rd fd vU;Fkk fu£n"V u fd;k x;k gksA blesapwM+hnkj rFkk lkWdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ,d lkdsV 'kkfey gSA
9
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
11.1.1 For orders of over 150 m of any one size of tube,it shall be permissible to supply short random lengthsfrom 2 to 4 m provided that the number of such lengthdoes not exceed 5 percent of the total number of lengthsfor sizes below 65 mm nominal bore and above, 7.5percent of such short random length shall be permitted.In addition, it shall be permissible for two lengths to bejoined together to make a random length, provided thatthe number of such joint lengths does not exceed 5percent of the total number of lengths for sizes below65 mm nominal bore and 7.5 percent of the total numberof lengths for sizes 65 mm and above.
11.2 Exact Length
Unless otherwise agreed to between the manufacturerand the purchaser, where exact lengths are specified,either for screwed and socketed tubes or for plain-endtubes each tube shall be within 6
0+− mm of the specified
length.
11.3 Approximate Length
When approximate lengths are required, either forscrewed and socketed tubes or for plain end tubes,each tube shall be within ±150 mm of the specifiedlength.
12 GALVANIZING
12.1 Where tubes are required to be galvanized, thezinc coating on the tubes shall be in accordance withIS 4736.
12.2 Tubes, which are to be screwed, shall be galvanizedbefore screwing.
13 LEAK PROOF TEST
13.1 Each tube shall be tested for leak tightness as anin-process test at manufacturer’s works either byhydrostatic test or alternatively by Eddy current test,in accordance with Annex B.
13.1.1 Hydrostatic test shall be carried out at apressuring of 5 MPa and the same maintained for atleast 3 and shall not show any leakage in the pipe.
NOTE — The choice of test is at the discretion of themanufacturer.
14 TEST ON TUBES
Following tests shall be conducted by the manufactureron tubes.
14.1 The tensile strength shall be at least 320 MPa (320N/mm2). The test shall be carried out on full section orstrip cut from the selected tubes in accordance withIS 1608 and IS 12278.
11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 fdlh ,d vkdkj dh ufydk ds 150 ehVj ls vfèkddh vkiw£r djus ds vkns'kksa ds fy, 2 ls 4 ehVj dh NksVh ;knfPNdyEckbZ okyh ufydkvksa dh vkiw£r djus dh vuqefr gksxh c'krsZfd 65 fe-eh- ls de ds vfHkfgr ifjosèk okys vkdkjksa ds fy, blizdkj dh yEckbZ oky VqdMs+ dh la[;k dqN yEckbZ la[;k ds 5izfr'kr ls vfèkd u gks rFkk 65 fe-eh- ls vfèkd ds vfHkfgrifjosèk ds fy, NksVh ;knfPNd yEckbZ oky ,sls 7-5 izfr'kr VqdMksadh vuqefr nh tk,xhA blds vfrfjDr] dksbZ ;knfPNd yEckbZizkIr djus ds fy, nks VqdM+ksa dks tksM+us dh vuqefr gksxh c'krsZ fdtksM+ksa okyh ,slh yEckbZ dh la[;k 65 fe-eh- ds vfHkfgr ifjosèkls de okys vkdkjksa ds fy, yEckbZ dh dqy la[;k ds 5 izfr'krls rFkk 65 fe-eh- ,oa mlls vfèkd ds vkdkjksa ds fy, yEckbZ dhdqy la[;k ds 7-5 izfr'kr ls vfèkd u gksA
11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ
tc rd fuekZrk ,oa Øsrk ds chp vU;Fkk lgefr u gqbZ gks]ogk¡ pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ;k lkjs Nksjokyh ufydkvksa ds fy, okLrfod yEckbZ fu£n"V gksus dhfLFkfr esa izR;sd ufydk fu£n"V yxHkx fe-eh- ds Hkhrj gksxhA
11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ
tgk¡ pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ;k lkns Nksjokyh ufydkvksa ds fy, vuqekfur yEckb;k¡ visf{kr gSa] ogk¡izR;sd ufydk fu£n"V yEckbZ ds ±150 fe-eh- ds Hkhrj gksxhA
12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k
12-112-112-112-112-1 tgk¡ ufydkvksa ij tLrk p<+kuk vko';d gS ogk¡ ufydkvksaij tLrk ysiu vkbZ,l 4736 ds vuqlkj fd;k tk,xkA
12-212-212-212-212-2 ftu ufydkvksa ij pwfM+;k¡ cukbZ tkuh gSa] mudh pwfM+;k¡cukus ls igys mudk tLrhdj.k dj fy;k tk,xkA
13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k
13-113-113-113-113-1 izR;sd ufydk dk vuqcaèk [k ds vuqlkj fuekZrk dsdkj[kkus esa ;k rks gkbMªksLVsfVd (tyLFkSfrd) ijh{k.k }kjkvFkok oSdfYid :i ls varj èkkjk ijh{k.k }kjk fjlko dlkods fy, var% izfØ;k ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xkA
13-1-113-1-113-1-113-1-113-1-1 tyLFkSfrd ijh{k.k 5 ,eih, ds nkc ij rFkk de lsde 3 lSdsaM rd mls cuk, j[kdj fd;k tk,xk rFkk blnkSjku ikbi esa dksbZ fjlko ugha gksuk pkfg,A
fVIi.kh — ijh{k.k dk p;u fuekZrk ds foosdkuqlkj fd;k tk,xkA
14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k
fuekZrk }kjk ufydkvksa ij fuEufyf[kr ijh{k.k fd, tk,axsA
14-114-114-114-114-1 ruu {kerk de ls de 320 ,eih, (320 N/mm2)gksxhA ijh{k.k vkbZ,l 1608 rFkk 12278 ds vuqlkj p;furufydkvksa dh iw.kZ yEckbZ ij ;k muls dkVh xbZ iV~Vh ij fd;ktk,xkA
10
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
NOTES
1 For welded tubes, the strip tensile test specimen shall notcontain the weld.
2 For galvanized tubes, zinc coating may be removed bystripping prior to tensile test.
14.1.1 The elongation percent on a gauge length of
o5.65 ,S where So is the original cross-sectional area
of the test specimen, shall be as follows:
Nominal Bore ElongationPercent, Min
a) For steam services for all sizes 20
b) For other services:
1) Up to and including 25 mm 12
2) Over 25 mm up to and 20
including 150 mm
14.2 Bend Test on Tubes Up to and Including 50 mmNominal Bore
When tested in accordance with IS 2329 the tubes shallbe capable of withstanding the bend test withoutshowing any signs of fracture or failure. Welded tubesshall be bent with the weld at 90° to the plane of bending.The tubes shall not be filled for this test.
14.2.1 Ungalvanized tubes shall be capable of beingbent cold without cracking through 180° round a formerhaving a radius at the bottom of groove in the plane ofbending, equal to at least six times the outside diameterof the tube.
14.2.2 Galvanized tubes shall be capable of being bentcold, without cracking of the steel, through 90° rounda former having a radius at the bottom of the grooveequal to at least eight times the outside diameter of thetubes.
14.3 Flattening Test on Tubes Above 50 mm NominalBore
Rings not less than 40 mm in length cut from the endsof the selected tubes shall be flattened cold betweenparallel plates with the weld, if any at 90° (point ofmaximum bending) in accordance with IS 2328. Noopening shall occur by fracture in the weld area untilthe distance between the plates is less than 75 percentof the original outside diameter of the tube and nocracks or breaks in the metal elsewhere than in the weldshall occur until the distance between the plates is lessthan 60 percent of the original outside diameter.
NOTE — Slight premature cracking at the edges would notbe deemed to affect compliance with this standard.
14.3.1 The test rings may have the inner and outeredges rounded.
fVIi.kh;k¡
11111 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds fy, iV~Vh ruu ijh{k.k uewus esa tksM+ (osYM)ugha gksxkA
22222 tLrkÑr ufydkvksa ds fy, ruu ijh{k.k ds iwoZ iVV~h dkVdj mudsmQij ls tLrs dk ysi gVk fn;k tk,XkkA
14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 o5.65 S eki dh yEckbZ ij izyacu izfr'kr fuEuizdkj gksxk] tgk¡ So ijh{k.k uewus dk vuqizlFk dkV okyk ewy{ks=kiQy gS%
vfHkfgr cksj çyEcuçfr'kr] U;wure
d) lHkh vkdkjksa dh eki lsokvksa 20ds fy,
[k) vU; lsokvksa ds fy,%1) 25 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds 12
lekfgr
2) 25 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 15 fe-eh- 20lekfgr rd
14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksjokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.k
vkbZ,l 2329 ds vuqlkj ijh{k.k fd, tkus ij ufydk Hkax ;k fodkjds dksbZ okg~u n'kkZ, fcuk ueu ijh{k.k dks lgus esa l{ke gksAosYMÑr rkfydkvkas dks osYM ds lkFk ueu lrg ij 90 fMxzh ijeksM+k tk,xkA bl ijh{k.k ds fy, bu ufydkvksa dks Hkjk ugh tk,xkA
14-2-114-2-114-2-114-2-114-2-1 vtLrhÑr ufy;k¡ ,slh gksa fd mUgas vrIr voLFkk esa180° ij iQkeZj ds pkjksa vksj fcuk fdlh izdkj ds pVdk; dseksM+k tk ldsA bl iQkeZj dh f=kT;k ueu ry okys lkaps dhrygVh ij ufydk ds ckgjh O;kl dh 6 xquk gksA
14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 tLrhÑr ufydk,¡ ,slh gksa fd mUgsa vrIr voLFkk esa90° ij iQkeZj ds pkjksa vksj fcuk fdlh izdkj ds pVdko dseksM+k tk ldsA bl iQkeZj dh f=kT;k ueu ry okys [kkap dhrygVh ij ckgjh O;kl dh 8 xquk gksA
14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks adks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.k
p;u dh xbZ ufydkvksa ds Nksj ls de ls de 40 fe-eh-yEckbZ ds dkVs x, NYYkksa dks vkbZ,l 2328 ds vuqlkj osYM];fn gks] ds lkFk 90° (vfèkdre ueu fcUnq) ij lekUrjifVV;ksa ds chp j[kdj piVk fd;k tk,xkA tc rd ifVV;ksads chp dh nwjh ewy cká O;kl ds 75 izfr'kr ls de ugha gkstk, rc rd osYM foHkat ds dkj.k fdlh izdkj [kqys ugha vkSjtc rd ifVV~;ksa ds chp dh nwjh ewy cká O;kl ds 60 izfr'krls de ugha gks tk,] rc rd èkkrq esa osYM ds LFkku ds vykokfdlh vU; LFkku ij fdlh Hkh izdkj dh njkj ;k Hkatu u gksA
fVIi.kh — fdukjksa ij gydh iwoZ ifjiDo njkj bl ekud ds lkFkvuqikyu dks izHkkfor djus okyh ugha ekuh tk,xhA
14-3-114-3-114-3-114-3-114-3-1 ijh{k.k NYyksa ds vkarfjd rFkk ckgjh fdukjs xksyfd, x, gks ldrs gSaA
11
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
14.4 Re-test
Should any one of the test pieces first selected fail topass any of the tests specified above, two furthersamples shall be selected for testing in respect of eachfailure. Should the test pieces from both these additionalsamples pass, the material shall be deemed to complywith the requirements of that particular test. Shouldthe test pieces from either of these additional samplesfail, the material represented by the test samples shallbe deemed as not complying with the standard.
15 WORKMANSHIP
All pipes shall be cleanly finished and reasonably freefrom injurious defects. The ends shall be free from sharpedges and burrs of the pipe. The tubes shall bereasonably straight.
16 SAMPLING FOR TUBES
16.1 Lot for the purpose of drawing samples all tubesbearing same designation and manufactured under asingle process shall be grouped together to constitutea lot. Each lot shall be sampled separately and assessedfor conformity to this specification.
16.2 Sampling and Criterion for Conformity
Unless otherwise agreed to between the manufacturerand the purchaser the procedure for sampling of tubesfor various tests and criteria for conformity, IS 4711shall be followed.
17 MARKING
17.1 Each tube shall be marked with manufacturer’sname or trade-mark, IS No. that is, IS 1239 (Part 1) andclass of tubes, that is, L, M, and H, for light, mediumand heavy class.
17.2 The different classes of tubes shall bedistinguished by colour bands, which shall be appliedas follows before the tubes leave the manufacturer’sworks:
a) Light tubes — Yellow
b) Medium tubes — Blue
c) Heavy tubes — Red
NOTE — For export purpose the colour band on the lighttubes may be painted yellow or brown.
17.3 Unless otherwise agreed to between themanufacturer and the purchaser a white colour bandshall be applied at each end of the tubes for steamservices.
NOTE — Additional colour bands, as given in 17.2 to 17.4may also be applied.
14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k
;fn igys pqus x, ijh{k.k [kaMksa esa ls dksbZ [kaM ekud esa fu£n"Vfdlh ijh{k.k esa ikl ugha gksrk rks gj vliQy [kaM ds fy,ijh{k.k gsrq nks vkSj uewuksa dk pquko fd;k tk,xkA ;fn bu nksuksauewuksa ds ijh{k.k [kaM ikl gks tkrs gSa rks ftl lkexzh ds osuewus gSa eku fy;k tk,xk fd og lkexzh ml ijh{k.k fo'ks"k dhvis{kkvksa dk ikyu djrh gSA ;fn bu vfrfjDr uewuksa esa ls fdlh,d ds ijh{k.k [kaM [kjs ugha mrjrs rks eku fy;k tk,xk fdftl lkexzh ds ;s uewus gSa og ekud ds vuq:i ugha gSA
15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh
lHkh ikbiksa dks liQkbZ ls vafre :i fn;k tk,xk rFkk oggkfudkjd nks"kksa ls ;qfDRlaxr :i ls eqDr gksxhA ikbi ds Nksj rh[ksfdukjksa rFkk daVdks ls eqDr gksaxsA ufy;k¡ ;qfDrlaxr :i ls lhèkh gksaxhA
16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk
16-116-116-116-116-1 uewus ysus ds iz;kstukFkZ lewg cukus ds fy, lekuinuke okyh lHkh ufydkvksa rFkk ftUgsa ,dy izfØ;k ds rgrfu£er fd;k x;k gks] dks lewgc¼ fd;k tk,xkA izR;sd lewgls i`Fkd uewuk fy;k tk,xk rFkk mldk bl fof'kf"V ds izfrvuq:irk gsrq vkdyu fdk tk,xkA
16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh
tc rd fuekZrk rFkk Øsrk ds chp vU;Fkk lgefr u gqbZ gks]fofHkUu ijh{k.k ds fy, uewus ysus rFkk vuq#irk gsrq dlkSVhosQ fy, vkbZ,l 4711 dh izfØ;koknh dk vuqlj.k fd;ktk,xkA
17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu
17-117-117-117-117-1 izR;sd ufydk ij fuekZrk dk uke vFkok VªsMekoZQvkbZ,l la[;k vFkkZr~ vkbZ,l 1239 (Hkkx 1) rFkk ufydkvksadh Js.kh vFkkZr~ gydh] eè;e rFkk Hkkjh Js.kh ds fy, L, MrFkk H vafdr fd;k tk,xkA
17-2 17-2 17-2 17-2 17-2 ufy;k¡ dh fofHkUu Jsf.k;ksa esa jax dh ifV~V;ksa ds vuqlkjvarj fd;k tk,xk tks fuekZrk ds dkj[kkus ls ckgj fudyus lsigys ufydkvksa ij fuEu izdkj ls yxk nh tk,xh%
d) gydh ufy;k¡ — ihyh[k) eè;e ufy;k¡ — uhyhx) Hkkjh ufy;k¡ — yky
fVIi.kh — fu;kZr iz;kstu ds fy, gydh ufy;ksa ij iV~Vh dks ihyk ;kHkwjs jax dk isaV fd;k tk,xkA
17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 fuekZrk vkSj Øsrk ds eè; dksbZ vU; ikjLifjd lgefrugha gksus ij Hkki lsokvksa ds fy, fu£er ufydkvksa ds izR;sdNksj ij liQsn jax dh iV~Vh cukbZ tk,xhA
fVIi.kh — 17-217-217-217-217-2 ls 17-417-417-417-417-4 esa fn, x, vfrfjDr jaxksa dh ifV~V;k¡ HkhyxkbZ tk ldrh gSaA
12
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
17.4 Tubes having random length 4 to 7 meters shallhave two 75 mm bands one near each end. Tubeshaving exact length and approximate length asprescribed in clause 11.2 and clause 11.3 shall haveone 75 mm band.
17.5 BIS Certification Marking
The tubes may also the marked with the Standard Mark.
17.5.1 The use of the Standard Mark is governed bythe provisions of the Bureau of Indian StandardsAct, 1986 and the Rules and Regulations madethereunder. The details of conditions under which thelicence for the use of Standard Mark may be granted tomanufacturers or producers may be obtained from theBureau of Indian Standards.
18 PROTECTION AND PACKING
Black tubes not otherwise protected shall be varnishedor suitably painted externally throughout the lengthunless ordered unvarnished or unpainted. Where tubesare bundled for transport, all qualities of tubes shall bepacked in accordance with IS 4740.
17-417-417-417-417-4 4 ls 7 ehVj okyh ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ okyh ufy;ksa ij nksifV~V;k¡ izR;sd fljs ds lehi 75 fe-eh- dh ,d iV~Vh cukbZtk,xhA [kaM 11-211-211-211-211-2 rFkk [kaM 11-3 11-3 11-3 11-3 11-3 esa ;Fkk fuèkkZfjr okLrfodyEckbZ rFkk vuqekfur yEckbZ okyh ufydkvksa esa 75 fe-eh- dh,d iV~Vh gksxhA
17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu
ufydkvksa ij ekud eqgjkadu Hkh fd;k tk ldrk gSA
17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 ekud eqgj dk mi;ksx Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks vfèkfu;e]1986 vkSj mlds vfèku cus fu;eksa vkSj fofu;eksa ds izkoèkkuksavuqlkj gksA fuekZrkvksa vkSj laLdÙkkZvksa dks ftu 'krks± osQ vèkhuekud eqgj yxkus ds fy, ykblsal fn;k tkrk gS mldk fooj.kHkkjrh; ekud C;wjks ls izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax
vU;Fkk lajf{kr u dh xbZ dkyh ufydkvksa dh iw.kZ yEckbZ ijok£u'k yxkbZ tk,xh vFkok mls ckgj ls mi;qDr izdkj isaVfd;k tk,xk tc rd fd ml ij ok£u'k ;k isaV u yxkus dsvkns'k u fn, x, gksaA tgk¡ ufydkvksa ds ifjogu ds fy, caMycuk, tkrs gSa] ogk¡ lHkh izdkj dh rkfydkvksa dks vkbZ,l 4740ds vuqlkj iSd fd;k tk,xkA
vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*([kaM 1-2)
Hkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rki
ANNEX A(Clause 1.2)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE FOR TUBES FORCONVEYING STEAM
A-1 The maximum permissible pressure andtemperature for tubes with screwed and socketed jointsshall be as given in Table 6.
A-2 For tubes fitted with appropriate flanges orsuitably butt welded together, the maximum permissiblepressure shall be 2.06 MPa and the maximum permissibletemperature 260°C.
ddddd-11111 pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsV yxs tksM+ksa okyh ufydkvksa ds fy,vfèkdre vuqKs; nkc vkSj rki lkj.kh 6 ds vuqlkj gksxkA
ddddd-2 2 2 2 2 mi;qDr ÝySat yxs gq, ;k i;kZIr :i ls VDDj osYMÑrufydkvksa ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer rki 260 esxk ikLdyvkSj vfèkdre vuqer rki 260ºlasVhxzsM gksxkA
13
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
vuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [k([kaM 13-1)
ty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.k
ANNEX B(Clause 13.1)
EDDY CURRENT TESTING OF TUBES AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO THE HYDRAULICLEAK TIGHTNESS TEST
B-1 METHODS OF TEST
B-1.1 The tubes shall be tested for imperfections usinga concentric coil or segment coil or a rotating tube orrotary probe Eddy current technique in accordance withthis Annex.
B-1.2 The tube shall be sufficiently straight to ensurethe validity of the test and the surface shall be freefrom any foreign matter that would interfere with theinterpretation of the test.
B-1.3 Two methods of test are permitted (at themanufacturer’s option). The equipment may be locatedon or off the tube mill.
B-1.3.1 Method A
The tube to be tested is passed through the (a) concentrictest coil (applicable to welded or seamless tubes), or (b)segmental coil covering the weld and ±15° arc from weldline (applicable to welded tubes) on either side.
[k[k[k[k[k-1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk
[k[k[k[k[k-1-11-11-11-11-1 bl ifjf'k"V ds vuqlkj ,d ladsfUnzr dqaMyh (dkW;y)vFkok [kaM dkW;y ;k ?kw.khZ ufydk ;k ?kw.khZ ijh{k.k vkorZ rduhddk iz;ksx djds =kqfV;ksa ds fy, ufydkvksa dk ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xkA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 ijh{k.k dh oSèkrk lqfuf'pr djus ds fy, ufydki;kZIr lhèkh gksxh rFkk lrg fdlh ,sls ckgjh inkFkZ ls eqDrgksxh tks ijh{k.k dh O;k[;k esa gLr{ksi dj ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-31-31-31-31-3 ijh{k.k dh nks i¼fr;k¡ (fuekZrk ds fodYi ij)vuqer gSaA miLdj ufydk dkj[kkus esa ;k mlds ckgj vofLFkrgks ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 fofèk d
ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk dks (d) ladsfUnzr ijh{k.kdqaMyh (dkW;y) (osYMÑr ;k lhoujfgr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;)vFkok ([k) osYM rFkk osYM js[kk ls ±15º pki dks 'kkfeydjus okyh [kaMkRed dkW;y (osYMÑr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;)esa ls nksuksa vksj vkj&ikj fd;k tkrk gSA
Table 6 Maximum Permissible Pressure andTemperature for Tubes with Steel Couplings or
Screwed and Socketed Joints(Clause A-1)
Nominal Bore
mm
MaximumPermissible
Pressure
MPa
Maximum Permissible Tempera-
ture
°C
(1) (2) (3)
Up to and including 25 mm 1.20 260
Over 25 mm up to and including 40 mm 1.03 260
Over 40 mm up to and including 80 mm 0.86 260
Over 80 mm up to and including 100 mm 0.69
0.83
260
177
Over 100 mm up to and including 125 mm 0.69 171
Over 125 mm up to and including 150 mm 0.50 160
NOTE — 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 0.102 0 kg/mm2.
lkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVtksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdre
vuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rki([kaM d&1)
vfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksj vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkc vuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rki
fe-eh- ,eih, fMxzh lasVhxzsM(1) (2) (3)
25 fe-eh- rd ds fy, 1-20 260
25 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 40 fe-eh- rd 1-03 260
40 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 80 fe-eh- rd 0-86 260
80 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 100 fe-eh- rd 0-69 260
0-83 177
100 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 125 fe-eh- rd 0-69 171
125 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 150 fe-eh- rd 0-50 160
fVIi.kh — 1 esxk ikLdy = 1 U;wVu@fe-eh-2 = 0-102 0 fdyksxzke@fe-eh-2
14
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
B-1.3.2 Method B
The tube to be tested or the test coil assembly is rotatedand translated relative to each other so the test coildescribes a helical path over the tube surface. The pitchof the helical scan shall ensure that the whole of thetube surface is effectively covered. This method isapplicable to seamless tubes only.
B-2 CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT
B-2.1 The equipment shall be calibrated using standardtube containing holes as defined in B-2 for Method A orstandard notches as defined in B-2.3 for Method B. Thestandard tube for offline equipment shall have similarelectromagnetic properties and same diameter andthickness as the tube to be tested. For online equipment,running tube may be considered as standard tube.
B-2.2 Method A
The standard defect shall be a circular hole drilledradically completely through the tube wall on thewelding. The diameters of the drills required to makethese holes shall be as follows:
Nominal Bore of the Tubes Drill Diametermm mm
Up to and including 15 1.220, 25 - 32 1.740 - 50 2.265 - 80 2.7100 - 125 3.2150 3.7
B-2.3 Method B
The standard test piece shall have a longitudinal notch0.8 mm or less in width machined parallel to the tube axison the outer surface of the tube. The depth of the notchshall not exceed 12½ percent of the specified thicknessof the tube or 0.3 mm whichever is greater. The length ofthe notch at full depth shall not exceed 50 mm.
B-3 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
B-3.1 The equipment and test coils shall be adjustedto produce in a consistent manner a clearly identifiablesignal from the standard defect(s) on the standard tubeand this signal shall be used to set the triggrer alarmlevel of the equipment. For calibration purposes therelative speed between the standard tube containingstandard defect and the test coils shall be the same asthat used during the production.
B-3.2 The calibration of the equipment shall be checked
[k[k[k[k[k-1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 fofèk [k
ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk ;k ijh{k.k dkW;y la;kstu dks,d nwljs ds lkis{k ?kw£.kr rFkk LFkkukarfjr fd;k tkrk gS rkfdijh{kk dkW;y ufydk dh lrg ij ,d l£iy ekxZ cuk,Al£iy LdSu dh <ky ;g lqfuf'pr djsxh fd laiw.kZ ufydklrg izHkkoh :i ls vkPNkfnr gks tk,A ;g i¼fr dsoylhoujfgr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT; gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku
[k[k[k[k[k-2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 miLdj dk va'k'kksèku fofèk d ds fy, [k[k[k[k[k-22222 esa ;FkkifjHkkf"kr Nsnksa okyh ekud ufydk dk iz;ksx djds vFkokfofèk [k ds fy, [k[k[k[k[k-2-32-32-32-32-3 esa ;Fkk ifjHkkf"kr ekud [kakpksa dkiz;ksx djds fd;k tk,xkA vkWiQ ykbu miLdj ds fy, ekudufydk dh le:i oS|qr pqEcdh; fof'k"Vrk,¡ gksaxh rFkkmldk O;kl rFkk eksVkbZ Hkh ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk dsleku gksxkA vkWu ykbu miLdj ds fy, fo|eku ufydk dksgh ekud ufydk ekuk tk ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d
ekud nks"k osfYMax ij ufydk dh fHkfÙk esa ls f=kT;h; :ils iw.kZr;k fMªy fd;k x;k ,d xksykdkj fNnz gSA bu Nsnks adks cukus ds fy, visf{kr fMªyksa ds O;kl fuEu izdkj gksaxs%
ufydkykvksa dk vfHkfgr cksj fMªy O;klfe-eh- fe-eh-
15 fe-eh- rd 1-220] 25&32 1-740&50 2-265&80 2-7100&125 3-2150 3-7
[k[k[k[k[k-2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k
ekud ijh{k.k VqdMs+ ds ns'kkarjh; [kkaps dh pkSM+kbZ 0-8 fe-eh-;k mlls de gksxh ftls ufydk dh ckgjh lrg ij ufydk dsv{k ds lekukarj e'khuhÑr fd;k tk,xkA [kkaps dh xgjkbZufydk dh fu£n"V eksVkbZ ds 121/2
izfr'kr ;k 0-3 fe-eh- tksHkh vfèkd gS] ;s T;knk ugha gksxhA iw.kZ xgjkbZ ij [kkaps dhyEckbZ 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd ugha gksxhA
[k[k[k[k[k-3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k
[k[k[k[k[k-3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 miLdj rFkk ijh{k.k dqaMfy;ksa dks bl izdkj leaftrfd;k tk,xk fd ekud ufydk dk ekud nks"kksa ls ,d Li"V:i ls vfHkKs; ladsr lqlaxr rjhds ls lftr gks rFkk bl ladsrdkk iz;ksx miLdj ds fVªxj@lapsrd Lij dks fuèkkZfjr djus dsfy, fd;k tk,xkA va'kk'kksèku iz;kstuksa ds fy, ekud nks"kokyh ekud ufydk rFkk ijh{k.k dqaMfy;ksa ds chp lkis{k xfrogh gksxh ftldk iz;ksx mRiknu ds nkSjku fd;k x;k FkkA
[k[k[k[k[k-3-23-23-23-23-2 miLdj ds va'k'kksèku dh tkap izR;sd dk;Zdkjh vofèk
15
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
at the commencement and at the end of each workingperiod and at intervals not exceeding 2 h.
B-3.3 If on checking during production testing thereference standard defect is not detected even afterchanging the sensitivity by 2dB to allow for equipmentdrift, the equipment shall be recalibrated. Followingrecalibration, all tubes tested since the previous checkshall be retested, unless recordings from individuallyidentified tubes are available that permit classificationof those tubes into ‘suspect’ and ‘acceptable’ categories.
B-4 TEST PROCEDURE
Pass the tube to be inspected through the test unit atthe appropriate production speed, maintaining theproduction speed constant with ±10 percent underconditions identical to those used in the calibration ofthe equipment.
NOTE — Identical conditions include all instrument setting,mechanical motion, positioning of the encircling coil(s) inrelation to the tube and any other factor that affect thevalidity of the technique.
B-5 ACCEPTANCE
B-5.1 Any tube producing a signal lower than thesignals from the standard shall be deemed to havepassed this test.
B-5.2 Since NDT systems are known to be sensitive tosome features which do not cause leak, the tube rejectedby NDT may be retested hydraulically and whatevertubes pass the hydraulic test shall be accepted.
B-5.3 The tubes rejected in (see B-5.1) may also beretested off-line NDT equipment. Those which do notproduce reject level signals shall be accepted. Othersmay be accepted after cropping off the portionproducing reject level signals.
ds vkjaHk rFkk var esa 2 ?kaVksa ls vufèkd ds varjkyksa ij dhtk,xhA
[k[k[k[k[k-3-33-33-33-33-3 ;fn mRiknu ijh{k.k ds nkSjku tk¡p djus ij miLdjviogu vuqer djus ds fy, laosnu'khyrk dks 2dB }kjkifjo£rr djus ds i'pkr Hkh ekud nks"k dk irk ugha yxrkrks miLdj dks iqu% va'k'kksfèkr fd;k tk,xkA iqu% va'k'kksfèkrds i'pkr~ fiNyh tk¡p ds i'pkr~ ijhf{kr lHkh ufydkvksa dkiqu%ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xk tc rd fd O;f"V #i ls vfHkKkrufydkvksa ls ,sls vfHkys[k miyCèk u gksa tks mu ufydkvksa dk^lafnXèk* rFkk ^Lohdk;Z* Jsf.k;ksa esa Js.khdj.k vuqer djsaA
[k[k[k[k[k-4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k
miLdj ds va'kkadu esa iz;qDr fLFkfr;ksa ds le:i fLFkfr;ksa dsvarxZr mRiknu xfr dks ±10 izfr'kr ij fLFkj j[krs gq,leqfpr mRiknu xfr ij ijh{k.k ;wfuV esa ls fujh{k.k dh tkusokrh ufydk xqtkjsaA
fVIi.kh — le:i fLFkfr;ksa esa leLr ;a=k lsfVax] vfHk;kaf=kd xfr]l£iy dqaMfy;ksa dh ufydk ls lacafèkr fLFkfr rFkk dksbZ vU; dkjd'kkfey gS tks rduhd dh oSèkrk dks izHkkfor djrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr
[k[k[k[k[k-5-15-15-15-15-1 ekud ds ladsrdksa ls fuEurj ladsrd dk l`tu djusokyh fdlh Hkh ufydk }kjk ;g ijh{kk ikfjr dh xbZ ekuhtk,xhA
[k[k[k[k[k-5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 pwafd ,uMhVh i¼fr;k¡ dqN ,sls y{k.kksa ds izfr laosnh ekuhxbZ gSa ftuds dkj.k fjlko ugha gksrk] ,uMhVh }kjk fujLr dh xbZufydk dk iqu% nzoh; ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xk rFkk tks Hkh ufydk,anzoh; ijh{k.k dks ikl dj yasxh] mUgsa Lohdkj dj fy;k tk,xkA
[k[k[k[k[k-5-35-35-35-35-3 fujLr ufydkvksa (((((ns[ksa [k[k[k[k[k-5-1)5-1)5-1)5-1)5-1) dk vkWiQ ykbu ,uMhVhmiLdj ij Hkh iqu% ijh{k.k fd;k tk ldrk gSA fujLr Lrjh;ladsrd lftr u djus okyh ufydkvksa dks Lohdkj dj fy;ktk,xkA vU;ksa dks fujlu Lrj ds ladsrd lftr djus okys Hkkxdks dkVdj vyx dj nsus ds i'pkr Lohdkj dj fy;k tk,xkA
fookn dh fLFkfr esa bl ekud dk vaxzsT+kh ikB gh ekU; gksxkAIn case of dispute English version of this standard shall be authentic.
bl ns'k esa Hkki izokg ds fy, bLrseky dh tkus okyh ufy;ksa dks iz'kkflr djus okys fofu;e dsfUnz; ckW;yj cksMZ }kjk izdkf'krHkkjrh; ckW;yj fofu;eksa esa fuèkkZfjr fd, x, gSaA
bl ekud dk fuèkkZj.k djrs le;] ns'k esa bl {ks=k esa izpfyr O;kikj jhfr;ksa ij ;Fks"V è;ku fn;k x;k gSA fofHkUu ns'kksa esa izpfyrekudksa ds varjkZ"Vªh; leUo; ij Hkh ;Fks"V è;ku fn;k x;k gSA fuEufyf[kr izdk'kuksa ls lgk;rk izkIr dh xbZ gS%
vkbZ,lvks 65 % 1981 ekudhdj.k ds fy, vkbZ,lvks varjk"Vªh; laxBu ds vuqlkj pwM+h cukus ds fy, mi;qDr dkcZubLikr ufydk,¡
ch,l 1387 % 1985 pwM+hnkj ,oa lkdsV;qDr bLikr ufy;ksa rFkk ufydkdkj lkefxz;ksa ,oa osfYMax ds fy, mi;qDr lknsfljs okyh bLikr ufydkvksa ds fy, vFkok pwM+h cukus ds fy, ch,l 21 % 1985 ufydk,¡ ,oa fiQfVaxds fy, ikbi dh pwfM+;k¡] tgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls tksM+ cuk, tkrs gSa*
bl ekud esa [kaM 6-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-2 rFkk 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 fn, x, gSa ftlds fy, Øsrk vkSj fuekZrk ds chp djkj fd;ktkuk vko';d gSA
bl ekud dk nwljk Hkkx vkbZ,l 1239 (Hkkx 2) % 1992 ^e`nq bLikr ufydkvksa] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU; fiVok¡ bLikrfiQfVaXl ds fy, fof'kf"V% Hkkx 2 e`nq bLikr lkWdsV] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU; fiVok¡ bLikr fiQfVaxs (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)* gSA
;g fuf'pr djus ds fy, fd bl ekud esa fdlh vis{kk fo'ks"k dk ikyu fd;k x;k gS ;k ugha] rks ijh{k.k ;k fo'ys"k.k esaifj.kke dks n'kkZus okys voyksdu ;k x.kuk }kjk izkIr vafre eku dks vkbZ,l 2 % 1960 ^la[;kRed ekuksa ds iw.kk±du lacaèkhfu;e (iqujhf{kr)* ds vuqlkj iw.kk±fdr dj fn;k tk,A iw.kk±fdr eku esa j[ks x, lkFkZd LFkkuksa dh la[;k mruh gh gks ftruhbl ekud esa fufnZ"V eku dh gSA
In this country, the regulations governing the use of tubes for conveying steam are laid down in the Indian BoilerRegulations published by the Central Boilers Board.
While formulating this standard, due consideration has been given to the trade practices followed in the countryin this field. Due consideration has also been given to international coordination among the standards prevailingin different countries. Assistance has been derived from the following publications:
ISO 65 : 1981 Carbon steel tubes suitable for screwing in accordance with ISO International Organizationfor Standardization
BS 1387 : 1985 Screwed and socketed steel tubes and tubulars and for plain end steel tubes suitable forwelding or for screwing to BS 21 : 1985 ‘Pipe threads for tubs and fitting where pressure-tightjoints are made on the threads’
This standard contains clauses 6.4, 7.1, 7.1.1, 11.2, 16.2 and 17.3 which call for an agreement between themanufacturer and the purchaser.
The other part of this standard is IS 1239 (Part 2) : 1992 ‘Specification for mild steel tubes, tubulars and otherwrought steel fittings: Part 2 Mild steel socket, tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings ( fourth revision )’.
For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value,observed or calculated, expressing the results of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance withIS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised )’. The number of significant places retained in therounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
(Continued from second cover)
(nwljs doj ls tkjh)
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promoteharmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goodsand attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any formwithout the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course ofimplementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewedperiodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes areneeded; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standardsshould ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc No.: MTD 19 (4264).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
Laser Typeset by Sunshine Graphics
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002Telephones : 2323 0131, 2323 3375, 2323 9402 Website: www.bis.org.in
Regional Offices: Telephones
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 2323 7617NEW DELHI 110002 2323 3841
Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi 2337 8499, 2337 8561KOLKATA 700054 2337 8626, 2337 9120
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 384360 9285
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2254 1216, 2254 14422254 2519, 2254 2315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 2832 9295, 2832 7858MUMBAI 400093 2832 7891, 2832 7892
Branches: AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD.GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.PARWANOO. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM. VISAKHAPATNAM.
�
��
��
• Dinesh Metal Industries is one of the leading Dealers / Distributors / Stockists for various types Steel Tubes and Pipes.
To cater to the need of the customers, we are having huge stocks readily available in our warehouses at Mumbai Warehouse Our firm has got registered with the Collectorate of Customs and Central Excise and obtained Central
Excise Registered Certificate in order to facilitate MODVAT BENEFIT to the buyers, those who have registered with Central Excise.
Our Firm has been associated with many esteemed organizations for over six decades and is fully conversant with quality and standards that you expect from your suppliers. We sincerely believe that we shall have your cooperation to enlist our name in your mailing list. Your placement of order with us, will
give you ample satisfaction and thus assure you that we will not fail in your expectations.
Nature of Business
Trading : Dealing in M.S. ERW Black & Gi Pipes / Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel Seamless / Welded Pipes & Tubes, Boiler Quanlity Tubes, square Tubes, Hydraulic Tubes and Pipe Fittings /
Flanges of all sizes with and without IBR
What we offer
• We take this opportunity to introduce ourselves as a one of the leading distributors in South India for the
following products
o GI & MS Pipe fittings.
o H-SAW / L-SAW / HFIW Pipes as per IS:1239 / IS:3589 size range from 1/2" to 64" NB, and more.
o Carbon Steel Seamless pipes as per ASTM A-106 Grade A & B / API 5l Grade A & Grade B from 1/2" to
24" NB, and more.
o High Temperature Alloy Steel Seamless pipe as per ASTM A335 P5, P9, p11, P22, P23, P91, etc.,
o Low temperature Carbon Steel pipes as per ASTM A333 Gr. 6 specification.
o Alloy Steel Super Heater Tubes and Economizer Tubes as per SA213 T11 / T22 and other grades.
o Heat Exchanger Tubes as per the SA-179 specification in seamless and also SA-214 specification in
Welded Pipe.
o CRCA Round Tube as per IS:3074, CRCA, SQuare & Rectangular Section as per IS:4923.
o Boiler Tube / Air Heater Tube as per BS:3059 / BS:6323 Part-v and equivalent Indian & american
standards.
o Spiral Welded & Saw Welded Pipes.
o Stainless Steel Tubes as per 304 & 316 and other higher and lower grades.
o Stainless Steel Pipe Fittings and Alloy Steel Pipe Fittings.
We are associated with the companies like M/s. Jindal Pipes Limited, M/s.Jindal (India) Limited, M/s.
Maharashtra Seamless Limited (Nagathone at Maharashtra) ,M/s. Welspun, M/s. Lalit pipes, M/s. Jindal Saw Limited & ISMT
Sr. No. Material Size Thickness Specification
1 M. S. & G. I.
15 NB To 150 NB
A, B, C Class IS 1239
200 NB To 500 NB
4.85 mm To 12.7 mm Thk.
IS 3589 (Fe 330, Fe 410)
Note :
Special Tube : Saw Pipes Tube & Steam Pipes, Precision Tubes, Fabricated Pipe (with radiography)
In Form of : Round, Square, Rectangle, Oval, Coil, Flexible Pipe, Shaft, ‘U’ Shape, Hydraulic Tube & Horn Tube.
In Length of : Standard length & In Cut length also.
Other Services : Draw & Expansion as per required Size & Length, Heat Treatment, Bending, Galvanizing, Anneling & Pickled, Sand Blasting, Machining (CNC) Etc.
Specialize : Square Tube, Rectangle Tube & Odd Size
Our aim is to take it further, by building partnerships fostered by trust and mutual understanding, providing genuine and best quality products to our customers with the fastest delivery time at the most competitive prices and striving to achieve highest levels of customer satisfaction. We cater to the piping demands of a wide range of industries like Sugar industries, Paper Mills, Chemical Mills, Automobile Industries, Power Plant Mfg., Fire Fighting Contractors, Air Conditioning Contractors, Boiler Manufacturers, etc. by way of our widespread product portfolio which includes M.S and G.I ERW PIPES, carbon steel and alloy steel SEAMLESS PIPES, ETC.
ERW Steel Pipes and Tubes
Based on the end user customer's requirement, ERW (electric resistance welded) steel pipes and tubes are available in various qualities, wall thicknesses, and diameters of the finished pipes. While manufacturing ERW steel pipes, only high-quality, continuous-cast, fully killed, control-rolled, fine-grain, low-carbon steel is used. High performance ERW steel pipes and tubes possess high strength corrosion resistance, high deformability, high strength and high toughness. Before reaching the market place, ERW steel tubes and pipes are routed through numerous tests including a hydro-test, an ultrasonic weld inspection, bevel check, micrometer check, straightness evaluation, and ring gouge to ensure it’s quality. These pipes are used in fencing, line pipes, oil country tubulars, scaffolding, water and gas conveyance, structural, engineering purpose. There has been a tremendous increase in the production of ERW steel tubes due to growing demand in oil & gas industry, infrastructure and automobile usages.
Black Steel Pipes and Tubes
When steel pipe is forged, a black oxide scale forms on its surface to give it the finish which is seen on this type of pipe. Because steel is subject to rust and corrosion, the factory also coats it with protective oil. Those black steel are used for manufacturing pipe and tube, which will not rust for a long time and requires very little maintenance. It is sold in standard 21-foot lengths TBE. Black steel pipes and tubes are cut and threaded to fit the job. Fittings for this type of pipe are of black malleable (soft) cast iron. They connect by screwing onto the threaded pipe, after applying a small amount of pipe joint compound on the threads. Larger diameter pipe is welded rather than threaded. Black steel pipe is cut either with a heavy-duty tube cutter or cutoff saw or by hacksaw.
As per IS-1239/IS-3589 ERW PIPE A,B,C (Light, Medium, Heavyclass) Jindal/ Asian / JINDAL / Suryaprakash Welspun and other make
Stockists, suppliers & importers of……… ¬ CARBON & ALLOY STEEL SEAMLESS PIPES &
TUBES ¬ ERW PIPES (BLACK & GALVANIZED) ¬ CARBON & ALLOY STEEL BOILER &
SUPER HEATER TUBES ¬ CARBON & ALLOY STEEL HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES ¬ CEW/CDW TUBES ¬ SQUARE & RECTANGULAR PIPES/TUBES When you deal with us, you are
assured of……….. ¬ A complete range of SIZE, SPECIFICATIONS & GRADE of material. ¬ Assured Quality - right from raw material to end product stage, since we offer world renowned makes such as
MSL, ISMT, JINDAL SAW, Jindal Pipes Ltd., T.I., Asian, Bhushan, Apollo, Lloyds, etc. ¬ A complete understanding of your end use, specially for odd sizes or grades ¬ Timely deliveries Our range : ¬
CARBON STEEL SEAMLESS PIPES AS PER ASTM A 106 GR.B/API 5L GR.B/ASTM A 53 GR.B ¬ CARBON STEEL SEAMLESS TUBES AS PER BS 3059, ASTM A 179, ASTM A 192, ASTM A 210 GR.A1, ¬ ALLOY STEEL SEAMLESS PIPES AS PER ASTM A 335 GR.P5, P11, P22 ¬ Low
temperature Pipes to ASTM A 333 GR.6 ¬ ALLOY STEEL SEAMLESS TUBES AS PER ASTM A 213 GR. T11, T22 ¬ ERW BLACK PIPES AS PER IS:1239/I, IS: 3589 GR.330 OR GR.410 ¬
GALVANISED PIPES AS PER IS:1239/I ¬ SQUARE & RECTANGULAR PIPES AS PER IS: 4923 ¬ ERW BOILER TUBES: BS 3059, ASTM A 214 ¬ AIR PRE HEATER TUBES to BS: 6323 PART V ¬
HYDRAULIC TUBES TO DIN 2391 ST. 35, ST. 45 & ST. 52 ¬ SEAMLESS HEAT EXCHANGER
TUBES ASTM A 179 ¬ CDW TUBES IS: 3074 OR BS 980 ¬ CRCA ERW TUBES TO IS 3601 OR IS 3074 ¬ SPECIAL SHAPED TUBES LIKE HEXAGONAL TUBES, OVAL TUBES, ELLIPTICAL TUBES, AS PER CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS
We are Authorised Distributors and Stockist for JINDAL STAR, JINDAL, PRAKASH SURYA, APL
APOLLO, T.T.SWASTIK, TNT, SHREE, JINDAL (INDIA) AND VC.
We have sizes ranging from 15mm TO 300mm, confirming as per IS:1239 / IS:3589 / IS:1161 / IS: 4923,
for use in Water, Gas, Fire Fighting, Scaffolding and Structural purpose in all Light, Medium and Heavy
Series.
We are also stockist for M.S. Square & Rectangular pipes, used for Amusement Parks, Bridges, Industrial
Puproses, etc....
We are the fastest growing Steel Tubes and Pipes distributor in Tamilnadu.
We have met our target because of our timely response, better product availability and comparable market
price. We maintain a continous effort towards giving best quality with best service to all our clients.
We are the stockist of M.S ERW Black Pipes. We supply these pipes according to the client needs and specifications: Size Range : ½” to 24”, w.th. 2mm to 12.7mm Grades:
• IS:1239 Part I (1/2” to 6” NB – A CLASS, B CLASS OR C CLASS)
• IS: 3589 GR.330 OR GR.410 (6” NB AND ABOVE AS PER REQUIRED W.TH.)
• IS: 1161
• IS: 9295
• ASTM A 500 GR.A OR B
We can also supply odd sizes, i.e. non-standard sizes and sizes above 24" against specific order
We Dinesh Metal industries are one of the leading Manufacturer and Exporters of MS Pipes, Mild Steel Pipes from India. We offer the best quality Mild Steel Pipes & Tubes which are used widely and are demanded all over. MS Steel Pipes Confirm To IS : 1239 (Part I) - 1979 Big Diameter MS ERW Pipes Confirm To IS 3589-1991[Grade 330/410]
• IS 1239 Pipes Light Class
• IS1239 Pipes Medium Class
• IS1239 Pipes Heavy Class
• IS1239 ERW Pipes
• MS ERW Pipes as per IS 1239 Part 1
• GI Pipes as per IS1239 Part 1
• GI Pipes as per IS 3589 GR. 330 & GR. 410
• GI Pipes Heavy Duty
• GI ERW Pipes as per IS1239 PART 1
• GI ERW Pipes as per IS3589 GR. 330 & GR. 410
• Galvanized Pipes as per IS 1239
• Galvanized Pipes as per IS3589
• Galvanized Pipes Heavy Duty
Cities We Deliver To:
Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, New Delhi, Pimpri-Chinchwad, Houston, Dubai, Seoul, Hyderabad,
Singapore, Abu Dhabi, Pune, Kolkata, Gurgaon, Navi Mumbai, Ahmedabad, Tehran, Calgary, Noida,
Riyadh, Vadodara, London, Coimbatore, Jakarta, Istanbul, Bangkok, Kuwait City, Thane, Sharjah,
Muscat, Edmonton, Busan, Mexico City, Doha, Jeddah, Aberdeen, Cairo, Geoje-si, Perth, Santiago,
Chandigarh, Indore, Kuala Lumpur, Rio de Janeiro, Dammam, Melbourne, Madrid, Surat, Bhopal, Ulsan,
Faridabad, La Victoria, Bogota, Lahore, Los Angeles, Algiers, Chiyoda, Ankara, Ho Chi Minh City,
Toronto, Hong Kong, Rajkot, Brisbane, Petaling Jaya, Ernakulam, Secunderabad, Gimhae-si, Al Jubail,
Port-of-Spain, Thiruvananthapuram, Milan, Atyrau, Lagos, Hanoi, Howrah, Sydney, Ahvaz, Karachi,
New York, Caracas, Vung Tau, Al Khobar, Manama, Montreal, Granada, Courbevoie, Visakhapatnam,
Ludhiana, Moscow, Dallas, Haryana, Colombo
Countries We Export To:
United States, United Arab Emirates, Canada, Pakistan, Peru, Chile, Spain, France, United Kingdom,
Indonesia, Israel, Iran, Kuwait, Mexico, Malaysia, Nigeria, Serbia, Singapore, Taiwan, Chile, Venezuela,
Ecuador, Saudi Arabia, Netherlands, Brazil, Colombia, Ghana, Iran, Denmark, Poland, Australia,
Afghanistan, Bahrain, Costa Rica, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, South Korea, Kazakhstan, Sri Lanka, Lithuania,
Norway, Oman, Philippines, Poland, Qatar, Russia, Vietnam, South Africa, Nigeria, Mexico, Turkey,
Hungary, Algeria, Angola, Argentina, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Bhutan,
Bolivia, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, Greece, Italy, Japan, Libya, Romania,
Thailand, Trinidad & Tobago,Tunisia, Ukraine, Yemen, Hong Kong, Gabon, China, Portugal,
Switzerland, New Zealand, Sweden, Slovakia, Kenya, Lebanon, Morocco, Mongolia
Inspection & Approval Certificates : EN10204 3.1 / DIN 50049 3.1 / ISO 10474 3.1 Mill Test Certificate, NACE MR-0175 / ISO 15156, NACE MR-01-03 / NACE MR-01-75 / ISO 15156, European Pressure Equipment Directive PED-97/23/EC, AD-2000-W0, ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Sec.II Part A Ed. 2008, with 3.2 certificate duly Certified & Approved by LRS (Lloyd's Register), GL (Germanischer Lloyd), BV (Bureau Veritas), DNV (Det Norske Veritas), ABS (American Bureau of Shipping), SGS, TUV, RINA, IRS, NORSOK Approved Standard M-630, M-650 Rev.3
IBR PIPES
Price Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes, Excellent Quality in Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes, Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Low Price, Best Price Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Inquire, Wide Range Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes, Offer Price Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes, Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Price List, Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Exporter, Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes India, Price List for Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes, Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Competitive Price Here
Dealers of steel pipes in Mumbai India | Dealers of steel pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of steel pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of steel pipes in Chennai | Exporters of steel pipes in Mumbai India | Exporters of seamless pipes in Mumbai India | Dealers of MS and GI pipes in Chennai | Dealers of MS and GI pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of MS and GI pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of MS and GI pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of seamless pipes in Chennai | Dealers of seamless pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of seamless pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of seamless pipes in Saudi Arabia | Exporters of ERW Boiler and Air Heater tubes in Mumbai India | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Tubes | Exporters of MS ERW and GI pipes in Mumbai India | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipe dealers in Chennai | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipe dealers in Saudi Arabia | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipe dealers in Indonesia Russia | MSL pipe dealers in Saudi Arabia | Exporters of ERW Boiler and Air Heater Tubes | Exporters of Steel Pipes | Exporters of seamless pipes | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipe dealers in Saudi Arabia | Distributors of Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipes in Iran | Distributors of Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipes in Saudi Arabia | Distributors of Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipes in Quatar Kuwait | Distributors of Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipes in Saudi Arabia | Distributors of Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipes in Mumbai India | Jindal Pipes Jindal Steel Jindal Tubes Pipe Dealers in Mumbai India | Dealers of MS pipes in Iran | Dealers of MS pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of MS pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of MS Pipes in Saudi Arabia | Exporters of MS pipes in Mumbai India | Dealers of GI Pipes in Chennai | Dealers of GI pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of GI pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of GI pipes in Saudi Arabia | Exporters of GI pipes in Mumbai India | Dealers of Galvanised pipes in Chennai | Dealers of galvanised pipes in Saudi Arabia | Dealers of galvanised pipes in Indonesia Russia | Dealers of galvanised pipes in Saudi Arabia | Exporters of galvanised pipes in Mumbai India
MILD STEEL PIPES CONFIRM TO IS : 1239 (PART I) - 1979
Nominal Bore Outside Diameter
Light (A-Class) Thickness Weight
Medium (B-Class) Thickness Weight
Heavy (C-Class) Thickness Weight
Inch mm Inch mm mm kg/mtr mm kg/mtr mm kg/mtr
1/8" 3 mm 0.406 10.32 1.80 0.361 2.00 0.407 2.65 0.493
1/4" 6 mm 0.532 13.49 1.80 0.517 2.35 0.650 2.90 0.769
3/8" 10 mm 0.872 17.10 1.80 0.674 2.35 0.852 2.90 1.02
1/2" 15 mm 0.844 21.43 2.00 0.952 2.65 1.122 3.25 1.45
3/4" 20 mm 1.094 27.20 2.35 1.410 2.65 1.580 3.25 1.90
1" 25 mm 1.312 33.80 2.65 2.010 3.25 2.440 4.05 2.97
1.1/4" 32 mm 1.656 42.90 2.65 2.580 3.25 3.140 4.05 3.84
1.1/2" 40 mm 1.906 48.40 2.90 3.250 3.25 3.610 4.05 4.43
2" 50 mm 2.375 60.30 2.90 4.110 3.65 5.100 4.47 6.17
2.1/2" 65 mm 3.004 76.20 3.25 5.840 3.65 6.610 4.47 7.90
3" 80 mm 3.500 88.90 3.25 6.810 4.05 8.470 4.85 10.1
4" 100 mm 4.500 114.30 3.65 9.890 4.50 12.10 5.40 14.4
5" 125 mm 5.500 139.70 - - 4.85 16.20 5.40 17.8
6" 150 mm 6.500 165.10 - - 4.85 19.20 5.40 21.2
BIG DIAMETER ERW PIPES CONFIRM TO IS 3589
Wall Thicknes
s
NominalBore 7" NB
193.7 mm OD
NominalBore 8" NB
219.1 mm OD
NominalBore 10" NB
273 mm OD
NominalBore 12" NB 323.7 mm
OD
NominalBore 14" NB 355.6 mm
OD
NominalBore 16" NB 406.4 mm
OD
NominalBore 18" NB
457mm OD
NominalBore 20" NB
508 mm OD
mm Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr Kg/mtr
4.85 22.59 25.62 32.07 38.13 - - - -
5.20 24.17 27.43 34.34 40.85 - - - -
5.60 26.00 29.28 36.93 43.93 48.11 - -
6.00 27.88 31.53 39.50 47.02 51.49 61.00 69.00 -
6.35 29.34 33.28 41.73 49.67 54.43 62.35 70.50 78.50
7.01 32.77 36.76 46.43 55.45 61.82 69.04 - -
7.94 - 41.00 50.95 61.85 67.98 77.94 87.80 -
8.18 - 42.56 53.42 65.12 - - - -
9.53 - 51.50 60.24 73.75 81.21 93.13 105.00 117.00
12.70 - - - - 107.28 123.30 139.00 155.00
Tolerance on Thickness and Weight : as per IS 1239 The following manufacturing tolerance shall be permitted on
the tubes and sockets.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATE FOR TUBES WITH STEEL COUPLINGS OR SCREWED AND SOCKETED JOINTS
(a) Thickness
(1) Butt welded Light tubes
+Not limited - 8 percent
Medium and Heavy tubes
+ Not Limited - 10 percent
(2) Seamless Tubes
+Not Limited - 12.5 percent
(b) Weight :
(1) Single tube (light series) +10 percent - 8 percent
(2) Single tube (medium & heavy Series)
+10 percent
Nominal Bore mm
Maximum Permissible
Pressure N/mm2
Kg./cm2 Maximum PermissibleTempreature
0C
Up to and Including 25
mm 1.20 12.24 260
Over 25 mm up to and
Including 40 mm
1.03 10.50 260
Over 40 mm up to and
Including 80 mm
0.86 8.77 260
Over 80 mm up to and Including 100 mm
0.69 7.04 260
0.83 8.77 177
Over 100 mm up to and Including 125 mm
0.69 7.04 171
Over 125 mm up to and Including 150 mm
0.50 5.10 160
For tubes fitted with appropriate flanges of suitably butt welded together,
the Max, permissible pressure shall be 21.00 Kg/cm2 and Max. permissible temp. 260 C
Equivalent Grades
ALLOY STEEL
Equivalent Grades
Internal Standard BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI
EN18 530A40 37Cr4 40Cr1 EN18 5140
EN24 817M40 34CrNiMo6 40NiCr4Mo3 EN24 4340
EN19C 709M40 - 40Cr4Mo3 EN19C 4140,4142
EN19 709M40 42Cr4Mo2 40Cr4Mo3 EN19 4140,4142
EN18D 530A40 37Cr4 40Cr1 EN18D 5140
EN18C 530A40 37Cr4 40Cr1 EN18C 5140
EN353 815M17 - 15NiCr1Mo12 EN353 -
EN18A 530A40 37Cr4 40Cr1 EN18A 5140
EN354 820M17 - 15NIVCr1Mo15 EN354 4320
27C15 - 28Mn6 27C15 - 1527
20MnCr5 - 20MnCr5 20MnCr1 - -
20Mn2 150M28 - 20Mn2 EN14A 1524
16MnCr5 - 16MnCr5 17Mn1Cr95 - 5120
15Cr3 523A14 15Cr3 15Cr65 EN206 5015
FILESTEEL - - - - -
EN18B 530A40 37Cr4 40Cr1 EN18B 5140
SCM420 708M20 - - - -
SAE8620 805M20 - 20NiCrMo2 EN362 SAE8620
CARBON STEEL
Internal Standard
Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI JIS
EN15B 150M36 36Mn5 37Mn2, 37C15 EN15B 1536 -
EN32B - CK15 C14 EN32B 1015,1016,1018 -
SAE1038 - CK38 - - 1038 -
EN43C - - C50 EN43C 1050 -
CK45 - CK45 45C8 1045 - -
EN9 070M55 CK55 C55 EN9 1055 -
C35 - C35 35C8, C35Mn75
- 1035 -
EN42 - CK75 80C6 EN42 1074 -
EN42B - C67 65C6 EN42B 1065 -
EN43 080M50 C55 60C6 EN43 1055 -
EN43B 080A47 CK45 - EN43B 1045 -
SAE1541 150M36 36Mn7 37C15 EN15,15A SAE1541 SMn438
EN8 080A40 CK45 45C8 EN8 1040,1045 -
EN8A 080A40 CK45 45C8 EN8A 1040,1045 -
EN8B 080A40 CK45 45C8 45C8 1040,1045 -
EN8C 080A40 CK45 45C8 EN8C 1040,1045 -
EN8D 080A40 CK45 45C8 EN8D 1040,1045 -
HIGH CARBON STEEL
Internal Standard Equivalent Grades
EN SAE/AISI JIS***
PC77 - 1075 SWRH77B
PC80 - 1080 SWRH82B
PC80CR - 1080 SWRH82B
PC270K - 1080 SWRH82B
PC270KCrV - 1080 SWRH82B
R30 EN5D 1030 SWRH32B
R35 - 1035 SWRH37B
R40 EN8 1040 SWRH42B
R45 EN43B 1045 SWRH47B
R50 - 1050 SWRH52B
R55 EN9 1055 SWRH57B
R60 EN43D 1060 SWRH62B
R65 EN42B 1065 SWRH67B
R70 - 1070 SWRH72B
R75 - 1075 SWRH77B, SUP3
R80 - 1080 SWRH82B
R80M - 1085 SWRH87B
R95 - 1090 3CD95A
SPRING STEEL
Internal Standard
Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI JIS
60Si7 - 60Si7 60Si7 EN45A - -
SUP7 - 59Si7 - EN45A 9260 SUP7
SUP12V 685A57 54SiCr6 - - 9254 SUP12V
55Si7 - 55Si7 55Si7 EN45A - -
EN45 250A53 55Si7 55Si2Mn90 EN45 9255 -
65Si7 - 65Si7 - EN45A 9260 -
EN45A 250A58 - - EN45A 9260 -
50CrV4 735A51 50CrV4 50Cr4V2 EN47 6150 SUP10
SAE9254 - - - - 9254 -
SUP7N - - - - 9260 SUP7N
SUP11A - - - - 51B60 SUP11A
SUP9 - 55Cr5 - - 5155 SUP9
BEARING QUALITY STEEL
Internal Standard Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI
SAE52100 534A99/535A99 100Cr6 103Cr1 EN31 SAE52100
EN31M 534A99/535A99 100Cr6 103Cr1 EN31M 52100
EN31 534A99/535A99 100Cr6 103Cr1 EN31 52100
COLD HEADING QUALITY STEEL - CHQ
Internal Standard
Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI JIS
SAE1020CHQ 070M20 CK22 C20 EN 3A SAE1020 SWRCH20A
SAE1022CHQ - - - - SAE1022 -
SAE4140CHQ 709M40 42CrMo4 40Cr4Mo3 EN19 SAE4140 SCM440
SAE1018CHQ - H111 C-15Mn75 EN2C SAE1018 -
SAE1541CHQ 150M36 36Mn7 37C15 EN15,15A SAE1541 SMn438
15B41 - - - - 15B41 -
1045CHQ - CK45,C45 45C8,C45 - 1045 -
SAE1015CHQ - CK15 - EN32B SAE1015 -
1038CHQ - CK38 - - 1038 -
SAE1012CHQ 040A12 CK10 C7, C10 2A/1,2B SAE1012 SWRCH12A
15B25 - - 26C10BT - 15B25 -
SAE1010CHQ - CK10 C10 - SAE1010 -
10B21 - - 21C10BT - 10B21 -
SAE1008CHQ 040A04 C10 C5 2A,2A/1,2B SAE1008 SWRCH8A
FREE CUTTING STEEL
Internal Standard
Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI JIS
EN15(AM) 216M36 - 40Mn15S12 ENI5(AM) 1137 -
EN1A 220Mo7 9SMn28 11C10S25 EN1A 1213 SUM22
EN1APB 220Mo7Pb 9SMnPb36 - EN1APB 12L14 SUM24L
EN8M 212M36 - 40C10S18 EN8M 1I46 -
SAE1146 - - 40C10S18 EN8M SAE1146 -
LOW CARBON STEEL
Internal Standard
Equivalent Grades
BS DIN IS EN SAE/AISI JIS
LCCF 040A04 C10 CS 2A, 2A/1, 2B SAE1008 SWRCH8A
SAE1015 - CK15 - - SAE1015 -
SAE1012 040A12 CK10 C7, C10 2A/1, 2B SAE1012 SWRCH12A
SAE1010 - CK10 C10 - SAE1010 -
SAE1008 040A04 C10 C5 2A, 2A/1, 2B SAE1008 SWRCH8A
SAE1020 070M20 CK22 C20 EN 3A SAE1020 SWRCH20A
P12 - - - - - -
SAE1018 - CK15 C15Mn75 EN32B,EN32C SAE1018 -
MATERIAL CROSS REFERENCE LIST CARBON STEEL
USA Japan Germany U. K. France Italy Spain Sweden China
AISI/SAE JIS W.-nr. DIN BS EN AFNOR UNI UNE SS GB
A570.36 STKM 12A STKM 12C
1.0038 RSt.37-2 4360 40 C
– E 24-2 Ne
– – 1311 15
1015 – 1.0401 C15 080M15 – CC12 C15, C16 F.111 1350 15 1020 – 1.0402 C22 050A20 2C CC20 C20, C21 F.112 1450 20
1213 SUM22 1.0715 9SMn28 230M07 1A S250 CF9SMn28 F.2111 11SMn28
1912 Y15
12L13 SUM22L 1.0718 9SMnPb28 – – S250Pb CF9SMnPb28 11SMnPb28 1914 – – – 1.0722 10SPb20 – – 10PbF2 CF10Pb20 10SPb20 – – 1215 – 1.0736 9SMn36 240M07 1B S300 CF9SMn36 12SMn35 – Y13 12L14 – 1.0737 9SMnPb36 – – S300Pb CF9SMnPb36 12SMnP35 1926 – 1015 S15C 1.1141 Ck15 080M15 32C XC12 C16 C15K 1370 15 1025 S25C 1.1158 Ck25 – – – – – – 25
A572-60 – 1.890 StE380 4360 55 E
– – FeE390KG – 2145 –
1035 – 1.0501 C35 060A35 – CC35 C35 F.113 1550 35 1045 – 1.0503 C45 080M46 – CC45 C45 F.114 1650 45 1140 – 1.0726 35S20 212M36 8M 35MF4 – F210G 1957 – 1039 – 1.1157 40Mn4 150M36 15 35M5 – – – 40Mn 1335 SMn438(H) 1.1167 36Mn5 – – 40M5 – 36Mn5 2120 35Mn2 1330 SCMn1 1.1170 28Mn6 150M28 14A 20M5 C28Mn – – 30Mn 1035 S35C 1.1183 Cf35 060A35 – XC38TS C36 – 1572 35Mn 1045 S45C 1.1191 Ck45 080M46 – XC42 C45 C45K 1672 Ck45 1050 S50C 1.1213 Cf53 060A52 – XC48TS C53 – 1674 50 1055 – 1.0535 C55 070M55 9 – C55 – 1655 55 1060 – 1.0601 C60 080A62 43D CC55 C60 – – 60 1055 S55C 1.1203 Ck55 070M55 – XC55 C50 C55K – 55 1060 S58C 1.1221 Ck60 080A62 43D XC60 C60 – 1678 60Mn 1095 – 1.1274 Ck101 060A96 – XC100 – F.5117 1870 – W1 SK3 1.1545 C105W1 BW1A – Y105 C36KU F.5118 1880 – W210 SUP4 1.1545 C105W1 BW2 – Y120 C120KU F.515 2900 –
Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information
Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.
इटरनट मानक
“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”
“प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”Jawaharlal Nehru
“Step Out From the Old to the New”
“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार”Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live”
“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”
ह”ह”ह
IS 1239-1 (2004): Steel Tubes, Tubulars and Other WroughtSteel Fittings, Part 1: Steel Tubes (BI-LINGUAL) [MTD 19:Steel Tubes, Pipes abd Fittings]
© BIS 2009
B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D SMANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
tqykbZ@July 2009 ewY; oxZ@Price Group 4
vkbZ,l@IS 1239 (Hkkx@Part 1) : 2004
Hkkjrh; ekud
bLikr dh ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkefxz;k¡ rFkk fiVok¡bLikr dh vU; fQfVaxsa — fof'kf"V
Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡
¼ NBk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHTSTEEL FITTINGS — SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
vkbZlh,l@ICS 77.140.75
¼f}Hkk"kh@Bilingual½
© Hkk ek C;wjks 2009
Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjksekud Hkou] 9 cgknqj 'kkg T+kQj ekxZ
ubZ fnYyh 110002
bLikr dh ufydk,¡] ikbi vkSj fiQfVax fo"k; lfefr] ,eVhMh 19
izkDdFku
;g Hkkjrh; ekud (Hkkx 1) (NBk iqujh{k.k) bLikr dh ufydk,¡] ikbi vkSj fiQfVax fo"k; lfefr }kjk vafre :i fn, x, elkSnsdks èkkfRod bathfu;jh foHkkx ifj"kn }kjk vuqeksfnr fd, tkus ds i'pkr~ Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks }kjk xzg.k fd;k x;kA
bl ekud dk izFke izdk'ku 1958 esa gqvk rFkk rnuarj Øe'k% 1964] 1968] 1973] 1979 rFkk 1990 esa bldk iqujh{k.k fd;kx;kA
bl iqujh{k.k esa fuEufyf[kr eq[; la'kksèku fd, x, gSa%
d) ikapos iqujh{k.k ls lacafèkr lHkh la'kksèku 'kkfey dj fy, x, gSaA
[k) lhoughu ufydkvksa (ysMy fo'ys"k.k) ds fy, jklk;fud la?kVu dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gS rFkk osYMÑr ufy;ksa dsfuekZ.k ds fy, vkbZ,l 10748 osYMÑr ufy;ksa rFkk ibiksa ds fy, rRi&osfYyr bLikr fLVªi* ;k vkbZ,l 513 dksYMjksYM fuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khV rFkk fLVªi* dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA
x) lHkh fu£n"V vo;oksa ds fy, lhoughu V~;wcksa ds mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds ekeys esa vuqer varj dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA
?k) izo.kdksj Nksj okyh ufy;ksa dh vkiw£r ds izkoèkku dks 'kkfey dj fy;k x;k gSA
Steel Tubes, Pipes and Fittings Sectional Committee, MTD 19
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard (Part 1) (Sixth Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draftfinalized by the Steel Tubes, Pipes and Fittings Sectional Committee had been approved by the MetallurgicalEngineering Division Council.
This standard was first published in 1958 and subsequently revised in 1964, 1968, 1973, 1979 and 1990 respectively.
In this revision, the following main modifications have been made:
a) All the amendments on the fifth revision have been incorporated.
b) Chemical composition for seamless tubes (ladle analysis ) has been incorporated and for manufacturingof welded tubes, IS 10748 ‘Hot-rolled steel strip for welded tubes and pipes’ or IS 513 ‘Cold rolled lowcarbon steel sheets and strips’ have been included.
c) Permissible variation in case of product analysis of seamless tubes for all specified elements have beenincorporated.
d) Provision for supply of tubes with bevel end has been incorporated.
(Continued on third cover)
(rhljs doj ij tkjh)
AMENDMENT NO. 4 JUNE 2010 TO
IS 1239 (PART 1) : 2004 STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL FITTINGS —
SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
(Page 5, clause 10.1.1) — Substitute the following for the existing clause: ‘Each screwed tube shall be supplied with one socket conforming to IS 1239 (Part 2).’ (MTD 19)
Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India
AMENDMENT NO. 3 MAY 2008
TO
IS 1239 (PART 1) : 2004 STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS
AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL FITTINGS ― SPECIFICATION
( Sixth Revision )
(Page 2, clause 6.1.1, first sentence) ― Substitute the following for the existing:
‘Chemical composition of steel to be used for seamless steel tubes, shall comply with Table 1 in Ladle sample
analysis.’
(Page 3, clause 8.1.1) ― Add the following Note at the end:
‘NOTE ― Mass of plain end tubes is also applicable for threaded tube without socket.’
(Page 6, clause 17.3) ― Delete the ‘Note’.
(Page 6, clause 17.4) ― Add the following Note at the end:
‘NOTE ― Additional colour bands, as given in 17.2 to 17.4 may also be applied.’
(MTD 19)
Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India
1
vkbZ,l@IS 1239 (Hkkx/Part 1) : 2004
Hkkjrh; ekud
bLikr dh ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkefxz;k¡ rFkk fiVok¡bLikr dh vU; fQfVaxsa — fof'kf"V
Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡Hkkx 1 bLikr dh ufy;k¡
¼ NBk iqujh{k.k ½
Indian Standard
STEEL TUBES, TUBULARS AND OTHER WROUGHTSTEEL FITTINGS — SPECIFICATION
PART 1 STEEL TUBES
( Sixth Revision )
1 SCOPE
1.1 This standard (Part 1) covers the requirements forwelded and seamless plain end or screwed and socketedsteel tubes intended for use for water, non-hazardousgas, air and steam. This standard is applicable to tubesof size 6 mm nominal bore to 150 mm nominal bore.
1.2 Medium and heavy tubes only are recommendedfor carrying steam services. The maximum permissiblepressure and temperatures for different sizes of tubesare given in Annex A for guidance only.
2 REFERENCES
The following standards contain provisions, whichthrough reference in this text, constitute provisions ofthis standard. At the time of publication, the editionsindicated were valid. All standards are subject to revisionand parties to agreements based on this standard areencouraged to investigate the possibility of applyingthe most recent editions of the standards indicated below:
IS No. Title
228 Method for chemical analysis of steels513 : 1994 Cold-rolled low carbon steel sheets
and strips (fourth revision)554 : 1999 Pipe threads where pressure-tight
joints are made on the threads —Dimensions, tolerances anddesignation (fourth revision)
11111 fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k fo"k; {ks=k
1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 bl ekud (Hkkx 1) esa ty] [krjkjfgr xSl] ok;q ,oaHkki ds fy, iz;ksx gsrq vk'kf;r osYMÑr rFkk lhoujfgr lknsNksj okyh ;k pwM+hnkj ,oa lkWdsV;qDr bLikr ufydkvksa dhvis{kk,¡ nh xbZ gSaA
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Hkki lsokvksa ds ogu ds fy, dsoy eè;e vkSj Hkkjhufydkvksa dh fliQkfj'k dh xbZ gSA fofHkUu vkdkjksa dh ufydkvkasds fy, vuqer vfèkdre nkc rFkk rkieku dsoy ekxZn'kZugsrq vuqcaèk ^d* esa fn, x, gSaA
22222 lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ lanHkZ
fuEufyf[kr ekudksa esa os izkoèkku lfUufgr gSa tks bl ikB esalanHkZ ds ekè;e ls bl ekud ds izkoèkkuksa dk la?kVu djrs gSaAizdk'ku ds l;e fu£n"V laLdj.k oS| FksA lHkh ekud iqujh{k.kds vèkhu gSa rFkk bl ekud ij vkèkkfjr djkjksa ds i{kdkjksadks uhps fu£n"V ekudksa ds lokZfèkd uohu laLdj.kksa dks ykxwdjus dh laHkkouk dk irk yxkus ds fy, izksRlkfgr fd;k tkrkgS%
vkbZ,l l- 'kh"kZd228 bLikr dh jklk;fud fo'ys"k.k i¼fr513 % 1994 dksYM jksYM fuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khVsa rFkk
ifV~V;k¡ (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)554 % 1999 ikbi dh pwfM+;k¡ tgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls
tksM+ yxk, tkrs gS — vk;ke] NwVsa rFkkin uke (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)
2
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
IS No. Title
1239 Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other(Part 2) : 1992 wrought steel fittings: Part 2 Mild
steel socket, tubulars and otherwrought steel pipe fittings (fourthrevision)
1387 : 1993 General requirements for the supplyof metallurgical materials (secondrevision)
1608 : 1995 Mechanical testing of metals —Tensile testing (second revision)
2328 : 1983 Method for flattening test on metallictubes (first revision)
2329 : 1985 Method for bend test on metallictubes (in full section) (firstrevision)
4711 : 1974 Methods for sampling of steel pipes,tubes and fittings (first revision)
4736 : 1986 Hot dip zinc coatings on mild steeltubes (first revision)
4740 : 1979 Code of practice for packaging ofsteel tubes (first revision)
8999 : 1979 Gauging practice for pipe threadswhere pressure tight joints arerequired on the threads
10748 : 1995 Hot rolled steel strip for welded tubesand pipes (first revision)
12278 : 1988 Method for ring tensile test onmetallic tubes
3 TERMINOLOGY
3.1 Black Tube
Tube as manufactured without any subsequent surfacetreatment.
3.2 Nominal Bore
A size reference denoting the approximate bore of thetube. For each size of tube, the outside diameter is fixedby the corresponding screw thread dimensions ofIS 554 and therefore, the actual bore of each size oftube will vary according to the thickness.
3.3 Plain End
The end of the tubes shall be finished clean.
3.4 Bevel End
The finished tube end shall be with a specified angleand root face as given in Fig. 1.
3.5 Tube, Pipe
A long, hollow, open-ended object of circular or othercross-section. The term tube is synonymous with theterm pipe.
vkbZ,l l- 'kh"kZd
1239 e`nq bLikr ufy;k¡] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk(Hkkx 2)% 1992 fiVok¡ bLikr dh vU; fiQfVax% Hkkx 2 enq
bLikr lkdsV] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU;fiVok¡ bLikr ikbi fiQfVaXl (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)
1387 % 1993 èkkfRod lkexzh dh vkiw£r ds fy, lkekU;vis{kk,¡ (nwljk iqujh{k.k)
1608 % 1995 èkkrqvksa dk vfHk;kaf=kd ijh{k.k&ruu ijh{k.k(nwljk iqujh{k.k)
2328 % 1993 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdh i¼fr (igyk iqujh{k.k)
2329 % 1985 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij ueu ijh{k.k dhi¼fr (iw.kZ vuqHkkx esa) (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4711 % 1974 bLikr dh ikbikas] ufydkvksa rFkk fiQfVaXlds izfrp;u dh i¼fr (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4736 % 1986 e`nq bLikr ufydkvksa ij xeZ fMi tLrkysiu (igyk iqujh{k.k)
4740 % 1979 bLikr ufydkvksa ds iSd fd, tkus dhjhfr lafgrk (igyk iqujh{k.k)
8999 % 1979 ikbi dh pwfM+;ksa dk eki ysus dh jhfrtgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls tksM+ vko'd gSa
10748 % 1995 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ,oa ikbiksa ds fy, rIrosfYyr bLikr dh iV~Vh (igyk iqujh{k.k)
12278 % 1988 èkkfRod ufydkvksa ij fjax ruu ijh{k.kdh i¼fr
3 3 3 3 3 ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh
3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 dkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydkdkyh ufydk
;Fkkfu£er ufydk ftlij dksbZ lrg mipkj u fd;k x;k gksA
3-23-23-23-23-2 vfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksj
ufydk dk yxHkx cksj bafxr djus okyk vkdkj lanHkZA izR;sdvkdkj dh ufydk ds fy, cká O;kl dk fu|kZj.k vkbZ,l 554esa nh xbZ ln`'k pwM+h ekikas ds vuqlkj fd;k tkrk gS rFkkblfy, izR;sd vkdkj dh ufydk dk okLrfod cksj mldheksVkbZ ds vuqlkj gksxkA
3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 lknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksjlknk Nksj
ufydkvksa ds fljksa dh liQkbZ iwoZd vafre :i fn;k tk,xkA
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 csoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksjcsoy (ço.kdks.k) Nksj
ufydk dk vafre :i fn;k x;k Nksj vkÑfr 1 eas ;Fkk fn,x, fofu£"V dks.k rFkk vkèkkj iQyd okyk gksxkA
3-53-53-53-53-5 ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi ufydk] ikbi
xksy ;k vU; varizZLFk dkV okyh yEch] [kks[kyh] nksuksa vksjls [kqys Nksjksa okyh oLrqA 'kCn ^V~;wc* ikbi 'kCn dk i;kZ;gSA
3
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
3.6 Socket
The screwed coupling utilized in joining the tubestogether.
NOTE — The term socket is synonymous with the termcoupler.
3.7 Length
3.7.1 Random Length
Normal manufacturing lengths, which may vary over awide range; alternatively, a length range may be agreedto between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
3.7.2 Exact Length of Screwed and Socketed Tube
The length of the tube exclusive of the socket.
3.7.3 Length of Screwed and Socketed Tube
The length of the tube inclusive of the socket on oneend with handling tight.
NOTE — Handling tight means that the socket is so tightfitted that it should not fall down during handling or transit.
4 DESIGNATION
Steel tubes covered by this standard shall bedesignated by their nominal bore and shall be furtherclassified as light, medium and heavy depending onthe wall thickness; and screwed and socketed or plain-end/bevel-end to denote end condition, and black orgalvanized to denote surface condition.
5 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS
General requirements relating to the supply of steeltubes shall conform to IS 1387.
3-63-63-63-63-6 lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV lkdsV
ufydkvksa dks ,d lkFk tksM+us ds fy, iz;qDr fd;k tkus okykpwM+hnkj ;qXedA
fVIi.kh — 'kCn lkdsV 'kCn ;qXed dk i;kZ; gSA
3-73-73-73-73-7 yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ
3-7-13-7-13-7-13-7-13-7-1 ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ
lkekU; mRiknu yEckb;k¡ ftuesa O;kid varj gks ldrk gSoSdfYid :i ls yEckbZ lhek Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ;FkklEer yEckbZ gksxhA
3-7-23-7-23-7-23-7-23-7-2 pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV ;qDr ufydk dh okLrfod yEckbZ
lkdsV ds fcuk ufydk dh yEckbZA
3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 3-7-3 pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydk dh yEckbZ
,d Nksj ij dldj yxs lkWdsV lfgr ufydk dh yEckbZ
fVIi.kh — dldj yxs lkdsV dk vFkZ gS fd lkdsV bl izdkj dldjyxk gks fd og izgLru ;k ekxZLFk gksus ds nkSjku uhps u fxjsA
44444 inuke inuke inuke inuke inuke
bl ekud esa 'kkfey bLikr ufydkvksa dks muds vfHkfgr cksj}kjk uke fn;k tk,xk rFkk fHkfÙk dh eksVkbZ ds vkèkkj ij mUgsavkxs gydk] eè;e vkSj Hkkjh dh Jsf.k;ksa esa rFkk Nksj dhvoLFkk n'kkZus ds fy, pwM+hnkj ;k lkdsV;qDr vFkok lkns@ço.kdks.k Nksj okyh rFkk lrg voLFkk dks fu£n"V djus ds fy,dkyh ;k tLrkÑr ds :i esa Js.khÑr fd;k tk,xkA
5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r5 lkexzh dh vkiw£r
bLikr ufydkvksa dh iw£r ls lacafèkr lkekU; vis{kk,¡vkbZ ,l 1387 ds vuq:i gksaxhA
vkÑfr 1 30° izo.kdks.k okyk ufydk dk NksjFIG. 1 TUBE END WITH 30° BEVELLING
0-8 fe-eh- (U;wure) 0-8 fe-eh- (U;wure)
4
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
6 MANUFACTURE
6.1 Seamless steel tube shall be made from testedquality steel manufactured by any approved processand shall be fully killed.
6.1.1 Chemical composition of the steel shall complywith Table 1 in Ladle Sample analysis.
Table 1 Chemical Composition (Ladle Analysis)Percent, Max
Carbon Manganese Sulphur Phosphorus
(1) (2) (3) (4)
0.20 1.30 0.040 0.040
6.2 The welded tubes shall be manufactured from hot-rolled steel strip for welded tubes and pipes conformingto IS 10748 or Cold-rolled low carbon steel sheets andstrips conforming to IS 513.
6.3 Steel tubes shall be manufactured through one ofthe following processes:
a) Hot finished seamless (HFS);b) Cold finished seamless (CDS);c) Hot finished welded (HFW); andd) Electric resistance welded or high frequency
induction welded (ERW or HFIW).
NOTE — Tubes made by manual welding are not coveredby this specification.
6.4 Light, medium and heavy tubes shall be eitherwelded or seamless as agreed to between the purchaserand the manufacturer.
6.5 For welded tubes, the height of the internal weld finshall not be greater than 60 percent of the specifiedwall thickness.
6.6 All electric wired tubes used for steam servicesshall be normalized. Only medium and heavy class oftube shall normally be used for steam services.
NOTE — HFS and HFW tubes need not be normalized.
7 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
7.1 The analysis of steel shall be carried out either bythe method specified in IS 228 and its relevant parts orany other established instrumental/chemical methods.In case of dispute the procedure given in IS 228 and itsrelevant parts shall be the referee method. However,where method is not given in IS 228 and its relevantparts, the referee method shall be as agreed to betweenthe purchaser and the manufacturer.
7.1.1 Product Analysis
If so agreed between the purchaser and the
6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k6 fuekZ.k
6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 lhoujfgr ufydk dk fuekZ.k fdlh vuqeksfnr izfØ;k}kjk fu£er ijhf{kr xq.krk okys bLikr ls fd;k tk,xk rFkk blsiw.kZr% e`r fd;k tk,xkA
6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 6-1-1 bLikr dk jklk;fud la?kVu ysMy uewuk fo'ys"k.k esalkj.kh 1 ds vuq:i gksxkA
lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)lkj.kh 1 jklk;fud la?kVd (ysMy fo'ys"k.k)izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] izfr'kr] vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre
dkcZudkcZudkcZudkcZudkcZu eSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuhteSaxuht lYiQjlYiQjlYiQjlYiQjlYiQj iQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjliQkLiQksjl(1) (2) (3) (4)
0.20 1.30 0.040 0.040
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 osYMd`r ufydkvksa dk fuekZ.k vkbZ,l 10748 ds vuq:iosYMd`r ufydkvksa rFkk ikbiksa ds fy, rIr osfYyr dh xbZbLikr iV~Vh vFkok vkbZ,l 513 ds vuq:i 'khr&jksy dh xbZfuEu dkcZu bLikr 'khVksa ls fd;k tk,xkA
6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 bLikr ufydkvkas dk fuekZ.k fuEu esa ls fdlh ,d izfØ;k}kjk fd;k tk,xk%
d) rRi rS;kj lhou jfgr (,p,iQ,l)_[k) 'khr rS;kj lohu jfgr (lhMh,l)_x) r`Ir rS;kj osYMÑr (,p,iQMCY;w)_ rFkk?k) fo|qr izfrjksèkd osYMÑr vFkok mPp vko`fÙk izsj.k
osYMÑr (bZvkjMCY;w ;k ,p,iQvkbZMCY;w)A
fVIi.kh — gLr osfYMax }kjk fu£er ufydka, bl fof'k"V esa ufydkax
'kkfey ugha gSaA
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 gYdh] eè;e rFkk Hkkjh ufy;k¡ Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp gqbZlgefr ds vuqlkj ;k rks osYMÑr gksaxh vFkok lhoujfgr gksaxhA
6-56-56-56-56-5 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds fy,] vkarfjd osYM fiQu dhm¡QpkbZ fu£n"V fHkfÙk eksVkbZ ds 60 izfr'kr ls vfèkd ugha gksxhA
6-66-66-66-66-6 Hkki lsokvksa ds fy, iz;qDr dh tkus okyh lHkh fo|qrosYMÑr ufy;k¡ izlkekU;Ñr gksaxhA Hkki lsokvksa ds fy,lkekU;r% dsoy eè;e rFkk Hkkjh Js.kh dh ufydk dk ghbLrseky fd;k tk,xkA
fVIi.kh μ ,p,iQl rFkk ,p,iQMCY;w ufydkvksa dks izlkekU;Ñr
fd;k tkuk vko';d ugha gSA
7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu7 jklk;fud la?kVu
7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 bLikr dk fo'ys"k.k vkbZ,l 228 rFkk blds laxr Hkkxksa esafu£n"V i¼fr }kjk ;k fdlh vU; LFkkfir ;k¡f=kd@jklk;fud i¼fr}kjk fd;k tk,xkA fookn ds ekeys esa vkbZ,l 228 rFkk blds laxrHkkxksa esa nh xbZ izfØ;kfofèk lanHkZ i¼fr gksxhA rFkkfi tgk¡ vkbZ,l228 rFkk blds laxr Hkkxksa esa i¼fr ugha nh xbZ gS ogk¡ lanHkZ i¼frØsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ;Fkk lEer i¼fr gksxhA
7-1-17-1-17-1-17-1-17-1-1 mRikn fo'ys"k.k
;fn Øsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ,slh lgefr gks rks mRikn
5
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
manufacturer, the product analysis may be carried out.Maximum permissible variations in the case of productanalysis over the maximum limits specified in Table 1shall be as given in Table 2.
Table 2 Permissible Variation for Product Analysis(Clause 7.1.1)
SI No. Content Variation Over Specified Limit Percent, Max
(1) (2) (3)
i) Carbon 0.02 ii) Manganese 0.04
iii) Sulphur 0.005 iv) Phosphorus 0.005
NOTE — In case of welded tubes, product analysis shall not be applicable to rimming steel.
8 DIMENSIONS
8.1 The dimensions and nominal mass of tubes shallbe in accordance with Tables 3, 4 and 5 subject to thetolerances permitted in 9.
fo'ys"k.k fd;k tk ldrk gSA mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds ekeys esalkj.kh 1 esa fu£n"V vfèkdre lhekvksa dh rqyuk esa vfèkdrevuqer varj lkj.kh 2 esa fn, x, vuqlkj gksxkA
lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh lkj.kh 22222 mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj mRikn fo'ys"k.k ds fy, vuqer varj([kaM 7-1-1)
Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la-Ø-la- fo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrqfo"k; oLrq fu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukfu£n"V izfr'kr lhek dh rqyukesa varj] esa varj] esa varj] esa varj] esa varj] vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre
(1) (2) (3)i) dkcZu 0-02
ii) eSaxuht 0-04iii) lYiQj 0-005iv) iQkLiQksjl 0-005fVIi.kh — osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds ekeys esa mRikn fo'ys"k.k fjfeax bLikr ij
iz;ksT; ugha gksxkA
8 8 8 8 8 vk;kevk;kevk;kevk;kevk;ke
8-18-18-18-18-1 ufydkvksa ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj [kaM 99999 esa vuqerNwVksa ds vèkhu lkj.kh 3] 4 rFkk 5 ds vuqlkj gksxkA
lkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 3 gydh bLikr dh ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1 rFkk 10-1-1-1)
��������� � �� �� ������ ��������� �
���� � ������� �����
������� �
��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.1 9.7 1.8 0.360 0.363 8 13.6 13.2 1.8 0.515 0.519
10 17.1 16.7 1.8 0.670 0.676 15 21.4 21.0 2.0 0.947 0.956 20 26.9 26.4 2.3 1.38 1.39 25 33.8 33.2 2.6 1.98 2.00 32 42.5 41.9 2.6 2.54 2.57 40 48.4 47.8 2.9 3.23 3.27 50 60.2 59.6 2.9 4.08 4.15 65 76.0 75.2 3.2 5.71 5.83 80 88.7 87.9 3 . 2 6.72 6.89
100 113.9 113.0 3.6 9.75 10.0
Table 3 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes(Clauses 8.1 and 10.1.1.1)
Outside Diameter Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum
Thickness
Plain End Screwed and Socketed mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.1 9.7 1.8 0.360 0.363 8 13.6 13.2 1.8 0.515 0.519
10 17.1 16.7 1.8 0.670 0.676 15 21.4 21.0 2.0 0.947 0.956 20 26.9 26.4 2.3 1.38 1.39 25 33.8 33.2 2.6 1.98 2.00 32 42.5 41.9 2.6 2.54 2.57 40 48.4 47.8 2.9 3.23 3.27 50 60.2 59.6 2.9 4.08 4.15 65 76.0 75.2 3.2 5.71 5.83 80 88.7 87.9 3 . 2 6.72 6.89
100 113.9 113.0 3.6 9.75 10.0
6
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
lkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 4 eè;e bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1)
��������� � ������� � �� �� ������ �������� �
���� �������� ����� � ��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.6 9.8 2.0 0.404 0.407
8 14.0 13.2 2.3 0.641 0.645
10 17.5 16.7 2.3 0.839 0.845
15 21.8 21.0 2.6 1.21 1.22
20 27.3 26.5 2.6 l.56 1.57
25 34.2 33.3 3.2 2.41 2.43
32 42.9 42.0 3.2 3.10 3.13
40 48.8 47.9 3.2 3.56 3.60
50 60.8 59.7 3.6 5.03 5.10
65 76.6 75.3 3.6 6.42 6.54
80 89.5 88.0 4.0 8.36 8.53
100 115.0 113.1 4.5 12.20 12.50
125 140.8 138.5 4.8 15.90 16.40
150 166.5 163.9 4.8 18.90 19.50
Table 4 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes — Medium(Clause 8.1)
Outside Diameter Thickness Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum Plain End Screwed and Socketed
mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.6 9.8 2.0 0.404 0.407
8 14.0 13.2 2.3 0.641 0.645
10 17.5 16.7 2.3 0.839 0.845
15 21.8 21.0 2.6 1.21 1.22
20 27.3 26.5 2.6 l.56 1.57
25 34.2 33.3 3.2 2.41 2.43
32 42.9 42.0 3.2 3.10 3.13
40 48.8 47.9 3.2 3.56 3.60
50 60.8 59.7 3.6 5.03 5.10
65 76.6 75.3 3.6 6.42 6.54
80 89.5 88.0 4.0 8.36 8.53
100 115.0 113.1 4.5 12.2 12.5
125 140.8 138.5 4.8 15.9 16.4
150 166.5 163.9 4.8 18.9 19.5
8.1.1 Thickness and mass mentioned in Tables 3, 4and 5 are applicable to both black and galvanizedtubes.
8-1-18-1-18-1-18-1-18-1-1 lkj.kh 3] 4 rFkk 5 esa mfYyf[kr eksVkbzZ rFkk Hkkjdkyh rFkk tLrkÑr nksuksa izdkj dh ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;gksxkA
7
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
9 TOLERANCES ON THICKNESS AND MASS
9.1 The following manufacturing tolerances shall bepermitted on the tubes and sockets:
a) Thickness:
1) Welded tubes:Light tubes + not limited
– 8 percentMedium and heavy + not limitedtubes – 10 percent
2) Seamless tubes + not limited– 12.5 percent
b) Mass:
1) Single tube (light + 10 percentseries) – 8 percent
2) Single tube (medium ± 10 percentand heavy series)
3) For quantities per load + 7.5 percentof 10 tonnes, Min – 5 percent(light series)
4) For quantities per load ± 7.5 percentof 10 tonnes, Min(medium and heavyseries)
NOTE — For the purpose of minimum weighment of 10tonnes lot, the weighment may be done in convenient lotsat the option of the manufacturer.
10 JOINTS
10.1 All screwed tubes shall be supplied with pipethreads conforming to IS 554. Gauging in accordancewith IS 8999 shall be considered as an adequate testfor conformity of threads of IS 554.
10.1.1 Unless specified otherwise, tubes shall besupplied screwed with taper threads and fitted with onesocket having parallel thread. The socket shall conformto all requirements (except 6.4) of IS 1239 (Part 2).
10.1.1.1 In case of light tubes the application of taperpipe threads may be modified by permitting the outsidediameter of the tubes to be within the limits shown in col2 and 3 of Table 3. Where the tube approaches the lowerlimit of outside diameter, some incomplete threads(perfect at root and imperfect at the crest) may be expectedfrom and beyond the gauge plane. Such incompletethreads, shall not be regarded as justification for rejectionof the tubes. Also the minimum length of threads in lighttubes shall be 80 percent of that specified in IS 554.
10.2 The plain end pipes shall be supplied with squarecut. However, bevel end may also be supplied on mutualagreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer(see Fig. 1).
9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a9 eksVkbZ rFkk Hkkj lacaèkh NwVs a
9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 ufydkvksa rFkk lkdsVksa ds lacaèk esa fuEufyf[kr mRiknuNwVsa vuqer dh tk,axh%
d) eksVkbZ%1) osYMd`r ufy;k¡%
gydh ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 8 izfr'kr
eè;e rFkk Hkkjh ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 10 izfr'kr
2) lhou jfgr ufy;k¡ + dksbZ lhek ugha– 12-5 izfr'kr
[k) Hkkj%1) ,dy ufydk + 10 izfr'kr
(gydh J`a[kyk) – 8 izfr'kr2) ,dy ufydk (eè;e ± 10 izfr'kr
rFkk Hkkjh J`a[kyk)3) izfr 10 Vu Hkkj okyh + 7-5 izfr'kr
izek=kkvksa ds fy, U;wure – 5 izfr'kr(gydh J`a[kyk)
4) izfr 10 Vu Hkkj okyh ± 7-5 izfr'krizek=kkvksa ds fy, U;wure(eè;e rFkk Hkkjh J`a[kyk)
fVIi.kh — 10 Vu ds lewg ds U;wure Hkkj ds iz;kstukFkZ] Hkkj rksyfuekZrk osQ fodYi ij lqfo/ktud lewgksa esa fd;k tk ldrk gSA
10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+10 tksM+
10-110-110-110-110-1 lHkh pwM+hnkj ufydkvksa dh vkiw£r vkbZ,l 554 dsvuq:i ikbi pwfM+;ksa ds lkFk dh tk,xhA vkbZ,l 554 dhpwfM+;ksa dh vuq:irk ds fy, vkbZ,l 8999 ds vuqlkjekikadu dks i;kZIr ijh{k.k ekuk tk,xkA
10-1-110-1-110-1-110-1-110-1-1 ;fn vU;Fkk fu£n"V u fd;k x;k gks] rks ufydkvksa dhvkiw£r xkonqe pwfM+;ksa lfgr rFkk lekukarj pwM+h okys ,dlkdsV ds lkFk fiQV djds dh tk,xhA lkdsV vkbZ,l 1239(Hkkx 2) dh lHkh vis{kkvksa (flok, 6-46-46-46-46-4) ds vuq:i gksxkA
10-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-110-1-1-1 gydh ufydkvksa ds ekeys esa] ufydkvksa ds ckáO;kl dks lkj.kh 3 ds dkye 2 rFkk 3 eas n'kkZ;h xbZ lhekvksads Hkhrj gksus dh vuqefr nsdj xkonqe ikbi pwfM;k¡ dsvuqiz;ksx esa la'kksèku fd;k tk ldrk gSA tgk¡ ufydk ckáO;kl dh fuEure lhek ds yxHkx lfUudV gks] ogk¡ xst lrgls rFkk mlls vkxs dqN viw.kZ pwfM+;ksa (ewy ij iw.kZ rFkk 'kh"kZij vèkwjh) gksuk laHkkfor gS] ,slh viw.kZ pwfM;ksa ds vkèkkj ijufydkvkas dks vLohdkj djuk ;qfDrlaxr ugha ekuk tk,xkAlkFk gh gYdh ufydkvksa esa pwfM+;ksa dh U;wure yEckbZ vkbZ,l554 esa fu£n"V yEckbZ dk 80 izfr'kr gksxhA
10-210-210-210-210-2 lkns Nksj okyh ikbiksa dks oxkZdkj dVko fn;k tk,xkA rFkkfiØsrk rFkk fuekZrk ds chp ikjLifjd lgefr gksus ij izo.k dks.kNksj okyh ikbisa Hkh vkiwfjr dh tk ldrh gSaA (ns[kaas vkÑfr 1)A
8
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
Table 5 Dimensions and Nominal Mass of Steel Tubes — Heavy
(Clauses 8.1 and 8.1.1)
Outside Diameter Thickness Mass of Tube Nominal Bore
Maximum Minimum Plain End Screwed and Socketed
mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.5 9.8 2.6 0.487 0.490
8 14.0 13.2 2.9 0.765 0.769
10 17.5 16.7 2.9 1.02 1.03
15 21.8 21.0 3.2 1.44 1.45
20 27.3 26.5 3.2 1.87 1.88
25 34.2 33.3 4.0 2.93 2.95
32 42.9 42.0 4.0 3.79 3.82
40 48.8 47.9 4.0 4.37 4.41
50 60.8 59.7 4.5 6.19 6.26
65 76.6 75.3 4.5 7.93 8.05
80 89.5 88.0 4.8 9.90 10.10
100 115.0 113.1 5.4 14.50 14.80
125 140.8 138.5 5.4 17.90 18.40
150 166.5 163.9 5.4 21.30 21.90
lkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkjlkj.kh 5 Hkkjh bLikr ufydkvks a ds vk;ke rFkk vfHkfgr Hkkj([kaM 8-1 vkSj 8-1-1)
��������� � ������� � �� �� ������ ������������ �
������� ����� � ��������� �������������� ��������
������� ������� ������� ������� �������������� ��������������
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
6 10.5 9.8 2.6 0.487 0.490
8 14.0 13.2 2.9 0.765 0.769
10 17.5 16.7 2.9 1.02 1.03
15 21.8 21.0 3.2 1.44 1.45
20 27.3 26.5 3.2 1.87 1.88
25 34.2 33.3 4.0 2.93 2.95
32 42.9 42.0 4.0 3.79 3.82
40 48.8 47.9 4.0 4.37 4.41
50 60.8 59.7 4.5 6.19 6.26
65 76.6 75.3 4.5 7.93 8.05
80 89.5 88.0 4.8 9.90 10.10
100 115.0 113.1 5.4 14.50 14.80
125 140.8 138.5 5.4 17.90 18.40
150 166.5 163.9 5.4 21.30 21.90
11 LENGTHS
Following tolerances shall be applied on lengths oftubes.
11.1 Random Length
4 to 7 m, unless otherwise specified includes one socketfor screwed and socketed tubes.
1111111111 yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ yEckbZ
ufydkvksa dh yEckbZ ds lacaèk esa fuEufyf[kr NwVsa iz;ksT; dhtk,axhA
11.1 ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ
4 ls 7 ehVj] tc rd fd vU;Fkk fu£n"V u fd;k x;k gksA blesapwM+hnkj rFkk lkWdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ,d lkdsV 'kkfey gSA
9
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
11.1.1 For orders of over 150 m of any one size of tube,it shall be permissible to supply short random lengthsfrom 2 to 4 m provided that the number of such lengthdoes not exceed 5 percent of the total number of lengthsfor sizes below 65 mm nominal bore and above, 7.5percent of such short random length shall be permitted.In addition, it shall be permissible for two lengths to bejoined together to make a random length, provided thatthe number of such joint lengths does not exceed 5percent of the total number of lengths for sizes below65 mm nominal bore and 7.5 percent of the total numberof lengths for sizes 65 mm and above.
11.2 Exact Length
Unless otherwise agreed to between the manufacturerand the purchaser, where exact lengths are specified,either for screwed and socketed tubes or for plain-endtubes each tube shall be within 6
0+− mm of the specified
length.
11.3 Approximate Length
When approximate lengths are required, either forscrewed and socketed tubes or for plain end tubes,each tube shall be within ±150 mm of the specifiedlength.
12 GALVANIZING
12.1 Where tubes are required to be galvanized, thezinc coating on the tubes shall be in accordance withIS 4736.
12.2 Tubes, which are to be screwed, shall be galvanizedbefore screwing.
13 LEAK PROOF TEST
13.1 Each tube shall be tested for leak tightness as anin-process test at manufacturer’s works either byhydrostatic test or alternatively by Eddy current test,in accordance with Annex B.
13.1.1 Hydrostatic test shall be carried out at apressuring of 5 MPa and the same maintained for atleast 3 and shall not show any leakage in the pipe.
NOTE — The choice of test is at the discretion of themanufacturer.
14 TEST ON TUBES
Following tests shall be conducted by the manufactureron tubes.
14.1 The tensile strength shall be at least 320 MPa (320N/mm2). The test shall be carried out on full section orstrip cut from the selected tubes in accordance withIS 1608 and IS 12278.
11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 11-1-1 fdlh ,d vkdkj dh ufydk ds 150 ehVj ls vfèkddh vkiw£r djus ds vkns'kksa ds fy, 2 ls 4 ehVj dh NksVh ;knfPNdyEckbZ okyh ufydkvksa dh vkiw£r djus dh vuqefr gksxh c'krsZfd 65 fe-eh- ls de ds vfHkfgr ifjosèk okys vkdkjksa ds fy, blizdkj dh yEckbZ oky VqdMs+ dh la[;k dqN yEckbZ la[;k ds 5izfr'kr ls vfèkd u gks rFkk 65 fe-eh- ls vfèkd ds vfHkfgrifjosèk ds fy, NksVh ;knfPNd yEckbZ oky ,sls 7-5 izfr'kr VqdMksadh vuqefr nh tk,xhA blds vfrfjDr] dksbZ ;knfPNd yEckbZizkIr djus ds fy, nks VqdM+ksa dks tksM+us dh vuqefr gksxh c'krsZ fdtksM+ksa okyh ,slh yEckbZ dh la[;k 65 fe-eh- ds vfHkfgr ifjosèkls de okys vkdkjksa ds fy, yEckbZ dh dqy la[;k ds 5 izfr'krls rFkk 65 fe-eh- ,oa mlls vfèkd ds vkdkjksa ds fy, yEckbZ dhdqy la[;k ds 7-5 izfr'kr ls vfèkd u gksA
11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ11-2 okLrfod yEckbZ
tc rd fuekZrk ,oa Øsrk ds chp vU;Fkk lgefr u gqbZ gks]ogk¡ pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ;k lkjs Nksjokyh ufydkvksa ds fy, okLrfod yEckbZ fu£n"V gksus dhfLFkfr esa izR;sd ufydk fu£n"V yxHkx fe-eh- ds Hkhrj gksxhA
11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ11-3 vuqekfur yEckbZ
tgk¡ pwM+hnkj rFkk lkdsV;qDr ufydkvksa ds fy, ;k lkns Nksjokyh ufydkvksa ds fy, vuqekfur yEckb;k¡ visf{kr gSa] ogk¡izR;sd ufydk fu£n"V yEckbZ ds ±150 fe-eh- ds Hkhrj gksxhA
12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k12 tLrhdj.k
12-112-112-112-112-1 tgk¡ ufydkvksa ij tLrk p<+kuk vko';d gS ogk¡ ufydkvksaij tLrk ysiu vkbZ,l 4736 ds vuqlkj fd;k tk,xkA
12-212-212-212-212-2 ftu ufydkvksa ij pwfM+;k¡ cukbZ tkuh gSa] mudh pwfM+;k¡cukus ls igys mudk tLrhdj.k dj fy;k tk,xkA
13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k13 fjlko jksèkh ijh{k.k
13-113-113-113-113-1 izR;sd ufydk dk vuqcaèk [k ds vuqlkj fuekZrk dsdkj[kkus esa ;k rks gkbMªksLVsfVd (tyLFkSfrd) ijh{k.k }kjkvFkok oSdfYid :i ls varj èkkjk ijh{k.k }kjk fjlko dlkods fy, var% izfØ;k ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xkA
13-1-113-1-113-1-113-1-113-1-1 tyLFkSfrd ijh{k.k 5 ,eih, ds nkc ij rFkk de lsde 3 lSdsaM rd mls cuk, j[kdj fd;k tk,xk rFkk blnkSjku ikbi esa dksbZ fjlko ugha gksuk pkfg,A
fVIi.kh — ijh{k.k dk p;u fuekZrk ds foosdkuqlkj fd;k tk,xkA
14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k14 ufy;ks a ij ijh{k.k
fuekZrk }kjk ufydkvksa ij fuEufyf[kr ijh{k.k fd, tk,axsA
14-114-114-114-114-1 ruu {kerk de ls de 320 ,eih, (320 N/mm2)gksxhA ijh{k.k vkbZ,l 1608 rFkk 12278 ds vuqlkj p;furufydkvksa dh iw.kZ yEckbZ ij ;k muls dkVh xbZ iV~Vh ij fd;ktk,xkA
10
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
NOTES
1 For welded tubes, the strip tensile test specimen shall notcontain the weld.
2 For galvanized tubes, zinc coating may be removed bystripping prior to tensile test.
14.1.1 The elongation percent on a gauge length of
o5.65 ,S where So is the original cross-sectional area
of the test specimen, shall be as follows:
Nominal Bore ElongationPercent, Min
a) For steam services for all sizes 20
b) For other services:
1) Up to and including 25 mm 12
2) Over 25 mm up to and 20
including 150 mm
14.2 Bend Test on Tubes Up to and Including 50 mmNominal Bore
When tested in accordance with IS 2329 the tubes shallbe capable of withstanding the bend test withoutshowing any signs of fracture or failure. Welded tubesshall be bent with the weld at 90° to the plane of bending.The tubes shall not be filled for this test.
14.2.1 Ungalvanized tubes shall be capable of beingbent cold without cracking through 180° round a formerhaving a radius at the bottom of groove in the plane ofbending, equal to at least six times the outside diameterof the tube.
14.2.2 Galvanized tubes shall be capable of being bentcold, without cracking of the steel, through 90° rounda former having a radius at the bottom of the grooveequal to at least eight times the outside diameter of thetubes.
14.3 Flattening Test on Tubes Above 50 mm NominalBore
Rings not less than 40 mm in length cut from the endsof the selected tubes shall be flattened cold betweenparallel plates with the weld, if any at 90° (point ofmaximum bending) in accordance with IS 2328. Noopening shall occur by fracture in the weld area untilthe distance between the plates is less than 75 percentof the original outside diameter of the tube and nocracks or breaks in the metal elsewhere than in the weldshall occur until the distance between the plates is lessthan 60 percent of the original outside diameter.
NOTE — Slight premature cracking at the edges would notbe deemed to affect compliance with this standard.
14.3.1 The test rings may have the inner and outeredges rounded.
fVIi.kh;k¡
11111 osYMÑr ufydkvksa ds fy, iV~Vh ruu ijh{k.k uewus esa tksM+ (osYM)ugha gksxkA
22222 tLrkÑr ufydkvksa ds fy, ruu ijh{k.k ds iwoZ iVV~h dkVdj mudsmQij ls tLrs dk ysi gVk fn;k tk,XkkA
14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 14-1-1 o5.65 S eki dh yEckbZ ij izyacu izfr'kr fuEuizdkj gksxk] tgk¡ So ijh{k.k uewus dk vuqizlFk dkV okyk ewy{ks=kiQy gS%
vfHkfgr cksj çyEcuçfr'kr] U;wure
d) lHkh vkdkjksa dh eki lsokvksa 20ds fy,
[k) vU; lsokvksa ds fy,%1) 25 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds 12
lekfgr
2) 25 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 15 fe-eh- 20lekfgr rd
14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksj14-2 50 fe-eh- rd rFkk mlds lekfgr vfHkfgr cksjokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.kokyh ufydkvks a ij ueu ijh{k.k
vkbZ,l 2329 ds vuqlkj ijh{k.k fd, tkus ij ufydk Hkax ;k fodkjds dksbZ okg~u n'kkZ, fcuk ueu ijh{k.k dks lgus esa l{ke gksAosYMÑr rkfydkvkas dks osYM ds lkFk ueu lrg ij 90 fMxzh ijeksM+k tk,xkA bl ijh{k.k ds fy, bu ufydkvksa dks Hkjk ugh tk,xkA
14-2-114-2-114-2-114-2-114-2-1 vtLrhÑr ufy;k¡ ,slh gksa fd mUgas vrIr voLFkk esa180° ij iQkeZj ds pkjksa vksj fcuk fdlh izdkj ds pVdk; dseksM+k tk ldsA bl iQkeZj dh f=kT;k ueu ry okys lkaps dhrygVh ij ufydk ds ckgjh O;kl dh 6 xquk gksA
14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 14-2-2 tLrhÑr ufydk,¡ ,slh gksa fd mUgsa vrIr voLFkk esa90° ij iQkeZj ds pkjksa vksj fcuk fdlh izdkj ds pVdko dseksM+k tk ldsA bl iQkeZj dh f=kT;k ueu ry okys [kkap dhrygVh ij ckgjh O;kl dh 8 xquk gksA
14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks a14-3 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd vfHkfgr cksj okyh ufydkvks adks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.kdks piVkus lacaèkh ijh{k.k
p;u dh xbZ ufydkvksa ds Nksj ls de ls de 40 fe-eh-yEckbZ ds dkVs x, NYYkksa dks vkbZ,l 2328 ds vuqlkj osYM];fn gks] ds lkFk 90° (vfèkdre ueu fcUnq) ij lekUrjifVV;ksa ds chp j[kdj piVk fd;k tk,xkA tc rd ifVV;ksads chp dh nwjh ewy cká O;kl ds 75 izfr'kr ls de ugha gkstk, rc rd osYM foHkat ds dkj.k fdlh izdkj [kqys ugha vkSjtc rd ifVV~;ksa ds chp dh nwjh ewy cká O;kl ds 60 izfr'krls de ugha gks tk,] rc rd èkkrq esa osYM ds LFkku ds vykokfdlh vU; LFkku ij fdlh Hkh izdkj dh njkj ;k Hkatu u gksA
fVIi.kh — fdukjksa ij gydh iwoZ ifjiDo njkj bl ekud ds lkFkvuqikyu dks izHkkfor djus okyh ugha ekuh tk,xhA
14-3-114-3-114-3-114-3-114-3-1 ijh{k.k NYyksa ds vkarfjd rFkk ckgjh fdukjs xksyfd, x, gks ldrs gSaA
11
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
14.4 Re-test
Should any one of the test pieces first selected fail topass any of the tests specified above, two furthersamples shall be selected for testing in respect of eachfailure. Should the test pieces from both these additionalsamples pass, the material shall be deemed to complywith the requirements of that particular test. Shouldthe test pieces from either of these additional samplesfail, the material represented by the test samples shallbe deemed as not complying with the standard.
15 WORKMANSHIP
All pipes shall be cleanly finished and reasonably freefrom injurious defects. The ends shall be free from sharpedges and burrs of the pipe. The tubes shall bereasonably straight.
16 SAMPLING FOR TUBES
16.1 Lot for the purpose of drawing samples all tubesbearing same designation and manufactured under asingle process shall be grouped together to constitutea lot. Each lot shall be sampled separately and assessedfor conformity to this specification.
16.2 Sampling and Criterion for Conformity
Unless otherwise agreed to between the manufacturerand the purchaser the procedure for sampling of tubesfor various tests and criteria for conformity, IS 4711shall be followed.
17 MARKING
17.1 Each tube shall be marked with manufacturer’sname or trade-mark, IS No. that is, IS 1239 (Part 1) andclass of tubes, that is, L, M, and H, for light, mediumand heavy class.
17.2 The different classes of tubes shall bedistinguished by colour bands, which shall be appliedas follows before the tubes leave the manufacturer’sworks:
a) Light tubes — Yellow
b) Medium tubes — Blue
c) Heavy tubes — Red
NOTE — For export purpose the colour band on the lighttubes may be painted yellow or brown.
17.3 Unless otherwise agreed to between themanufacturer and the purchaser a white colour bandshall be applied at each end of the tubes for steamservices.
NOTE — Additional colour bands, as given in 17.2 to 17.4may also be applied.
14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k14-4 iqu% ijh{k.k
;fn igys pqus x, ijh{k.k [kaMksa esa ls dksbZ [kaM ekud esa fu£n"Vfdlh ijh{k.k esa ikl ugha gksrk rks gj vliQy [kaM ds fy,ijh{k.k gsrq nks vkSj uewuksa dk pquko fd;k tk,xkA ;fn bu nksuksauewuksa ds ijh{k.k [kaM ikl gks tkrs gSa rks ftl lkexzh ds osuewus gSa eku fy;k tk,xk fd og lkexzh ml ijh{k.k fo'ks"k dhvis{kkvksa dk ikyu djrh gSA ;fn bu vfrfjDr uewuksa esa ls fdlh,d ds ijh{k.k [kaM [kjs ugha mrjrs rks eku fy;k tk,xk fdftl lkexzh ds ;s uewus gSa og ekud ds vuq:i ugha gSA
15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh15 dkjhxjh
lHkh ikbiksa dks liQkbZ ls vafre :i fn;k tk,xk rFkk oggkfudkjd nks"kksa ls ;qfDRlaxr :i ls eqDr gksxhA ikbi ds Nksj rh[ksfdukjksa rFkk daVdks ls eqDr gksaxsA ufy;k¡ ;qfDrlaxr :i ls lhèkh gksaxhA
16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk16 ufydkvks a ds uewus ysuk
16-116-116-116-116-1 uewus ysus ds iz;kstukFkZ lewg cukus ds fy, lekuinuke okyh lHkh ufydkvksa rFkk ftUgsa ,dy izfØ;k ds rgrfu£er fd;k x;k gks] dks lewgc¼ fd;k tk,xkA izR;sd lewgls i`Fkd uewuk fy;k tk,xk rFkk mldk bl fof'kf"V ds izfrvuq:irk gsrq vkdyu fdk tk,xkA
16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh16-2 uewus ysuk vkSj vuq:irk ds fy, dlkSVh
tc rd fuekZrk rFkk Øsrk ds chp vU;Fkk lgefr u gqbZ gks]fofHkUu ijh{k.k ds fy, uewus ysus rFkk vuq#irk gsrq dlkSVhosQ fy, vkbZ,l 4711 dh izfØ;koknh dk vuqlj.k fd;ktk,xkA
17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu17 lwpuk vadu
17-117-117-117-117-1 izR;sd ufydk ij fuekZrk dk uke vFkok VªsMekoZQvkbZ,l la[;k vFkkZr~ vkbZ,l 1239 (Hkkx 1) rFkk ufydkvksadh Js.kh vFkkZr~ gydh] eè;e rFkk Hkkjh Js.kh ds fy, L, MrFkk H vafdr fd;k tk,xkA
17-2 17-2 17-2 17-2 17-2 ufy;k¡ dh fofHkUu Jsf.k;ksa esa jax dh ifV~V;ksa ds vuqlkjvarj fd;k tk,xk tks fuekZrk ds dkj[kkus ls ckgj fudyus lsigys ufydkvksa ij fuEu izdkj ls yxk nh tk,xh%
d) gydh ufy;k¡ — ihyh[k) eè;e ufy;k¡ — uhyhx) Hkkjh ufy;k¡ — yky
fVIi.kh — fu;kZr iz;kstu ds fy, gydh ufy;ksa ij iV~Vh dks ihyk ;kHkwjs jax dk isaV fd;k tk,xkA
17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 fuekZrk vkSj Øsrk ds eè; dksbZ vU; ikjLifjd lgefrugha gksus ij Hkki lsokvksa ds fy, fu£er ufydkvksa ds izR;sdNksj ij liQsn jax dh iV~Vh cukbZ tk,xhA
fVIi.kh — 17-217-217-217-217-2 ls 17-417-417-417-417-4 esa fn, x, vfrfjDr jaxksa dh ifV~V;k¡ HkhyxkbZ tk ldrh gSaA
12
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
17.4 Tubes having random length 4 to 7 meters shallhave two 75 mm bands one near each end. Tubeshaving exact length and approximate length asprescribed in clause 11.2 and clause 11.3 shall haveone 75 mm band.
17.5 BIS Certification Marking
The tubes may also the marked with the Standard Mark.
17.5.1 The use of the Standard Mark is governed bythe provisions of the Bureau of Indian StandardsAct, 1986 and the Rules and Regulations madethereunder. The details of conditions under which thelicence for the use of Standard Mark may be granted tomanufacturers or producers may be obtained from theBureau of Indian Standards.
18 PROTECTION AND PACKING
Black tubes not otherwise protected shall be varnishedor suitably painted externally throughout the lengthunless ordered unvarnished or unpainted. Where tubesare bundled for transport, all qualities of tubes shall bepacked in accordance with IS 4740.
17-417-417-417-417-4 4 ls 7 ehVj okyh ;kn`fPNd yEckbZ okyh ufy;ksa ij nksifV~V;k¡ izR;sd fljs ds lehi 75 fe-eh- dh ,d iV~Vh cukbZtk,xhA [kaM 11-211-211-211-211-2 rFkk [kaM 11-3 11-3 11-3 11-3 11-3 esa ;Fkk fuèkkZfjr okLrfodyEckbZ rFkk vuqekfur yEckbZ okyh ufydkvksa esa 75 fe-eh- dh,d iV~Vh gksxhA
17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu17-5 Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks dk izek.ku eqgjkadu
ufydkvksa ij ekud eqgjkadu Hkh fd;k tk ldrk gSA
17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 17-5-1 ekud eqgj dk mi;ksx Hkkjrh; ekud C;wjks vfèkfu;e]1986 vkSj mlds vfèku cus fu;eksa vkSj fofu;eksa ds izkoèkkuksavuqlkj gksA fuekZrkvksa vkSj laLdÙkkZvksa dks ftu 'krks± osQ vèkhuekud eqgj yxkus ds fy, ykblsal fn;k tkrk gS mldk fooj.kHkkjrh; ekud C;wjks ls izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax18 laj{k.k ,oa iSfdax
vU;Fkk lajf{kr u dh xbZ dkyh ufydkvksa dh iw.kZ yEckbZ ijok£u'k yxkbZ tk,xh vFkok mls ckgj ls mi;qDr izdkj isaVfd;k tk,xk tc rd fd ml ij ok£u'k ;k isaV u yxkus dsvkns'k u fn, x, gksaA tgk¡ ufydkvksa ds ifjogu ds fy, caMycuk, tkrs gSa] ogk¡ lHkh izdkj dh rkfydkvksa dks vkbZ,l 4740ds vuqlkj iSd fd;k tk,xkA
vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*vuqcaèk ^d*([kaM 1-2)
Hkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rkiHkki ogu okyh ufydkvks a ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer nkc vkSj rki
ANNEX A(Clause 1.2)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE FOR TUBES FORCONVEYING STEAM
A-1 The maximum permissible pressure andtemperature for tubes with screwed and socketed jointsshall be as given in Table 6.
A-2 For tubes fitted with appropriate flanges orsuitably butt welded together, the maximum permissiblepressure shall be 2.06 MPa and the maximum permissibletemperature 260°C.
ddddd-11111 pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsV yxs tksM+ksa okyh ufydkvksa ds fy,vfèkdre vuqKs; nkc vkSj rki lkj.kh 6 ds vuqlkj gksxkA
ddddd-2 2 2 2 2 mi;qDr ÝySat yxs gq, ;k i;kZIr :i ls VDDj osYMÑrufydkvksa ds fy, vfèkdre vuqer rki 260 esxk ikLdyvkSj vfèkdre vuqer rki 260ºlasVhxzsM gksxkA
13
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
vuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [kvuqcaèk [k([kaM 13-1)
ty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.kty fjlko dlko ijh{k.k ds fodYi ds :i esa ufydkvks a dk Hkaoj èkkjk ijh{k.k
ANNEX B(Clause 13.1)
EDDY CURRENT TESTING OF TUBES AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO THE HYDRAULICLEAK TIGHTNESS TEST
B-1 METHODS OF TEST
B-1.1 The tubes shall be tested for imperfections usinga concentric coil or segment coil or a rotating tube orrotary probe Eddy current technique in accordance withthis Annex.
B-1.2 The tube shall be sufficiently straight to ensurethe validity of the test and the surface shall be freefrom any foreign matter that would interfere with theinterpretation of the test.
B-1.3 Two methods of test are permitted (at themanufacturer’s option). The equipment may be locatedon or off the tube mill.
B-1.3.1 Method A
The tube to be tested is passed through the (a) concentrictest coil (applicable to welded or seamless tubes), or (b)segmental coil covering the weld and ±15° arc from weldline (applicable to welded tubes) on either side.
[k[k[k[k[k-1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk1 ijh{k.k dh fofèk
[k[k[k[k[k-1-11-11-11-11-1 bl ifjf'k"V ds vuqlkj ,d ladsfUnzr dqaMyh (dkW;y)vFkok [kaM dkW;y ;k ?kw.khZ ufydk ;k ?kw.khZ ijh{k.k vkorZ rduhddk iz;ksx djds =kqfV;ksa ds fy, ufydkvksa dk ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xkA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 ijh{k.k dh oSèkrk lqfuf'pr djus ds fy, ufydki;kZIr lhèkh gksxh rFkk lrg fdlh ,sls ckgjh inkFkZ ls eqDrgksxh tks ijh{k.k dh O;k[;k esa gLr{ksi dj ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-31-31-31-31-3 ijh{k.k dh nks i¼fr;k¡ (fuekZrk ds fodYi ij)vuqer gSaA miLdj ufydk dkj[kkus esa ;k mlds ckgj vofLFkrgks ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 1-3-1 fofèk d
ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk dks (d) ladsfUnzr ijh{k.kdqaMyh (dkW;y) (osYMÑr ;k lhoujfgr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;)vFkok ([k) osYM rFkk osYM js[kk ls ±15º pki dks 'kkfeydjus okyh [kaMkRed dkW;y (osYMÑr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT;)esa ls nksuksa vksj vkj&ikj fd;k tkrk gSA
Table 6 Maximum Permissible Pressure andTemperature for Tubes with Steel Couplings or
Screwed and Socketed Joints(Clause A-1)
Nominal Bore
mm
MaximumPermissible
Pressure
MPa
Maximum Permissible Tempera-
ture
°C
(1) (2) (3)
Up to and including 25 mm 1.20 260
Over 25 mm up to and including 40 mm 1.03 260
Over 40 mm up to and including 80 mm 0.86 260
Over 80 mm up to and including 100 mm 0.69
0.83
260
177
Over 100 mm up to and including 125 mm 0.69 171
Over 125 mm up to and including 150 mm 0.50 160
NOTE — 1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 0.102 0 kg/mm2.
lkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVlkj.kh 6 bLikr ds ;qXed ;k pwM+hnkj vkSj lkWdsVtksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdretksM+ okyh ufydkvka s ds fy, vfèkdre
vuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rkivuqer nkc vkSj rki([kaM d&1)
vfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksjvfHkfgr cksj vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdre vfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevfèkdrevuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkcvuqKs; nkc vuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rkivuqKs; rki
fe-eh- ,eih, fMxzh lasVhxzsM(1) (2) (3)
25 fe-eh- rd ds fy, 1-20 260
25 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 40 fe-eh- rd 1-03 260
40 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 80 fe-eh- rd 0-86 260
80 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 100 fe-eh- rd 0-69 260
0-83 177
100 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 125 fe-eh- rd 0-69 171
125 fe-eh- ls vfèkd rFkk 150 fe-eh- rd 0-50 160
fVIi.kh — 1 esxk ikLdy = 1 U;wVu@fe-eh-2 = 0-102 0 fdyksxzke@fe-eh-2
14
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
B-1.3.2 Method B
The tube to be tested or the test coil assembly is rotatedand translated relative to each other so the test coildescribes a helical path over the tube surface. The pitchof the helical scan shall ensure that the whole of thetube surface is effectively covered. This method isapplicable to seamless tubes only.
B-2 CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT
B-2.1 The equipment shall be calibrated using standardtube containing holes as defined in B-2 for Method A orstandard notches as defined in B-2.3 for Method B. Thestandard tube for offline equipment shall have similarelectromagnetic properties and same diameter andthickness as the tube to be tested. For online equipment,running tube may be considered as standard tube.
B-2.2 Method A
The standard defect shall be a circular hole drilledradically completely through the tube wall on thewelding. The diameters of the drills required to makethese holes shall be as follows:
Nominal Bore of the Tubes Drill Diametermm mm
Up to and including 15 1.220, 25 - 32 1.740 - 50 2.265 - 80 2.7100 - 125 3.2150 3.7
B-2.3 Method B
The standard test piece shall have a longitudinal notch0.8 mm or less in width machined parallel to the tube axison the outer surface of the tube. The depth of the notchshall not exceed 12½ percent of the specified thicknessof the tube or 0.3 mm whichever is greater. The length ofthe notch at full depth shall not exceed 50 mm.
B-3 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
B-3.1 The equipment and test coils shall be adjustedto produce in a consistent manner a clearly identifiablesignal from the standard defect(s) on the standard tubeand this signal shall be used to set the triggrer alarmlevel of the equipment. For calibration purposes therelative speed between the standard tube containingstandard defect and the test coils shall be the same asthat used during the production.
B-3.2 The calibration of the equipment shall be checked
[k[k[k[k[k-1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 1-3-2 fofèk [k
ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk ;k ijh{k.k dkW;y la;kstu dks,d nwljs ds lkis{k ?kw£.kr rFkk LFkkukarfjr fd;k tkrk gS rkfdijh{kk dkW;y ufydk dh lrg ij ,d l£iy ekxZ cuk,Al£iy LdSu dh <ky ;g lqfuf'pr djsxh fd laiw.kZ ufydklrg izHkkoh :i ls vkPNkfnr gks tk,A ;g i¼fr dsoylhoujfgr ufydkvksa ij iz;ksT; gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku2 ijh{k.k midj.k dk va'k'kksèku
[k[k[k[k[k-2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 miLdj dk va'k'kksèku fofèk d ds fy, [k[k[k[k[k-22222 esa ;FkkifjHkkf"kr Nsnksa okyh ekud ufydk dk iz;ksx djds vFkokfofèk [k ds fy, [k[k[k[k[k-2-32-32-32-32-3 esa ;Fkk ifjHkkf"kr ekud [kakpksa dkiz;ksx djds fd;k tk,xkA vkWiQ ykbu miLdj ds fy, ekudufydk dh le:i oS|qr pqEcdh; fof'k"Vrk,¡ gksaxh rFkkmldk O;kl rFkk eksVkbZ Hkh ijhf{kr dh tkus okyh ufydk dsleku gksxkA vkWu ykbu miLdj ds fy, fo|eku ufydk dksgh ekud ufydk ekuk tk ldrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d2-2 fofèk d
ekud nks"k osfYMax ij ufydk dh fHkfÙk esa ls f=kT;h; :ils iw.kZr;k fMªy fd;k x;k ,d xksykdkj fNnz gSA bu Nsnks adks cukus ds fy, visf{kr fMªyksa ds O;kl fuEu izdkj gksaxs%
ufydkykvksa dk vfHkfgr cksj fMªy O;klfe-eh- fe-eh-
15 fe-eh- rd 1-220] 25&32 1-740&50 2-265&80 2-7100&125 3-2150 3-7
[k[k[k[k[k-2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k2-3 fofèk [k
ekud ijh{k.k VqdMs+ ds ns'kkarjh; [kkaps dh pkSM+kbZ 0-8 fe-eh-;k mlls de gksxh ftls ufydk dh ckgjh lrg ij ufydk dsv{k ds lekukarj e'khuhÑr fd;k tk,xkA [kkaps dh xgjkbZufydk dh fu£n"V eksVkbZ ds 121/2
izfr'kr ;k 0-3 fe-eh- tksHkh vfèkd gS] ;s T;knk ugha gksxhA iw.kZ xgjkbZ ij [kkaps dhyEckbZ 50 fe-eh- ls vfèkd ugha gksxhA
[k[k[k[k[k-3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k3 va'k'kksèku izfØ;k
[k[k[k[k[k-3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 miLdj rFkk ijh{k.k dqaMfy;ksa dks bl izdkj leaftrfd;k tk,xk fd ekud ufydk dk ekud nks"kksa ls ,d Li"V:i ls vfHkKs; ladsr lqlaxr rjhds ls lftr gks rFkk bl ladsrdkk iz;ksx miLdj ds fVªxj@lapsrd Lij dks fuèkkZfjr djus dsfy, fd;k tk,xkA va'kk'kksèku iz;kstuksa ds fy, ekud nks"kokyh ekud ufydk rFkk ijh{k.k dqaMfy;ksa ds chp lkis{k xfrogh gksxh ftldk iz;ksx mRiknu ds nkSjku fd;k x;k FkkA
[k[k[k[k[k-3-23-23-23-23-2 miLdj ds va'k'kksèku dh tkap izR;sd dk;Zdkjh vofèk
15
�������IS 1239 (��/Part 1) : 2004
at the commencement and at the end of each workingperiod and at intervals not exceeding 2 h.
B-3.3 If on checking during production testing thereference standard defect is not detected even afterchanging the sensitivity by 2dB to allow for equipmentdrift, the equipment shall be recalibrated. Followingrecalibration, all tubes tested since the previous checkshall be retested, unless recordings from individuallyidentified tubes are available that permit classificationof those tubes into ‘suspect’ and ‘acceptable’ categories.
B-4 TEST PROCEDURE
Pass the tube to be inspected through the test unit atthe appropriate production speed, maintaining theproduction speed constant with ±10 percent underconditions identical to those used in the calibration ofthe equipment.
NOTE — Identical conditions include all instrument setting,mechanical motion, positioning of the encircling coil(s) inrelation to the tube and any other factor that affect thevalidity of the technique.
B-5 ACCEPTANCE
B-5.1 Any tube producing a signal lower than thesignals from the standard shall be deemed to havepassed this test.
B-5.2 Since NDT systems are known to be sensitive tosome features which do not cause leak, the tube rejectedby NDT may be retested hydraulically and whatevertubes pass the hydraulic test shall be accepted.
B-5.3 The tubes rejected in (see B-5.1) may also beretested off-line NDT equipment. Those which do notproduce reject level signals shall be accepted. Othersmay be accepted after cropping off the portionproducing reject level signals.
ds vkjaHk rFkk var esa 2 ?kaVksa ls vufèkd ds varjkyksa ij dhtk,xhA
[k[k[k[k[k-3-33-33-33-33-3 ;fn mRiknu ijh{k.k ds nkSjku tk¡p djus ij miLdjviogu vuqer djus ds fy, laosnu'khyrk dks 2dB }kjkifjo£rr djus ds i'pkr Hkh ekud nks"k dk irk ugha yxrkrks miLdj dks iqu% va'k'kksfèkr fd;k tk,xkA iqu% va'k'kksfèkrds i'pkr~ fiNyh tk¡p ds i'pkr~ ijhf{kr lHkh ufydkvksa dkiqu%ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xk tc rd fd O;f"V #i ls vfHkKkrufydkvksa ls ,sls vfHkys[k miyCèk u gksa tks mu ufydkvksa dk^lafnXèk* rFkk ^Lohdk;Z* Jsf.k;ksa esa Js.khdj.k vuqer djsaA
[k[k[k[k[k-4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k4 ijh{k.k izfØ;k
miLdj ds va'kkadu esa iz;qDr fLFkfr;ksa ds le:i fLFkfr;ksa dsvarxZr mRiknu xfr dks ±10 izfr'kr ij fLFkj j[krs gq,leqfpr mRiknu xfr ij ijh{k.k ;wfuV esa ls fujh{k.k dh tkusokrh ufydk xqtkjsaA
fVIi.kh — le:i fLFkfr;ksa esa leLr ;a=k lsfVax] vfHk;kaf=kd xfr]l£iy dqaMfy;ksa dh ufydk ls lacafèkr fLFkfr rFkk dksbZ vU; dkjd'kkfey gS tks rduhd dh oSèkrk dks izHkkfor djrk gSA
[k[k[k[k[k-5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr5 LohÑfr
[k[k[k[k[k-5-15-15-15-15-1 ekud ds ladsrdksa ls fuEurj ladsrd dk l`tu djusokyh fdlh Hkh ufydk }kjk ;g ijh{kk ikfjr dh xbZ ekuhtk,xhA
[k[k[k[k[k-5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 pwafd ,uMhVh i¼fr;k¡ dqN ,sls y{k.kksa ds izfr laosnh ekuhxbZ gSa ftuds dkj.k fjlko ugha gksrk] ,uMhVh }kjk fujLr dh xbZufydk dk iqu% nzoh; ijh{k.k fd;k tk,xk rFkk tks Hkh ufydk,anzoh; ijh{k.k dks ikl dj yasxh] mUgsa Lohdkj dj fy;k tk,xkA
[k[k[k[k[k-5-35-35-35-35-3 fujLr ufydkvksa (((((ns[ksa [k[k[k[k[k-5-1)5-1)5-1)5-1)5-1) dk vkWiQ ykbu ,uMhVhmiLdj ij Hkh iqu% ijh{k.k fd;k tk ldrk gSA fujLr Lrjh;ladsrd lftr u djus okyh ufydkvksa dks Lohdkj dj fy;ktk,xkA vU;ksa dks fujlu Lrj ds ladsrd lftr djus okys Hkkxdks dkVdj vyx dj nsus ds i'pkr Lohdkj dj fy;k tk,xkA
fookn dh fLFkfr esa bl ekud dk vaxzsT+kh ikB gh ekU; gksxkAIn case of dispute English version of this standard shall be authentic.
bl ns'k esa Hkki izokg ds fy, bLrseky dh tkus okyh ufy;ksa dks iz'kkflr djus okys fofu;e dsfUnz; ckW;yj cksMZ }kjk izdkf'krHkkjrh; ckW;yj fofu;eksa esa fuèkkZfjr fd, x, gSaA
bl ekud dk fuèkkZj.k djrs le;] ns'k esa bl {ks=k esa izpfyr O;kikj jhfr;ksa ij ;Fks"V è;ku fn;k x;k gSA fofHkUu ns'kksa esa izpfyrekudksa ds varjkZ"Vªh; leUo; ij Hkh ;Fks"V è;ku fn;k x;k gSA fuEufyf[kr izdk'kuksa ls lgk;rk izkIr dh xbZ gS%
vkbZ,lvks 65 % 1981 ekudhdj.k ds fy, vkbZ,lvks varjk"Vªh; laxBu ds vuqlkj pwM+h cukus ds fy, mi;qDr dkcZubLikr ufydk,¡
ch,l 1387 % 1985 pwM+hnkj ,oa lkdsV;qDr bLikr ufy;ksa rFkk ufydkdkj lkefxz;ksa ,oa osfYMax ds fy, mi;qDr lknsfljs okyh bLikr ufydkvksa ds fy, vFkok pwM+h cukus ds fy, ch,l 21 % 1985 ufydk,¡ ,oa fiQfVaxds fy, ikbi dh pwfM+;k¡] tgk¡ pwfM+;ksa ij nkc dls tksM+ cuk, tkrs gSa*
bl ekud esa [kaM 6-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-26-4] 7-1] 7-1-1] 11-2] 16-2 rFkk 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 17-3 fn, x, gSa ftlds fy, Øsrk vkSj fuekZrk ds chp djkj fd;ktkuk vko';d gSA
bl ekud dk nwljk Hkkx vkbZ,l 1239 (Hkkx 2) % 1992 ^e`nq bLikr ufydkvksa] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU; fiVok¡ bLikrfiQfVaXl ds fy, fof'kf"V% Hkkx 2 e`nq bLikr lkWdsV] ufydkdkj lkexzh rFkk vU; fiVok¡ bLikr fiQfVaxs (pkSFkk iqujh{k.k)* gSA
;g fuf'pr djus ds fy, fd bl ekud esa fdlh vis{kk fo'ks"k dk ikyu fd;k x;k gS ;k ugha] rks ijh{k.k ;k fo'ys"k.k esaifj.kke dks n'kkZus okys voyksdu ;k x.kuk }kjk izkIr vafre eku dks vkbZ,l 2 % 1960 ^la[;kRed ekuksa ds iw.kk±du lacaèkhfu;e (iqujhf{kr)* ds vuqlkj iw.kk±fdr dj fn;k tk,A iw.kk±fdr eku esa j[ks x, lkFkZd LFkkuksa dh la[;k mruh gh gks ftruhbl ekud esa fufnZ"V eku dh gSA
In this country, the regulations governing the use of tubes for conveying steam are laid down in the Indian BoilerRegulations published by the Central Boilers Board.
While formulating this standard, due consideration has been given to the trade practices followed in the countryin this field. Due consideration has also been given to international coordination among the standards prevailingin different countries. Assistance has been derived from the following publications:
ISO 65 : 1981 Carbon steel tubes suitable for screwing in accordance with ISO International Organizationfor Standardization
BS 1387 : 1985 Screwed and socketed steel tubes and tubulars and for plain end steel tubes suitable forwelding or for screwing to BS 21 : 1985 ‘Pipe threads for tubs and fitting where pressure-tightjoints are made on the threads’
This standard contains clauses 6.4, 7.1, 7.1.1, 11.2, 16.2 and 17.3 which call for an agreement between themanufacturer and the purchaser.
The other part of this standard is IS 1239 (Part 2) : 1992 ‘Specification for mild steel tubes, tubulars and otherwrought steel fittings: Part 2 Mild steel socket, tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings ( fourth revision )’.
For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value,observed or calculated, expressing the results of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance withIS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised )’. The number of significant places retained in therounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
(Continued from second cover)
(nwljs doj ls tkjh)
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promoteharmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goodsand attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any formwithout the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course ofimplementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewedperiodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes areneeded; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standardsshould ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc No.: MTD 19 (4264).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
Laser Typeset by Sunshine Graphics
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002Telephones : 2323 0131, 2323 3375, 2323 9402 Website: www.bis.org.in
Regional Offices: Telephones
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 2323 7617NEW DELHI 110002 2323 3841
Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi 2337 8499, 2337 8561KOLKATA 700054 2337 8626, 2337 9120
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 384360 9285
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2254 1216, 2254 14422254 2519, 2254 2315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 2832 9295, 2832 7858MUMBAI 400093 2832 7891, 2832 7892
Branches: AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD.GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.PARWANOO. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM. VISAKHAPATNAM.
�
��
��
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS (CENTRAL MARKS DEPARTMENT-III)
Our Ref: CMD-III/16:1239(Pt 1) 11 Oct 2004 Subject: Implementation of revised IS 1239(Pt 1):2004 Steel tubes and revised STI
[Doc:STI/1239(Part 1)/8 Oct 2004] IS 1239(Part 1):1990 has been revised and published as IS 1239(Part 1):2004. In the revision of IS 1239(Part 1), following changes have been made:
i) All the amendments on the fifth revision have been incorporated. ii) Chemical composition for seamless tubes (ladle analysis) has been incorporated
and for manufacturing of welded tubes, IS 10748 ‘Hot-rolled steel strip for welded tubes and pipes’ or IS 513 ‘Cold rolled low carbon steel sheets and strips’ have been included.
iii) Permissible variation in case of product analysis of seamless tubes for all specified elements have been incorporated.
iv) Provision for supply of tubes with bevel end has been incorporated.
In the title of the specification word ‘Mild’ has been deleted.
Consequent upon revision of IS 1239(Pt 1), STI has been revised as Doc:STI/1239 (Pt 1)/8 Oct 2004 (copy enclosed. In the revised STI, provision of various circulars issued regarding marking on tubes have been incorporated. There is no change in the manufacturing or testing facilities as per revised STI. Therefore, no verification is required.
a) It is proposed that the revised STI be implemented w.e.f. 30 Nov 2004. b) BOs to inform licensees about revised specification and STI. The revised STI be
endorsed in the licence on receipt of acceptance of revised STI. c) All pending applications be processed as per IS 1239(Part 1):2004. Submitted for approval please. Sd/- (C.K. Veda) Encl: As above Director (CMD-III) Sd-/ - 12.10.2004 DDGM
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
SCHEME OF TESTING AND INSPECTION
FOR CERTIFICATION OF STEEL TUBES
ACCORDING TO IS 1239 (Pt.1):2004 (Six Revision)
1. LABORATORY – A laboratory shall be maintained which shall be suitably equipped and staffed where different tests given in the specification shall be carried out in accordance with the methods given in the specification. 2. TEST RECORDS - All records of tests, inspection and calibration shall be kept in suitable forms approved by the Bureau. 2.1 All testing apparatus/measuring instruments shall be periodically checked and calibrated and records of such checks/calibration shall be maintained. 2.2 Copies of any records and other connected papers that may be required by the Bureau shall be made available at any time on request. 3. QUALITY CONTROL – It is recommended that, as far as possible, Statistical Quality Control (SQC) methods may be used for controlling the quality of the product during production as envisaged in this Scheme [See IS 397(Part I):1972, IS 397(Part 2):1985 and IS 397(Part 3):1980]. 3.1 In addition, effort should be made to gradually introduce a Quality Management System in accordance with IS/ISO 9000 series as appropriate to the activities of the organization. 4. STANDARD MARK – The Standard Mark, as given in Column (1) of the First Schedule of the licence, as applicable, shall be embossed at a suitable place on the outside of each tube provided always that the tubes so marked conform to all the requirements of the specification. 4.1 The different classes of tubes shall be distinguished by colour bands which shall be applied as per clause 17.2, 17.3 and 17.4 of the specification before the tubes leave the factory. 4.2 Each tube shall be embossed with the manufacturer’s name or trade mark, IS No. (i.e. IS 1239) (Pt.1) and class of tubes i.e. L, M or H for Light, Medium and Heavy class as applicable at regular interval of say one metre. 4.3 Each tube of size 25 mm NB and above shall be marked with batch number by embossing/stencilling/transfix label/etching. For sizes upto and including 20 mm NB, batch number shall be marked on the tag attached to the bundle of steel tubes. NOTE : Effort should be made to mark the batch number on individual tubes upto 20 mm NB also. Based on the experience gained in marking of batch number, the marking clause would be reviewed.
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
4.4 Licence number (CM/L…..) shall be marked on each tube by embossing/ stencilling/transfix labels/etching. 4.5 In addition the following information shall be included in the durable tag (metal/plastic) attached to each bundle :
a) The class of tubes/ process of manufacture (Cl. 6.3); b) Identity of the source of manufacture; c) Size; d) Batch number or Identification mark in code or otherwise to enable the date of
manufacture and control unit no. to be traced back to factory records; e) Made in India (if required);and f) Licence number (CM/L…..).
5.0 Test Certificate – If so desired by the purchaser, for each consignment of BIS certified material conforming to IS 1239 (Part I):2004, test certificate may be issued which shall contain the Standard Mark, cast/control unit number, type, class, size of tubes and corresponding test results as given in Annex 1. 6.0 LEVELS OF CONTROL - The tests, as indicated in Table 1 attached and at the levels of control specified therein, shall be carried out on the whole production of the factory which is covered by this scheme and appropriate records and charts maintained in accordance with paragraph 2.0 above. All the production which conforms to the Indian Standards and covered by the licence shall be marked with certification mark of the Bureau. 6.1 CONTROL UNIT - For the purpose of this scheme of Testing & Inspection, one shift production of one size & class of tubes on each tube mill shall constitute one control unit. 6.2 No manufacturer shall produce tubes of wall thickness less than the wall thickness of ‘Light’class tubes as stipulated, under the Mild Steel Tubes (Quality Control ) Order 1978 issued by the Government of India, Ministry of Industry (Department of Heavy Industry) dated 18 July 1978. 7.0 SOCKET – Unless specified otherwise, each screwed tube shall be supplied with one socket conforming to all requirements (except 6.4) of IS 1239(Pt.2):1992 and a thread protecting cap on the other end of the pipe. 7.1 SOCKET INSPECTION : The socket supplied with the tube shall either bear BIS Standard Mark or samples drawn from each consignment of sockets shall be tested as per Table 2 for its conformity to the standard [except 6.4 of IS 1239(Pt.2)] and shall be used when found satisfactory. Licensee shall ensure tracebility and identification of sockets. 8.0 In respect of all other clauses of the specification the factory will maintain appropriate control and checks to ensure that their product conforms to the various requirements of this specification.
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
9.0 REJECTIONS – A separate record shall be maintained giving information relating to the rejection of tubes and method of their disposal which do not conform to the specification. Rejected pipes shall be either punched with holes of minimum 5 mm diameter to be clear and through at an interval of maximum 1.5 mt or cut into lengths not in excess of 1.5 meters before being sold [please refer to para 4 of Mild Steel Tubes (Quality Control) Order 1978 issued by Government of India, Ministry of Industry (Department of Heavy Industry) dated 18 July 1978 as amended on 1st Jan 1983]. Rejected tubes shall not be colour coded and Standard Mark (if already applied) should be defaced. 10 SAMPLES – The licensee shall supply, free of charge, the samples required in accordance with the Bureau of Indian Standards (Certification) Regulations, 1988, as subsequently amended, from the factory or godowns. The Bureau shall pay for the samples taken by it from the open market. 110 REPLACEMENT – Whenever a complaint is received soon after the goods with Standard Marks have been purchased and used, and if there is adequate evidence that the goods have not been misused, defective goods or their components are replaced or repaired free of cost by the licensee in case the complaint is proved to be genuine and the warranty period (where applicable) has not expired. The final authority to judge the conformity of the product to the Indian Standard shall be with the Bureau. A record of complaints shall be maintained as per proforma enclosed at Annexure II. 11.1 In the event of any damages caused by the goods bearing the Standard Mark, or claim being filed by the consumers against BIS Standard Mark and not “conforming to” the relevant Indian Standard, entire liability arising out of such non conforming product shall be of licensee and BIS shall not in any way be responsible in such cases. 12.0 STOP MARKING – The marking of the product shall be stopped under intimation to the Bureau if, at any time, there is some difficulty in maintaining the conformity of their product to the specification, or the testing equipment goes out of order. The marking may be resumed as soon as the defects are removed under intimation to Bureau. 12.1 The marking of the product shall be stopped immediately if directed to do so by Bureau for any reason. The marking may then be resumed only after permission by the Bureau. The information regarding resumption of markings shall also be sent to the Bureau.
13.0 PRODUCTION DATA – The licensee shall send to BIS as per the enclosed proforma-1 to be authenticated by a Chartered Accountant or by the manufacturer by giving an affidavit/undertaking, a statement of quantity produced, marked and exported by him and the trade value thereof at the end of each operative year of the licence. Table 1………
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
IS 1239 (Pt.1):2004 STEEL TUBES TABLE 1 LEVELS OF CONTROL
(Para 6 of the Scheme of Testing and Inspection)
TEST DETAILS LEVELS OF CONTROL Cl. Requirement Test Methods
Clause Reference
No. Of samples
Lot Size
Fre-quency
Remarks
6.1.1, 6.2 & 7
Steel Skelp/Strip Chemical Composition
IS 10748 or IS 513 or IS 228
One
Each cast
No Testing is necessary if the consignment of steel strip is covered by ISI mark and received with manufacturers test certificate.
Thickness of slitted coils
Table IS 1239(Pt.1) 3 to 5
Four Each slitted coil.
8 Dimensions 8.1, IS 1239(Pt.1) 8.1.1 & (Table 3 to 5)
One One hour’s production of tubes of one particular size and class at each tube mill
Every hour
Mass (Individual Pipe)
-do- - do - -do-
In case of failure of sample, suspend production and investigate the cause of failure and rectify defect. 100% inspection of material produced during one hour prior to failure to segregate conforming and non-conforming tubes. Dispose of nonconforming tubes as per laid down procedure For subsequent productions, frequency of testing shall be changed to 15 minutes till 5 consecutive samples pass.
Mass (10 tonne minimum)
-do- -do- One lot 10 tonne min
Every 10th control unit*
* In case of failure, each pipe shall be checked for weightment as per Clause 9.1 (b), 1&2 of IS 1239(Pt.1):2004 and pipes not conforming to the specified requirement shall be rejected and scrapped as per M.S. Tube Quality Control Order 1978. After segregation lot shall be re-checked by addition of pipes manufactured subsequently to make lot of 10 tonnes minimum. Three lots manufactured subsequently shall be checked for weighment and if all found conforming to clause 9.1 (b) 3 & 4 of IS 1239 (Pt.1):2004, normal frequency may be resumed.
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
IS 1239 (Pt.1):2004 STEEL TUBES TABLE 1 LEVELS OF CONTROL
(Para 6 of the Scheme of Testing and Inspection)
TEST DETAILS LEVELS OF CONTROL Cl. Requirement Test Methods
Clause Reference
No. Of samples
Lot Size
Fre-quency
Remarks
10.1 Joints (Tubes) 10.1 IS 1239(Pt.1) One One hour’s production of tubes of one particular size and class at each Threading m/c.
Every hour
10.1.1
Sockets IS 1239(Pt.2) Ref Table 2 of STI If ISI marked sockets are used no further testing is required
One sample of after every one hour production at each threading machine shall be taken and checked for the requirement of thread. If a sample fails, the production during the hour prior to drawl of test sample on that particular machine shall be considered as not fit to be covered. However, all production of the previous one hour may be sorted out and those found failing shall be reworked. All the pipes threaded after this failure shall be tested till five consecutive samples pass and thereafter the frequency of one sample/hour shall be resumed.
10.2 Tube end 10.2 & IS 1239(Pt 1) Fig. 1
One One hour’s production
Every hour
11. Length 11.1 to IS 1239(Pt.1) 11.3
One One hour’s production
Every hour Records shall be maintained
12. Galvanizing 12. 1 & -do- & 12.2 IS 4736
Two (Once every four hours)
One shift production of one size & class
Each control unit
One sample in the beginning; once every four hours. In case of failure in visual defects, segregate defective tubes and regalvanize. In case of other defects regalvanize all tubes.
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
IS 1239 (Pt.1):2004 STEEL TUBES TABLE 1 LEVELS OF CONTROL
(Para 6 of the Scheme of Testing and Inspection)
TEST DETAILS LEVELS OF CONTROL Cl. Requirement Test Methods
Clause Reference
No. Of samples
Lot Size Fre-quency
Remarks
13. Hydrostatic testing on black finished tubes
13.1 & IS 1239 (Pt.1) 13.1.1
Each tube The tubes which fail shall not be marked
13.1 Body current test 13.1 & -do- Annex B
-do- Subject to mutual agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer eddy current test may be done in place of hydrostatic test,
14.1 Tensile strength and elongation
14.1 & -do- 14.1.1 IS 1608 &
IS 12278
Two One shift (one every four hours production of tubes of one size and class at each tube mill
Each control unit
14.2 Bend test 14.2 IS 1239(Pt.1) & IS 2329
One One hours production of one size & class of Tubes at each tube mill
Every hour
14.3 Flattening test 14.3 IS 1239(Pt.1) & IS 2328
-do- -do-
Should any one of the test piece first selected fail to pass any of the test specified, two further sample shall be selected for testing in respect of each failure. Should the test pieces from both these additional sample pass, the material shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of that particular test. Should the test pieces from either of these additional sample fail, the material represented by the test samples shall be deemed as not complying with the Standard.
15.
Workmanship 15 IS 1239 (Pt.1)
Each tube The tube failing in this requirement shall not be marked
17. Marking 17 IS 1239(Pt.1) (Visual)
(See also Cl.4 of STI)
18 Protection & Packing
18 -do- IS 4740
Adequate Inspection to ensure each tube to be in accordance with the requirements of the specification.
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
IS 1239 (Pt.2:1992 MILD STEEL SOCKETS
TABLE 2 LEVELS OF CONTROL (Para 7.1 of the Scheme of Testing and Inspection)
TEST DETAILS LEVELS OF CONTROL Cl. Requirement Test Methods
Clause Reference
No. Of samples
Lot Size
Fre-quency
Remarks
7 Chemical composition
IS 228 1 Each consignment
In case sockets are BIS certified, no testing is required.
8&9 Dimensions & tolerances
Suitable gauges And measuring Instruments
Table 1 of IS 4711 to be followed
For details and criteria of comformity refer IS 4711.
10 Joints 9 IS 1239 (Pt.2) & IS 554
-do-
11.1 Pressure Test a) Hydraulic OR
b) Air pressure 11 IS 1239(Pt.2) -do-
Table 30 of IS 1239 (Pt.2):92
11.2 Expansion test 11.2.1 & -do- 11.2.2
Table 2 of IS 4711 to be followed.
13 Galvanizing IS 4736 2 Each consignment
14 Workmanship Visual Each Piece
DOC:STI/1239(Pt.1)/8 Oct 2004
ANNEXURE -I
(Para 5 of the Scheme of Testing and Inspection ) XYZ - IRON AND STEEL COMPANY
(Registered Office Address and works address) TEST CERTIFICATE FOR STEEL TUBES
ISI LOGO
TEST CERTIFICATE NO. ______________________ DATE ____________
To M/s _________________________________________________________________________________ We certifiy that the material described below fully conforms to IS 1239(Pt.1):2004 Chemical composition and mechanical properties of the product, as tested in accordance with the Scheme of Testing and Inspection contained in the BIS Certification Marks Licence No.CM/L _________________________ are as indicated below against each order no.
{PLEASE REFER TO IS IS 1239(Pt.1):2004 FOR DETAILS OF SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS}
TEST RESULTS
Order No. Date
Size No.
Class/ Type
Cast No./ Lot No.
Quantity Tonnes
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
GALVANIZING REMARKS
C %
Mn %
S %
P %
Tensile Strength MPa
Elongation %
Flattening/ Bend Test
Weight g/m2
Uniformity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- It is certified that each steel tube is eddy current/hydrostatically tested to test pressure of 5 MPa. Screwed tubes and sockets are supplied with pipe threads conforming to IS 554 and material supplied conforms to standard dimensions and mass tolerances. Remarks REMARKS SHIPPING ADVICE NO. SIGNATURE OF AUTHORISED SIGNATORY WAGON NO. DESIGNATION TRUCK NO. FOR XYZ IRON AND STEEL COMPANY (It is suggested that size A-4 paper 210 X297 mm be used for this Test Certificate)
ANNEXURE - II
COMPLAINT RECORDS Sl No. Date of
receipt of complaint
Complaint Description of Tubes
Invoice No. & Date
Quan\tity under complaint
Nature of complaint
Investigation Findings Action taken Quantity
rejected and its disposal
Corrective action taken
Remarks
By Authority OfTHE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Legally Binding Document
By the Authority Vested By Part 5 of the United States Code § 552(a) and Part 1 of the Code of Regulations § 51 the attached document has been duly INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE and shall be considered legally binding upon all citizens and residents of the United States of America. HEED THIS NOTICE: Criminal penalties may apply for noncompliance.
Official Incorporator:THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOROFFICE OF THE FEDERAL REGISTERWASHINGTON, D.C.
Document Name:
CFR Section(s):
Standards Body:
e
American Society for Testing and Materials
49 CFR 192.113
ASTM A106: Standard Specification for SeamlessCarbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
a Designation: A 106/A 106M - 04b ~U .. 1
INTERNATIONAL
Standard Specification for
Used in USDOE·NE standards
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation A 1061 A 106M; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
This standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Department of Defense.
1. Scope*
1.1 This specification2 covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service (Note 1) in NPS Vs to NPS 48 [DN 6 to DN 1200] (Note 2) inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as given in ASME B 36.lOM. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging, and similar forming operations, and for welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.
NOTE I-It is suggested, consideration be given to possible graphitiza· tion.
NOTE 2-The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for seamless pipe intended for use in applications where a superior grade of pipe is required. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents. Therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of Committee AOI on Steel, Stainless Steel and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee AOl.09 on Carbon Steel Tubular Products.
Current edition approved Oct. I, 2004. Published October 2004. Originally approved in 1926. Last previous edition in 2004 as A 1061 A 106M - 04a.
2 For ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications see related Specifi· cations SA-106 in Section II of that Code.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards: 3
A 530lA 530M Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe
E 213 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing
E 309 Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products Using Magnetic Saturation
E 381 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings
E 570 Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
2.2 ASME Standard: ASME B 36.lOM Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel
Pipe4
2.3 Military Standards: MIL-STD-129 Marking for Shipment and Storage5
MIL-STD-163 Steel Mill Products, Preparation for Ship-ment and Storage5
2.4 Federal Standard: Fed. Std. No. 123 Marking for Shipments (Civil Agencies)5 Fed. Std. No. 183 Continuous Identification Marking ofIron
and Steel Products5
2.5 Other Standards: SSPC-SP 6 Surface Preparation Specification No. 66
3. Ordering Information
3.1 The inclusion of the following, as required will describe the desired material adequately, when ordered under this specification:
3.1.1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number oflengths),
3 For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, or contact ASTM Customer Service at [email protected]. For Annual Book of ASTM Standards volume information, refer to the standard's Document Summary page on the ASTM website.
4 Available from American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), ASME International Headquarters, Three Park Ave., New York, NY 10016·5990.
5 Available from Standardization Documents Order Desk, DODSSP, Bldg. 4, Section D, 700 Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19IIl·5098.
6 Available from Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), 40 24th St., 6th Floor, Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4656.
* A Summary of Changes section appears at the end of this standard.
Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428·2959, United States.
28
a Designation: A 106/A 106M - 04b ~U .. 1
INTERNATIONAL
Standard Specification for
Used in USDOE·NE standards
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation A 1061 A 106M; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
This standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Department of Defense.
1. Scope*
1.1 This specification2 covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service (Note 1) in NPS Vs to NPS 48 [DN 6 to DN 1200] (Note 2) inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as given in ASME B 36.lOM. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging, and similar forming operations, and for welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.
NOTE I-It is suggested, consideration be given to possible graphitiza· tion.
NOTE 2-The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for seamless pipe intended for use in applications where a superior grade of pipe is required. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents. Therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of Committee AOI on Steel, Stainless Steel and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee AOl.09 on Carbon Steel Tubular Products.
Current edition approved Oct. I, 2004. Published October 2004. Originally approved in 1926. Last previous edition in 2004 as A 1061 A 106M - 04a.
2 For ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications see related Specifi· cations SA-106 in Section II of that Code.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards: 3
A 530lA 530M Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe
E 213 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing
E 309 Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tubular Products Using Magnetic Saturation
E 381 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets, Blooms, and Forgings
E 570 Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
2.2 ASME Standard: ASME B 36.lOM Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel
Pipe4
2.3 Military Standards: MIL-STD-129 Marking for Shipment and Storage5
MIL-STD-163 Steel Mill Products, Preparation for Ship-ment and Storage5
2.4 Federal Standard: Fed. Std. No. 123 Marking for Shipments (Civil Agencies)5 Fed. Std. No. 183 Continuous Identification Marking ofIron
and Steel Products5
2.5 Other Standards: SSPC-SP 6 Surface Preparation Specification No. 66
3. Ordering Information
3.1 The inclusion of the following, as required will describe the desired material adequately, when ordered under this specification:
3.1.1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number oflengths),
3 For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, or contact ASTM Customer Service at [email protected]. For Annual Book of ASTM Standards volume information, refer to the standard's Document Summary page on the ASTM website.
4 Available from American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), ASME International Headquarters, Three Park Ave., New York, NY 10016·5990.
5 Available from Standardization Documents Order Desk, DODSSP, Bldg. 4, Section D, 700 Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19IIl·5098.
6 Available from Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), 40 24th St., 6th Floor, Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4656.
* A Summary of Changes section appears at the end of this standard.
Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428·2959, United States.
28
~ A 106/A 106M - 04b
3.1.2 Name of material (seamless carbon steel pipe), 3.1.3 Grade (Table 1), 3.1.4 Manufacture (hot-finished or cold-drawn), 3.1.5 Size (NPS [DN] and weight class or schedule number,
or both; outside diameter and nominal wall thickness; or inside diameter and nominal wall thickness),
3.1.6 Special outside diameter tolerance pipe (16.2.2), 3.1.7 Inside diameter tolerance pipe, over 10 in. [250 mm]
ID (16.2.3), 3.1.8 Length (specific or random, Section 20), 3.1.9 Optional requirements (Section 9 and Sl to S8), 3.1.1 0 Test report required (Section on Certification of
Specification A 530/ A 530M), 3.1.11 Specification designation (A 106 or A 106M, includ
ing year-date), 3.1.12 End use of material, 3.1.13 Hydrostatic test in accordance with Specification
A 530lA 530M or 13.3 of this specification, or NDE in accordance with Section 14 of this specification.
3.1.14 Special requirements.
4. Process
4.1 The steel shall be killed steel, with the primary melting process being open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace, possibly combined with separate degassing or refining. If secondary melting, using electroslag remelting or vacuum-arc remelting is subsequently employed, the heat shall be defined as all of the ingots remelted from a single primary heat.
4.2 Steel cast in ingots or strand cast is permissible. When steels of different grades are sequentially strand cast, identification of the resultant transition material is required. The producer shall remove the transition material by any established procedure that positively separates the grades.
4.3 For pipe NPS 1 V2 [DN 40] and under, it shall be permissible to furnish hot finished or cold drawn.
4.4 Unless otherwise specified, pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and over shall be furnished hot finished. When agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, it is permissible to furnish cold-drawn pipe.
5. Heat Treatment
5.1 Hot-finished pipe need not be heat treated. Cold-drawn pipe shall be heat treated after the final cold draw pass at a temperature of 1200 of (650°C) or higher.
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Composition, %
Grade A Grade B Grade C
Carbon, maxA 0.25 0.30 0.35 Manganese 0.27-0.93 0.29-1.06 0.29-1.06 Phosphorus, max 0.035 0.035 0.035 Sulfur, max 0.035 0.035 0.035 Silicon, min 0.10 0.10 0.10 Chrome, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Copper, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Molybdenum, maxB 0.15 0.15 0.15 Nickel, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Vanadium, maxB 0.08 0.08 0.08
A For each reduction of 0.01 % below the specified carbon maximum, an increase of 0.06 % manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.35 %. '
B These five elements combined shall not exceed 1 %.
29
6. General Requirements
6.1 Material furnished to this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the current edition of Specification A 530/ A 530M unless otherwise provided herein.
7. Chemical Composition
7.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition prescribed in Table 1.
8. Heat Analysis
8.1 An analysis of each heat of steel shall be made by the steel manufacturer to determine the percentages of the elements specified in Section 7. If the secondary melting processes of 5.1 are employed, the heat analysis shall be obtained from one remelted ingot or the product of one remelted ingot of each primary melt. The chemical composition thus determined, or that determined from a product analysis made by the manufacturer, if the latter has not manufactured the steel, shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative, and shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 7.
9. Product Analysis
9.1 At the request of the purchaser, analyses of two pipes from each lot (Note 3) of 400 lengths or fraction thereof, of each size up to, but not including, NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over, shall be made by the manufacturer from the finished pipe. The results of these analyses shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative and shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 7:
9.2 If the analysis of one of the tests specified in 9.1 does not conform to the requirements specified in Section 7, analyses shall be made on additional pipes of double the original number from the same lot, each of which shall conform to requirements specified.
NOTE 3-A lot shall consist of the number of lengths specified in Sections 9 and 21 of the same size and wall thickness from anyone heat of steel.
10. Tensile Requirements
10.1 The material shall conform to the requirements as to tensile properties given in Table 2.
11. Bending Requirements
11.1 For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and under, a sufficient length of pipe shall stand being bent cold through 90° around a cylindrical mandrel, the diameter of which is twelve times the outside diameter (as shown in ASME B36.lOM) of the pipe, without developing cracks. When ordered for close coiling, the pipe shall stand being bent cold through 180° around a cylindrical mandrel, the diameter of which is eight times the outside diameter (as shown in ASME B 36.lOM) of the pipe, without failure.
11.2 Subject to the approval of the purchaser, for pipe whose diameter exceeds 10 in. [250 mm], it shall be permissible for the bend test to be substituted for the flattening test described in Section 12. The bend test specimens shall be bent at room temperature through 180° with the inside diameter of
~ A 106/A 106M - 04b
3.1.2 Name of material (seamless carbon steel pipe), 3.1.3 Grade (Table 1), 3.1.4 Manufacture (hot-finished or cold-drawn), 3.1.5 Size (NPS [DN] and weight class or schedule number,
or both; outside diameter and nominal wall thickness; or inside diameter and nominal wall thickness),
3.1.6 Special outside diameter tolerance pipe (16.2.2), 3.1.7 Inside diameter tolerance pipe, over 10 in. [250 mm]
ID (16.2.3), 3.1.8 Length (specific or random, Section 20), 3.1.9 Optional requirements (Section 9 and Sl to S8), 3.1.1 0 Test report required (Section on Certification of
Specification A 530/ A 530M), 3.1.11 Specification designation (A 106 or A 106M, includ
ing year-date), 3.1.12 End use of material, 3.1.13 Hydrostatic test in accordance with Specification
A 530lA 530M or 13.3 of this specification, or NDE in accordance with Section 14 of this specification.
3.1.14 Special requirements.
4. Process
4.1 The steel shall be killed steel, with the primary melting process being open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace, possibly combined with separate degassing or refining. If secondary melting, using electroslag remelting or vacuum-arc remelting is subsequently employed, the heat shall be defined as all of the ingots remelted from a single primary heat.
4.2 Steel cast in ingots or strand cast is permissible. When steels of different grades are sequentially strand cast, identification of the resultant transition material is required. The producer shall remove the transition material by any established procedure that positively separates the grades.
4.3 For pipe NPS 1 V2 [DN 40] and under, it shall be permissible to furnish hot finished or cold drawn.
4.4 Unless otherwise specified, pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and over shall be furnished hot finished. When agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, it is permissible to furnish cold-drawn pipe.
5. Heat Treatment
5.1 Hot-finished pipe need not be heat treated. Cold-drawn pipe shall be heat treated after the final cold draw pass at a temperature of 1200 of (650°C) or higher.
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Composition, %
Grade A Grade B Grade C
Carbon, maxA 0.25 0.30 0.35 Manganese 0.27-0.93 0.29-1.06 0.29-1.06 Phosphorus, max 0.035 0.035 0.035 Sulfur, max 0.035 0.035 0.035 Silicon, min 0.10 0.10 0.10 Chrome, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Copper, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Molybdenum, maxB 0.15 0.15 0.15 Nickel, maxB 0.40 0.40 0.40 Vanadium, maxB 0.08 0.08 0.08
A For each reduction of 0.01 % below the specified carbon maximum, an increase of 0.06 % manganese above the specified maximum will be permitted up to a maximum of 1.35 %. '
B These five elements combined shall not exceed 1 %.
29
6. General Requirements
6.1 Material furnished to this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the current edition of Specification A 530/ A 530M unless otherwise provided herein.
7. Chemical Composition
7.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition prescribed in Table 1.
8. Heat Analysis
8.1 An analysis of each heat of steel shall be made by the steel manufacturer to determine the percentages of the elements specified in Section 7. If the secondary melting processes of 5.1 are employed, the heat analysis shall be obtained from one remelted ingot or the product of one remelted ingot of each primary melt. The chemical composition thus determined, or that determined from a product analysis made by the manufacturer, if the latter has not manufactured the steel, shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative, and shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 7.
9. Product Analysis
9.1 At the request of the purchaser, analyses of two pipes from each lot (Note 3) of 400 lengths or fraction thereof, of each size up to, but not including, NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over, shall be made by the manufacturer from the finished pipe. The results of these analyses shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative and shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 7:
9.2 If the analysis of one of the tests specified in 9.1 does not conform to the requirements specified in Section 7, analyses shall be made on additional pipes of double the original number from the same lot, each of which shall conform to requirements specified.
NOTE 3-A lot shall consist of the number of lengths specified in Sections 9 and 21 of the same size and wall thickness from anyone heat of steel.
10. Tensile Requirements
10.1 The material shall conform to the requirements as to tensile properties given in Table 2.
11. Bending Requirements
11.1 For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and under, a sufficient length of pipe shall stand being bent cold through 90° around a cylindrical mandrel, the diameter of which is twelve times the outside diameter (as shown in ASME B36.lOM) of the pipe, without developing cracks. When ordered for close coiling, the pipe shall stand being bent cold through 180° around a cylindrical mandrel, the diameter of which is eight times the outside diameter (as shown in ASME B 36.lOM) of the pipe, without failure.
11.2 Subject to the approval of the purchaser, for pipe whose diameter exceeds 10 in. [250 mm], it shall be permissible for the bend test to be substituted for the flattening test described in Section 12. The bend test specimens shall be bent at room temperature through 180° with the inside diameter of
o A 106/A 106M - 04b
TABLE 2 Tensile Requirements
Grade A Grade B Grade C
Tensile strength, min, psi [MPa] Yield strength, min, psi [MPa]
48 000 [330] 30 000 [205]
60 000 [415] 70 000 [485] 35 000 [240] 40 000 [275]
Elongation in 2 in. [50 mm], min, 'Yo: Basic minimum elongation transverse strip tests, and for all small
sizes tested in full section When standard round 2-in. [50-mm] gage length test specimen is
used For longitudinal strip tests For transverse strip tests, a deduction for each Vs2-in. [0.8-mm]
decrease in wall thickness below 5/,6 in. [7.9 mm] from the basic minimum elongation of the following percentage shall be made
Longitudinal
35
28
A
Transverse Longitu-dinal
25 30
20 22
A
1.25
Transverse Longitu- Transverse dinal
16.5 30 16.5
12 20 12
A
1.00 1.00
A The minimum elongation in 2 in. [50 mm] shall be determined by the following equation: e = 625 000A0 2 / U 0.9
for 81 units, and e = 1 940Ao.2 / U 0.9
for inch-pound units,
where: e minimum elongation in 2 in. [50 mm], %, rounded to the nearest 0.5 %, A cross-sectional area of the tension test specimen, in.2 [mm2], based upon specified outside diameter or nominal specimen width and specified wall thickness,
rounded to the nearest 0.01 in. 2 [1 mm2]. (If the area thus calculated is equal to or greater than 0.75 in. 2 [500 mm2], then the value 0.75 in.2 [500 mm2] shall be used.), and
U specified tensile strength, psi [MPa].
the bend being 1 in. [25 mm], without cracking on the outside portion of the bent portion.
11.3 For pipe whose diameter exceeds 25 in. [635 mm] and whose diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7.0 or less, the bend test described in 11.2 shall be conducted instead of the flattening test.
NOTE 4--Diameter to wall thickness ratio = specified outside diameter/ nominal wall thickness.
Example: For 28 in. [711 mm] diameter 5.000 in. [127 mm] thick pipe the diameter to wall thickness ratio = 28/5 = 5.6 [711/127 = 5.6].
12. Flattening Tests
12.1 Except as allowed by 11.2, for pipe over NPS 2 [DN 50], a section of pipe not less than 21/2 in. [63.5 mm] in length shall be flattened cold between parallel plates until the opposite walls of the pipe meet. Flattening tests shall be in accordance with Specification A 530/ A 530M, except that in the formula used to calculate the "H' value, the following "e" constants shall be used:
0.08 for Grade A 0.07 for Grades B and C
12.2 When low D-to-t ratio tubulars are tested, because the strain imposed due to geometry is unreasonably high on the inside surface at the six and twelve o'clock locations, cracks at these locations shall not be cause for rejection if the D-to-t ratio is less than ten.
13. Hydrostatic Test
13.1 Except as allowed by 13.2, 13.3, and 13.4, each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test without leakage through the pipe wall.
13.2 As an alternative to the hydrostatic test at the option of the manufacturer or where specified in the purchase order, it
30
shall be permissible for the full body of each pipe to be tested with a nondestructive electric test described in Sectien 14.
13.3 Where specified in the purchase order, it shall be permissible for pipe to be furnished without the hydrostatic test and without the nondestructive electric test in Section 14; in this case, each length so furnished shall include the mandatory marking of the letters "NH." It shall be permissible for pipe meeting the requirements of 13.1 or 13.2 to be furnished where pipe without either the hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test has been specified in the purchase order; in this case, such pipe need not be marked with the letters "NH." Pipe that has failed either the hydrostatic test of 13.1 or the nondestructive electric test of 13.2 shall not be furnished as "NH" pipe.
13.4 Where the hydrostatic test and the nondestructive electric test are omitted and the lengths marked with the letters "NH," the certification, where required, shall clearly state "Not Hydrostatically Tested," and the letters "NH" shall be appended to the product specification number and material grade shown on the certification.
14. Nondestructive Electric Test
14.1 As an alternative to the hydrostatic test at the option of the manufacturer or where specified in the purchase order as an alternative or addition to the hydrostatic test, the full body of each pipe shall be tested with a nondestructive electric test in accordance with Practice E 213, E 309, or E 570. In such cases, the marking of each length of pipe so furnished shall include the letters "NDE." It is the intent of this nondestructive electric test to reject pipe with impelfections that produce test signals equal to or greater than that produced by the applicable calibration standard.
o A 106/A 106M - 04b
TABLE 2 Tensile Requirements
Grade A Grade B Grade C
Tensile strength, min, psi [MPa] Yield strength, min, psi [MPa]
48 000 [330] 30 000 [205]
60 000 [415] 70 000 [485] 35 000 [240] 40 000 [275]
Elongation in 2 in. [50 mm], min, 'Yo: Basic minimum elongation transverse strip tests, and for all small
sizes tested in full section When standard round 2-in. [50-mm] gage length test specimen is
used For longitudinal strip tests For transverse strip tests, a deduction for each Vs2-in. [0.8-mm]
decrease in wall thickness below 5/,6 in. [7.9 mm] from the basic minimum elongation of the following percentage shall be made
Longitudinal
35
28
A
Transverse Longitu-dinal
25 30
20 22
A
1.25
Transverse Longitu- Transverse dinal
16.5 30 16.5
12 20 12
A
1.00 1.00
A The minimum elongation in 2 in. [50 mm] shall be determined by the following equation: e = 625 000A0 2 / U 0.9
for 81 units, and e = 1 940Ao.2 / U 0.9
for inch-pound units,
where: e minimum elongation in 2 in. [50 mm], %, rounded to the nearest 0.5 %, A cross-sectional area of the tension test specimen, in.2 [mm2], based upon specified outside diameter or nominal specimen width and specified wall thickness,
rounded to the nearest 0.01 in. 2 [1 mm2]. (If the area thus calculated is equal to or greater than 0.75 in. 2 [500 mm2], then the value 0.75 in.2 [500 mm2] shall be used.), and
U specified tensile strength, psi [MPa].
the bend being 1 in. [25 mm], without cracking on the outside portion of the bent portion.
11.3 For pipe whose diameter exceeds 25 in. [635 mm] and whose diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7.0 or less, the bend test described in 11.2 shall be conducted instead of the flattening test.
NOTE 4--Diameter to wall thickness ratio = specified outside diameter/ nominal wall thickness.
Example: For 28 in. [711 mm] diameter 5.000 in. [127 mm] thick pipe the diameter to wall thickness ratio = 28/5 = 5.6 [711/127 = 5.6].
12. Flattening Tests
12.1 Except as allowed by 11.2, for pipe over NPS 2 [DN 50], a section of pipe not less than 21/2 in. [63.5 mm] in length shall be flattened cold between parallel plates until the opposite walls of the pipe meet. Flattening tests shall be in accordance with Specification A 530/ A 530M, except that in the formula used to calculate the "H' value, the following "e" constants shall be used:
0.08 for Grade A 0.07 for Grades B and C
12.2 When low D-to-t ratio tubulars are tested, because the strain imposed due to geometry is unreasonably high on the inside surface at the six and twelve o'clock locations, cracks at these locations shall not be cause for rejection if the D-to-t ratio is less than ten.
13. Hydrostatic Test
13.1 Except as allowed by 13.2, 13.3, and 13.4, each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test without leakage through the pipe wall.
13.2 As an alternative to the hydrostatic test at the option of the manufacturer or where specified in the purchase order, it
30
shall be permissible for the full body of each pipe to be tested with a nondestructive electric test described in Sectien 14.
13.3 Where specified in the purchase order, it shall be permissible for pipe to be furnished without the hydrostatic test and without the nondestructive electric test in Section 14; in this case, each length so furnished shall include the mandatory marking of the letters "NH." It shall be permissible for pipe meeting the requirements of 13.1 or 13.2 to be furnished where pipe without either the hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test has been specified in the purchase order; in this case, such pipe need not be marked with the letters "NH." Pipe that has failed either the hydrostatic test of 13.1 or the nondestructive electric test of 13.2 shall not be furnished as "NH" pipe.
13.4 Where the hydrostatic test and the nondestructive electric test are omitted and the lengths marked with the letters "NH," the certification, where required, shall clearly state "Not Hydrostatically Tested," and the letters "NH" shall be appended to the product specification number and material grade shown on the certification.
14. Nondestructive Electric Test
14.1 As an alternative to the hydrostatic test at the option of the manufacturer or where specified in the purchase order as an alternative or addition to the hydrostatic test, the full body of each pipe shall be tested with a nondestructive electric test in accordance with Practice E 213, E 309, or E 570. In such cases, the marking of each length of pipe so furnished shall include the letters "NDE." It is the intent of this nondestructive electric test to reject pipe with impelfections that produce test signals equal to or greater than that produced by the applicable calibration standard.
1 !
\ \ .I
)
cO A 106/A 106M - 04b
14.2 Where the nondestructive electric test is peIiormed, the lengths shall be marked with the letters "NDE." The certification, where required, shall state "Nondestructive Electric Tested" and shall indicate which of the tests was applied. Also, the letters "NDE" shall be appended to the product specification number and material grade shown on the certification.
14.3 The following information is for the benefit of the user of this specification:
14.3.1 The reference standards defined in 14.4 through 14.6 are convenient standards for calibration of nondestructive testing equipment. The dimensions of such standards are not to be construed as the minimum sizes of impeIiections detectable by such equipment.
14.3.2 The ultrasonic testing referred to in this specification is capable of detecting the presence and location of significant longitudinally or circumferentially oriented imperfections: however, different techniques need to be employed for the detection of such differently oriented impeIiections. Ultrasonic testing is not necessarily capable of detecting short, deep imperfections.
14.3.3 The eddy current examination referenced in this specification has the capability of detecting significant imperfections, especially of the short abrupt type.
14.3.4 The flux leakage examination referred to in this specification is capable of detecting the presence and location of significant longitudinally or transversely oriented impeIiections: however, different techniques need to be employed for the detection of such differently oriented impeIiections.
14.3.5 The hydrostatic test referred to in Section 13 has the capability of finding defects of a size permitting the test fluid to leak through the tube wall and may be either visually seen or detected by a loss of pressure. Hydrostatic testing is not necessarily capable of detecting very tight, through-the-wall impeIiections or impeIiections that extend an appreciable distance into the wall without complete penetration.
14.3.6 A purchaser interested in ascertaining the nature (type, size, location, and orientation) of discontinuities that can be detected in the specific applications of these examinations is directed to discuss this with the manufacturer of the tubular product.
14.4 For ultrasonic testing, the calibration reference notches shall be, at the option of the producer, anyone of the three common notch shapes shown in Practice E 213. The depth of notch shall not exceed 12V2 % of the specified wall thickness of the pipe or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater.
14.5 For eddy current testing, the calibration pipe shall contain, at the option of the producer, anyone of the following discontinuities to establish a minimum. sensitivity level for rejection:
14.5.1 Drilled Hole-The calibration pipe shall contain depending upon the pipe diameter three holes spaced 120° apart or four holes spaced 90° apart and sufficiently separated longitudinally to ensure separately distinguishable responses. The holes shall be drilled radially and completely through the pipe wall, care being taken to avoid distortion of the pipe while drilling. Depending upon the pipe diameter the calibration pipe shall contain the following hole:
31
Diameter of NPS DN Drilled Hole
:5% :5 15 0.039 in. [1 mmJ >V2:51% >15:532 0.055 in. [1.4
mmJ >1%:52 > 32 :5 50 0.071 in. [1.8
mmJ >2:55 > 50 :5 125 0.087 in. [2.2
mmJ >5 > 125 0.106 in. [2.7
mmJ
14.5.2 Transverse Tangential Notch-Using a round tool or file with a V4-in. [6-mm] diameter, a notch shall be filed or milled tangential to the surface and transverse to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. The notch shall have· a depth not exceeding 12 112 % of the specified wall thickness of the pipe or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater.
14.5.3 Longitudinal Notch-A notch 0.031 in. [0.8 mm] or less in width shall be machined in a radial plane parallel to the tube axis on the outside suIiace of the pipe, to have a depth not exceeding 12 112 % of the specified wall thickness of the tube or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater. The length of the notch shall be compatible with the testing method.
14.5.4 Compatibility-The discontinuity in the calibration pipe shall be compatible with the testing equipment and the method being used.
14.6 For flux leakage testing, the longitudinal calibration reference notches shall be straight-sided notches machined in a radial plane parallel to the pipe axis. For wall thicknesses under V2 in. [12.7 mm], outside and inside notches shall be used; for wall thicknesses equal to and above V2 in. [12.7 mm], only an outside notch shall be used. Notch depth shall not exceed 121/2 % of the specified wall thickness, or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm],
whichever is greater. Notch length shall not exceed 1 in. [25 mm], and the width shall not exceed the depth. Outside diameter and inside diameter notches shall be located sufficiently apart to allow separation and identification of the signals.
14.7 Pipe containing one or more impeIiections that produce a signal equal to or greater than the signal produced by the calibration standard shall be rejected or the area producing the signal shall be reexamined.
14.7.1 Test signals produced by impeIiections which cannot be identified, or produced by cracks or crack-like impeIiections shall result in rejection of the pipe, unless it is repaired and retested. To be accepted, the pipe must pass the same specification test to which it was originally subjected, provided that the remaining wall thickness is not decreased below that permitted by this specification. The OD at the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so reduced.
14.7.2 Test signals produced by visual impeIiections such as those listed below may be evaluated in accordance with the provisions of Section 18:
14.7.2.1 Dinges, 14.7.2.2 Straightener marks, 14.7.2.3 Cutting chips, 14.7.2.4 Scratches, 14.7.2.5 Steel die stamps, 14.7.2.6 Stop marks, or
1 !
\ \ .I
)
cO A 106/A 106M - 04b
14.2 Where the nondestructive electric test is peIiormed, the lengths shall be marked with the letters "NDE." The certification, where required, shall state "Nondestructive Electric Tested" and shall indicate which of the tests was applied. Also, the letters "NDE" shall be appended to the product specification number and material grade shown on the certification.
14.3 The following information is for the benefit of the user of this specification:
14.3.1 The reference standards defined in 14.4 through 14.6 are convenient standards for calibration of nondestructive testing equipment. The dimensions of such standards are not to be construed as the minimum sizes of impeIiections detectable by such equipment.
14.3.2 The ultrasonic testing referred to in this specification is capable of detecting the presence and location of significant longitudinally or circumferentially oriented imperfections: however, different techniques need to be employed for the detection of such differently oriented impeIiections. Ultrasonic testing is not necessarily capable of detecting short, deep imperfections.
14.3.3 The eddy current examination referenced in this specification has the capability of detecting significant imperfections, especially of the short abrupt type.
14.3.4 The flux leakage examination referred to in this specification is capable of detecting the presence and location of significant longitudinally or transversely oriented impeIiections: however, different techniques need to be employed for the detection of such differently oriented impeIiections.
14.3.5 The hydrostatic test referred to in Section 13 has the capability of finding defects of a size permitting the test fluid to leak through the tube wall and may be either visually seen or detected by a loss of pressure. Hydrostatic testing is not necessarily capable of detecting very tight, through-the-wall impeIiections or impeIiections that extend an appreciable distance into the wall without complete penetration.
14.3.6 A purchaser interested in ascertaining the nature (type, size, location, and orientation) of discontinuities that can be detected in the specific applications of these examinations is directed to discuss this with the manufacturer of the tubular product.
14.4 For ultrasonic testing, the calibration reference notches shall be, at the option of the producer, anyone of the three common notch shapes shown in Practice E 213. The depth of notch shall not exceed 12V2 % of the specified wall thickness of the pipe or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater.
14.5 For eddy current testing, the calibration pipe shall contain, at the option of the producer, anyone of the following discontinuities to establish a minimum. sensitivity level for rejection:
14.5.1 Drilled Hole-The calibration pipe shall contain depending upon the pipe diameter three holes spaced 120° apart or four holes spaced 90° apart and sufficiently separated longitudinally to ensure separately distinguishable responses. The holes shall be drilled radially and completely through the pipe wall, care being taken to avoid distortion of the pipe while drilling. Depending upon the pipe diameter the calibration pipe shall contain the following hole:
31
Diameter of NPS DN Drilled Hole
:5% :5 15 0.039 in. [1 mmJ >V2:51% >15:532 0.055 in. [1.4
mmJ >1%:52 > 32 :5 50 0.071 in. [1.8
mmJ >2:55 > 50 :5 125 0.087 in. [2.2
mmJ >5 > 125 0.106 in. [2.7
mmJ
14.5.2 Transverse Tangential Notch-Using a round tool or file with a V4-in. [6-mm] diameter, a notch shall be filed or milled tangential to the surface and transverse to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. The notch shall have· a depth not exceeding 12 112 % of the specified wall thickness of the pipe or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater.
14.5.3 Longitudinal Notch-A notch 0.031 in. [0.8 mm] or less in width shall be machined in a radial plane parallel to the tube axis on the outside suIiace of the pipe, to have a depth not exceeding 12 112 % of the specified wall thickness of the tube or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm], whichever is greater. The length of the notch shall be compatible with the testing method.
14.5.4 Compatibility-The discontinuity in the calibration pipe shall be compatible with the testing equipment and the method being used.
14.6 For flux leakage testing, the longitudinal calibration reference notches shall be straight-sided notches machined in a radial plane parallel to the pipe axis. For wall thicknesses under V2 in. [12.7 mm], outside and inside notches shall be used; for wall thicknesses equal to and above V2 in. [12.7 mm], only an outside notch shall be used. Notch depth shall not exceed 121/2 % of the specified wall thickness, or 0.004 in. [0.1 mm],
whichever is greater. Notch length shall not exceed 1 in. [25 mm], and the width shall not exceed the depth. Outside diameter and inside diameter notches shall be located sufficiently apart to allow separation and identification of the signals.
14.7 Pipe containing one or more impeIiections that produce a signal equal to or greater than the signal produced by the calibration standard shall be rejected or the area producing the signal shall be reexamined.
14.7.1 Test signals produced by impeIiections which cannot be identified, or produced by cracks or crack-like impeIiections shall result in rejection of the pipe, unless it is repaired and retested. To be accepted, the pipe must pass the same specification test to which it was originally subjected, provided that the remaining wall thickness is not decreased below that permitted by this specification. The OD at the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so reduced.
14.7.2 Test signals produced by visual impeIiections such as those listed below may be evaluated in accordance with the provisions of Section 18:
14.7.2.1 Dinges, 14.7.2.2 Straightener marks, 14.7.2.3 Cutting chips, 14.7.2.4 Scratches, 14.7.2.5 Steel die stamps, 14.7.2.6 Stop marks, or
~ A 10S/A 10SM - 04b
14.7.2.7 Pipe reducer ripple. 14.8 The test methods described in this section are not
necessarily capable of inspecting the end portion of pipes, a condition referred to as "end effect." The length of such end effect shall be determined by the manufacturer and, when specified in the purchase order, reported to the purchaser.
15. Nipples
15.1 Nipples shall be cut from pipe of the same dimensions and quality described in this specification.
16. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
16.1 Mass-The mass of any length of pipe shall not vary more than 10 % over and 3.5 % under that specified. Unless otherwise agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, pipe in NPS 4 [DN 100] and smaller may be weighed in convenient lots; pipe larger than NPS 4 [DN 100] shall be weighed separately.
16.2 Diameter-The tolerances for diameter shall be in accordance with the following:
16.2.1 Except for pipe ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe or as inside diameter tolerance pipe, variations in outside diameter shall not exceed those given in Table 3.
16.2.2 For pipe over 10 in. [250 mm] OD ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe, the outside diameter shall not vary more than 1 % over or 1 % under the specified outside diameter.
16.2.3 For pipe over 10 in. [250 mm] ID ordered as inside diameter tolerance pipe, the inside diameter shall not vary more than 1 % over or 1 % under the specified inside diameter.
16.3 Thickness-The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5 % under the specified wall thickness.
17. Lengths
17.1 Pipe lengths shall be in accordance with the following regular practice:
17.1.1 The lengths required shall be specified in the order, and
17.1.2 No jointers are permitted unless otherwise specified.
TABLE 3 Variations in Outside Diameter
Permissible Variations in Outside Diameter
NPS [ON Designator] Over Under
in. mm in. mm
Va to 1'h [6 to 40]. Va. (0.015) 0.4 Va. (0.015) 0.4 incl Over 1'12 to 4 [40 to '/32 (0.031) 0.8 V32 (0.031) 0.8 100]. incl Over 4 to 8 [100 to V'6 (0.062) 1.6 %2 (0.031) 0.8 200], incl Over 8 to 18 [200 to %2 (0.093) 2.4 %2 (0.031) 0.8 450]. incl Over 18 to 26 [450 to '/s (0.125) 3.2 %2 (0.031) 0.8 650]. incl Over 26 to 34 [650 to %2 (0.156) 4.0 %2 (0.031) 0.8 850]. incl Over 34 to 48 [850 to 3/'6 (0.187) 4.8 '/32 (0.031) 0.8 1200]. incl
32
17.1.3 If definite lengths are not required, pipe may be ordered in single random lengths of 16 to 22 ft [4.8 to 6.7 m] with 5 % 12 to 16 ft [3.7 to 4.8 m], or in double random lengths with a minimum average of 35 ft [10.7 m] and a minimum length of 22 ft [6.7 m] with 5 % 16 to 22 ft [4.8 to 6.7 m].
18. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
18.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a sufficient number of visual surface imperfections to provide reasonable assurance that they have been properly evaluated with respect to depth. Exploration of all surface imperfections is not required but consideration should be given to the necessity of exploring all surface imperfections to assure compliance with 18.2.
18.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than 121/2 % of the nominal wall thickness or encroach on the minimum wall thickness shall be considered defects. Pipe with such defects shall be given one of the following dispositions:
18.2.1 The defect shall be removed by grinding, provided that the remaining wall thickness is within the limits specified in 16.3.
18.2.2 Repaired in accordance with the repair welding provisions of 18.6.
18.2.3 The section of pipe containing the defect may be cut off within the limits of requirements on length.
18.2.4 Rejected. 18.3 To provide a workmanlike finish and basis for evalu
ating conformance with 18.2 the pipe manufacturer shall remove by grinding the following noninjurious imperfections:
18.3.1 Mechanical marks, abrasions (Note 5) and pits, any of which imperfections are deeper than 1/16 in. [1.6 mm].
18.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to as scabs, seams, laps, tears, or s).ivers found by exploration in accordance with 18.1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nominal wall thickness.
18.4 At the purchaser's discretion, pipe shall be subjected to rejection if surface imperfections acceptable under 18.2 are not scattered, but appear over a large area in excess of what is considered a workmanlike finish. Disposition of such pipe shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
18.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained, and the wall thickness shall not be decreased below that permitted by this specification. The outside diameter at the point of grinding is permitted to be reduced by the amount so removed.
18.5.1 Wall thickness measurements shall be made with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructive testing device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shall govern.
18.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to the approval of the purchaser and in accordance with Specification A 530/ A 530M.
18.7 The finished pipe shall be reasonably straight.
NOTE 5-Marks and abrasions are defined as cable marks, dinges, guide marks, roll marks, ball scratches, scores, die marks, etc.
~ A 10S/A 10SM - 04b
14.7.2.7 Pipe reducer ripple. 14.8 The test methods described in this section are not
necessarily capable of inspecting the end portion of pipes, a condition referred to as "end effect." The length of such end effect shall be determined by the manufacturer and, when specified in the purchase order, reported to the purchaser.
15. Nipples
15.1 Nipples shall be cut from pipe of the same dimensions and quality described in this specification.
16. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
16.1 Mass-The mass of any length of pipe shall not vary more than 10 % over and 3.5 % under that specified. Unless otherwise agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, pipe in NPS 4 [DN 100] and smaller may be weighed in convenient lots; pipe larger than NPS 4 [DN 100] shall be weighed separately.
16.2 Diameter-The tolerances for diameter shall be in accordance with the following:
16.2.1 Except for pipe ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe or as inside diameter tolerance pipe, variations in outside diameter shall not exceed those given in Table 3.
16.2.2 For pipe over 10 in. [250 mm] OD ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe, the outside diameter shall not vary more than 1 % over or 1 % under the specified outside diameter.
16.2.3 For pipe over 10 in. [250 mm] ID ordered as inside diameter tolerance pipe, the inside diameter shall not vary more than 1 % over or 1 % under the specified inside diameter.
16.3 Thickness-The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5 % under the specified wall thickness.
17. Lengths
17.1 Pipe lengths shall be in accordance with the following regular practice:
17.1.1 The lengths required shall be specified in the order, and
17.1.2 No jointers are permitted unless otherwise specified.
TABLE 3 Variations in Outside Diameter
Permissible Variations in Outside Diameter
NPS [ON Designator] Over Under
in. mm in. mm
Va to 1'h [6 to 40]. Va. (0.015) 0.4 Va. (0.015) 0.4 incl Over 1'12 to 4 [40 to '/32 (0.031) 0.8 V32 (0.031) 0.8 100]. incl Over 4 to 8 [100 to V'6 (0.062) 1.6 %2 (0.031) 0.8 200], incl Over 8 to 18 [200 to %2 (0.093) 2.4 %2 (0.031) 0.8 450]. incl Over 18 to 26 [450 to '/s (0.125) 3.2 %2 (0.031) 0.8 650]. incl Over 26 to 34 [650 to %2 (0.156) 4.0 %2 (0.031) 0.8 850]. incl Over 34 to 48 [850 to 3/'6 (0.187) 4.8 '/32 (0.031) 0.8 1200]. incl
32
17.1.3 If definite lengths are not required, pipe may be ordered in single random lengths of 16 to 22 ft [4.8 to 6.7 m] with 5 % 12 to 16 ft [3.7 to 4.8 m], or in double random lengths with a minimum average of 35 ft [10.7 m] and a minimum length of 22 ft [6.7 m] with 5 % 16 to 22 ft [4.8 to 6.7 m].
18. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
18.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a sufficient number of visual surface imperfections to provide reasonable assurance that they have been properly evaluated with respect to depth. Exploration of all surface imperfections is not required but consideration should be given to the necessity of exploring all surface imperfections to assure compliance with 18.2.
18.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than 121/2 % of the nominal wall thickness or encroach on the minimum wall thickness shall be considered defects. Pipe with such defects shall be given one of the following dispositions:
18.2.1 The defect shall be removed by grinding, provided that the remaining wall thickness is within the limits specified in 16.3.
18.2.2 Repaired in accordance with the repair welding provisions of 18.6.
18.2.3 The section of pipe containing the defect may be cut off within the limits of requirements on length.
18.2.4 Rejected. 18.3 To provide a workmanlike finish and basis for evalu
ating conformance with 18.2 the pipe manufacturer shall remove by grinding the following noninjurious imperfections:
18.3.1 Mechanical marks, abrasions (Note 5) and pits, any of which imperfections are deeper than 1/16 in. [1.6 mm].
18.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to as scabs, seams, laps, tears, or s).ivers found by exploration in accordance with 18.1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nominal wall thickness.
18.4 At the purchaser's discretion, pipe shall be subjected to rejection if surface imperfections acceptable under 18.2 are not scattered, but appear over a large area in excess of what is considered a workmanlike finish. Disposition of such pipe shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
18.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained, and the wall thickness shall not be decreased below that permitted by this specification. The outside diameter at the point of grinding is permitted to be reduced by the amount so removed.
18.5.1 Wall thickness measurements shall be made with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructive testing device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shall govern.
18.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to the approval of the purchaser and in accordance with Specification A 530/ A 530M.
18.7 The finished pipe shall be reasonably straight.
NOTE 5-Marks and abrasions are defined as cable marks, dinges, guide marks, roll marks, ball scratches, scores, die marks, etc.
• A 106/A 106M - 04b
19. End Finish
19.1 The Pipe shall be furnished to the following practice, unless otherwise specified.
19.1.1 NPS 11/2 [DN 40J and Smaller-All walls shall be either plain-end square cut, or plain-end beveled at the option of the manufacturer.
19.1.2 NPS 2 [DN 50J and Larger-Walls through extra strong weights, shall be plain-end-beveled._
19.1.3 NPS 2 [DN 50J and Larger-Walls over extra strong weights, shall be plain-end square cut.
NOTE 6-Plain-end beveled is defined as plain-end pipe having a bevel angle of 30°, +5° or _0°, as measured from a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of the pipe with a root face of 1/16 ± Y32 in. [1.6 ± 0.8 mm]. Other bevel angles may be specified by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
20. Number of Tests
20.1 The tensile requirements specified in Section 7 shall be determined on one length of pipe from each lot (Note 3) of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size under NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over.
20.2 For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and under, the bend test specified in 11.1 shall be made on one pipe from each lot of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size. The bend test, where used as permitted by 11.2 or required by 11.3, shall be made on one end of 5 % of the pipe from each lot. For small lots, at least one pipe shall be tested.
20.3 The flattening test specified in Section 12 shall be made on one length of pipe from each lot of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size over NPS 2 [DN 50], up to but not including NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof, of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over.
20.4 If any test specimen shows flaws or defective machining, it shall be permissible to discard it and substitute another test specimen.
21. Retests
21.1 If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is less than that given in Table 1 and any part of the fracture is more than % in. [19 mm] from the center of the gage length of a 2-in. [50-mm] specimen as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be allowed. If a specimen breaks in an inside or outside surface flaw, a retest shall be allowed.
21.2 Should a crop end of a finished pipe fail in the flattening test, one retest is permitted to be made from the failed end. Pipe shall be normalized either before or after the first test, but pipe shall be subjected to only two normalizing treatments.
22. Test Specimens and Test Methods
22.1 On NPS 8 [DN 200] and larger, specimens cut either longitudinally or transversely shall be acceptable for the tension test. On sizes smaller than NPS 8 [DN 200], the longitudinal test only shall be used.
22.2 When round tension test specimens are used for pipe wall thicknesses over 1.0 in. [25.4 mm], the mid-length of the
33
longitudinal axis of such test specimens shall be from a location midway between the inside and outside surfaces of the pipe.
22.3 Test specimens for the bend test specified in Section 11 and for the flattening tests shall consist of sections cut from a pipe. Specimens for flattening tests shall be smooth on the ends and free from burrs, except when made on crop ends.
22.4 Test specimens for the bend test specified in 11.2 and 11.3 shall be cut from one end of the pipe and, unless otherwise specified, shall be taken in a transverse direction. One test specimen shall be taken as close to the outer surface as possible and another from as close to the inner surface as possible. The specimens shall be either liz by V2 in. [12.5 by 12.5 mm] in section or 1 by liz in. [25 by 12.5 mm] in section with the corners rounded to a radius not over VI6 in. [1.6 rom] and need not exceed 6 in. [150 mm] in length. The side of the samples placed in tension during the bend shall be the side closest to the inner and outer surface of the pipe respectively.
22.5 All routine check tests shall be made at room temperature.
23. Certification
23.1 When test reports are requested, in addition to the requirements of Specification A 5301 A 530M, the producer or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser a chemical analysis report for the elements specified in Table 1.
24. Product Marking
24.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in Specification A 530lA 530M, the marking shall include heat number, the information as per Table 4, an additional symbol "S" if one or more of the supplementary requirements apply; the length, aD 1 %, if ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe; ill 1 %, if ordered as special inside diameter tolerance pipe; the schedule number, weight c~ass, or nominal wall thickness; and, for sizes larger than NPS 4 [DN 100], the weight. Length shall be marked in feet and tenths of a foot [metres to two decimal places], depending on the units to which the material was ordered, or other marking subject to agreement. For sizes NPS 11/2, 11/4, 1, and % [DN 40,32,25, and 20], each length shall be marked as prescribed in Specification A 5301 A 530M. These sizes shall be bundled in accordance with standard mill practice and the total bundle footage marked on the bundle tag; individual lengths of pipe need not be marked with footage. For sizes less than NPS % [DN 20], all the required markings shall be on the bundle tag or on each length of pipe and shall include the total footage; individual lengths of pipe need not be marked with footage. If not marked on the bundle tag, all required marking shall be on each length.
24.2 When pipe sections are cut into shorter lengths by a subsequent processor for resale as material, the processor shall
TABLE 4 Marking
Hydro NDE Marking
Yes No Test Pressure No Yes NDE No No NH Yes Yes Test Pressure/NDE
• A 106/A 106M - 04b
19. End Finish
19.1 The Pipe shall be furnished to the following practice, unless otherwise specified.
19.1.1 NPS 11/2 [DN 40J and Smaller-All walls shall be either plain-end square cut, or plain-end beveled at the option of the manufacturer.
19.1.2 NPS 2 [DN 50J and Larger-Walls through extra strong weights, shall be plain-end-beveled._
19.1.3 NPS 2 [DN 50J and Larger-Walls over extra strong weights, shall be plain-end square cut.
NOTE 6-Plain-end beveled is defined as plain-end pipe having a bevel angle of 30°, +5° or _0°, as measured from a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of the pipe with a root face of 1/16 ± Y32 in. [1.6 ± 0.8 mm]. Other bevel angles may be specified by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
20. Number of Tests
20.1 The tensile requirements specified in Section 7 shall be determined on one length of pipe from each lot (Note 3) of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size under NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over.
20.2 For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and under, the bend test specified in 11.1 shall be made on one pipe from each lot of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size. The bend test, where used as permitted by 11.2 or required by 11.3, shall be made on one end of 5 % of the pipe from each lot. For small lots, at least one pipe shall be tested.
20.3 The flattening test specified in Section 12 shall be made on one length of pipe from each lot of 400 lengths or fraction thereof of each size over NPS 2 [DN 50], up to but not including NPS 6 [DN 150], and from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof, of each size NPS 6 [DN 150] and over.
20.4 If any test specimen shows flaws or defective machining, it shall be permissible to discard it and substitute another test specimen.
21. Retests
21.1 If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is less than that given in Table 1 and any part of the fracture is more than % in. [19 mm] from the center of the gage length of a 2-in. [50-mm] specimen as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be allowed. If a specimen breaks in an inside or outside surface flaw, a retest shall be allowed.
21.2 Should a crop end of a finished pipe fail in the flattening test, one retest is permitted to be made from the failed end. Pipe shall be normalized either before or after the first test, but pipe shall be subjected to only two normalizing treatments.
22. Test Specimens and Test Methods
22.1 On NPS 8 [DN 200] and larger, specimens cut either longitudinally or transversely shall be acceptable for the tension test. On sizes smaller than NPS 8 [DN 200], the longitudinal test only shall be used.
22.2 When round tension test specimens are used for pipe wall thicknesses over 1.0 in. [25.4 mm], the mid-length of the
33
longitudinal axis of such test specimens shall be from a location midway between the inside and outside surfaces of the pipe.
22.3 Test specimens for the bend test specified in Section 11 and for the flattening tests shall consist of sections cut from a pipe. Specimens for flattening tests shall be smooth on the ends and free from burrs, except when made on crop ends.
22.4 Test specimens for the bend test specified in 11.2 and 11.3 shall be cut from one end of the pipe and, unless otherwise specified, shall be taken in a transverse direction. One test specimen shall be taken as close to the outer surface as possible and another from as close to the inner surface as possible. The specimens shall be either liz by V2 in. [12.5 by 12.5 mm] in section or 1 by liz in. [25 by 12.5 mm] in section with the corners rounded to a radius not over VI6 in. [1.6 rom] and need not exceed 6 in. [150 mm] in length. The side of the samples placed in tension during the bend shall be the side closest to the inner and outer surface of the pipe respectively.
22.5 All routine check tests shall be made at room temperature.
23. Certification
23.1 When test reports are requested, in addition to the requirements of Specification A 5301 A 530M, the producer or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser a chemical analysis report for the elements specified in Table 1.
24. Product Marking
24.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in Specification A 530lA 530M, the marking shall include heat number, the information as per Table 4, an additional symbol "S" if one or more of the supplementary requirements apply; the length, aD 1 %, if ordered as special outside diameter tolerance pipe; ill 1 %, if ordered as special inside diameter tolerance pipe; the schedule number, weight c~ass, or nominal wall thickness; and, for sizes larger than NPS 4 [DN 100], the weight. Length shall be marked in feet and tenths of a foot [metres to two decimal places], depending on the units to which the material was ordered, or other marking subject to agreement. For sizes NPS 11/2, 11/4, 1, and % [DN 40,32,25, and 20], each length shall be marked as prescribed in Specification A 5301 A 530M. These sizes shall be bundled in accordance with standard mill practice and the total bundle footage marked on the bundle tag; individual lengths of pipe need not be marked with footage. For sizes less than NPS % [DN 20], all the required markings shall be on the bundle tag or on each length of pipe and shall include the total footage; individual lengths of pipe need not be marked with footage. If not marked on the bundle tag, all required marking shall be on each length.
24.2 When pipe sections are cut into shorter lengths by a subsequent processor for resale as material, the processor shall
TABLE 4 Marking
Hydro NDE Marking
Yes No Test Pressure No Yes NDE No No NH Yes Yes Test Pressure/NDE
~ A 106/A 106M - 04b
transfer complete identifying information, including the name or brand of the manufacturer to each unmarked cut length, or to metal tags securely attached to bundles of unmarked small diameter pipe. The same material designation shall be included with the information transferred, and the processor's name, trademark, or brand shall be added.
24.3 Bar Coding-In addition to the requirements in 24.1 and 24.2, bar coding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. The purchaser may specify in the order a specific bar coding system to be used.
25. Government Procurement
25.1 When specified in the contract, material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of MIL-STD-163. The applicable levels shall be as specified in the contract. Marking for the shipment of such
material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 123 for civil agencies and MIL-STD-129 or Fed. Std. No. 183 if continuous marking is required for military agencies.
25.2 Inspection-Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the producer is responsible for the performance of all inspection and test requirements specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract, the producer shall use his own, or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to ensure that the material conforms to the prescribed requirements.
26. Keywords
26.1 carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified in the purchase order. The purchaser may specify a different frequency of test or analysis than is provided in the supplementary requirement. Subject to agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer, retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary requirements may also be modified.
S1. Product Analysis
S 1.1 Product analysis shall be made on each length of pipe. Individual lengths 'failing to conform to the chemical composition requirements shall be rejected,
S2. Transverse Tension Test
S2.1 A transverse tension test shall be made on a specimen from one end. or both ends of each pipe NPS 8 [DN 200] and over. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length fails to meet the required tensile properties (tensile, yield, and elongation), that length shall be rejected subject to retreatment in accordance with Specification A 5301 A 530M and satisfactory retest.
S3. Flattening Test
S3.1 The flattening test of Specification A 530/A 530M shall be made on a specimen from one end or both ends of each pipe. Crop ends may be used. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length fails because of lack of ductility prior to satisfactory completion of the first step of the flattening test requirement, that pipe shall be rejected subject to retreatment in accordance with Specification A 5301 A 530M and satisfactory retest. If a specimen from any length of pipe fails because of a lack of soundness, that length shall be rejected, unless subsequent retesting indicates that the remaining length is sound.
S4. Metal Structure and Etching Test
S4.1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by etching tests conducted in accordance with the appropriate sections of Method E 381. Etching tests shall be made on a cross section
34
from one end or both ends of each pipe and shall show sound and reasonably uniform material free from injurious laminations, cracks, and similar objectionable defects. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe required shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length shows objectionable defects, the length shall be rejected, subject to removal of the defective end and subsequent retests indicating the remainder of the length to be sound and reasonably uniform material.
S5. Carbon Equivalent
S5.1 The steel shall conform to a carbon equivalent (CE) of 0.50 maximum as determined by the following formula:
%Mn %Cr + %Mo + %V %Ni + %Cu CE = %C + -6- + 5 + 15
S5.2 A lower CE maximum may be agreed upon between the purchaser and the producer.
S5.3 The CE shall be reported on the test report.
S6. Heat Treated Test Specimens
S6.1 At the request of the purchaser, one tensile test shall be performed by the manufacturer on a test· specimen from each heat of steel furnished which has been either stress relieved at 1250 OF or normalized at 1650 OF, as specified by the purchaser. Other stress relief or annealing temperatures, as appropriate to the analysis, may be specified by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. The results of this test shall meet the requirements of Table 1.
S7. Internal Cleanliness-Government Orders
S7.1 The internal surface of hot finished ferritic steel pipe and tube shall be manufactured to a free of scale condition
~ A 106/A 106M - 04b
transfer complete identifying information, including the name or brand of the manufacturer to each unmarked cut length, or to metal tags securely attached to bundles of unmarked small diameter pipe. The same material designation shall be included with the information transferred, and the processor's name, trademark, or brand shall be added.
24.3 Bar Coding-In addition to the requirements in 24.1 and 24.2, bar coding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. The purchaser may specify in the order a specific bar coding system to be used.
25. Government Procurement
25.1 When specified in the contract, material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of MIL-STD-163. The applicable levels shall be as specified in the contract. Marking for the shipment of such
material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 123 for civil agencies and MIL-STD-129 or Fed. Std. No. 183 if continuous marking is required for military agencies.
25.2 Inspection-Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the producer is responsible for the performance of all inspection and test requirements specified herein. Except as otherwise specified in the contract, the producer shall use his own, or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where such inspections are deemed necessary to ensure that the material conforms to the prescribed requirements.
26. Keywords
26.1 carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified in the purchase order. The purchaser may specify a different frequency of test or analysis than is provided in the supplementary requirement. Subject to agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer, retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary requirements may also be modified.
S1. Product Analysis
S 1.1 Product analysis shall be made on each length of pipe. Individual lengths 'failing to conform to the chemical composition requirements shall be rejected,
S2. Transverse Tension Test
S2.1 A transverse tension test shall be made on a specimen from one end. or both ends of each pipe NPS 8 [DN 200] and over. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length fails to meet the required tensile properties (tensile, yield, and elongation), that length shall be rejected subject to retreatment in accordance with Specification A 5301 A 530M and satisfactory retest.
S3. Flattening Test
S3.1 The flattening test of Specification A 530/A 530M shall be made on a specimen from one end or both ends of each pipe. Crop ends may be used. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length fails because of lack of ductility prior to satisfactory completion of the first step of the flattening test requirement, that pipe shall be rejected subject to retreatment in accordance with Specification A 5301 A 530M and satisfactory retest. If a specimen from any length of pipe fails because of a lack of soundness, that length shall be rejected, unless subsequent retesting indicates that the remaining length is sound.
S4. Metal Structure and Etching Test
S4.1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by etching tests conducted in accordance with the appropriate sections of Method E 381. Etching tests shall be made on a cross section
34
from one end or both ends of each pipe and shall show sound and reasonably uniform material free from injurious laminations, cracks, and similar objectionable defects. If this supplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests per pipe required shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length shows objectionable defects, the length shall be rejected, subject to removal of the defective end and subsequent retests indicating the remainder of the length to be sound and reasonably uniform material.
S5. Carbon Equivalent
S5.1 The steel shall conform to a carbon equivalent (CE) of 0.50 maximum as determined by the following formula:
%Mn %Cr + %Mo + %V %Ni + %Cu CE = %C + -6- + 5 + 15
S5.2 A lower CE maximum may be agreed upon between the purchaser and the producer.
S5.3 The CE shall be reported on the test report.
S6. Heat Treated Test Specimens
S6.1 At the request of the purchaser, one tensile test shall be performed by the manufacturer on a test· specimen from each heat of steel furnished which has been either stress relieved at 1250 OF or normalized at 1650 OF, as specified by the purchaser. Other stress relief or annealing temperatures, as appropriate to the analysis, may be specified by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. The results of this test shall meet the requirements of Table 1.
S7. Internal Cleanliness-Government Orders
S7.1 The internal surface of hot finished ferritic steel pipe and tube shall be manufactured to a free of scale condition
• A 106/A 106M - 04b
equivalent to the visual standard listed in SSPC-SP6. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure that has been shown to be effective. This procedure shall be available for audit.
S8. Requirements for Carbon Steel Pipe for Hydrofluoric Acid Alkylation Service
S8.1 Pipe shall be provided inthe normalized heat-treated - condition.
S8.2 The carbon equivalent (CE), based upon heat analysis, shall not exceed 0.43 % if the specified wall thickness is equal to or less than 1 in. [25.4 mm] or 0.45 % if the specified wall thickness is greater than 1 in. [25.4 mm].
S8.3 The carbon equivalent (CE) shall be determined using the following formula: -
CE = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15
S8.4 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the vanadium content shall not exceed 0.02 %, the niobium content shall not exceed 0.02 %, and the sum of the vanadium and niobium contents shall not exceed 0.03 %.
S8.5 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the sum of the nickel and copper contents shall not exceed 0.15 %.
S8.6 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the carbon contentshall not be less than 0.18 %.
S8.7 Welding consumables of repair welds shall be of low hydrogen type. E60XX electrodes shall not be used and the resultant weld chemical composition shall meet the chemical composition requirements specified for the pipe.
S8.8 The designation "HF-N" shall be stamped or marked on each pipe to signify that the pipe complies with this supplementary requirement.
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 04a, that may impact the use of this specification. (Approved October 1, 2004)
(1) Revised 1.2 to delete the number of Supplementary Requiremen!s.
(2) Revised 13.3 to permit the supply of hydrostatically tested or nondestructively tested pipe, and to prohibit the supply of pipe that has failed either test, both when NH pipe has been ordered.
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 04, that may impact the use of this specification. (Approved July 1, 2004)
(1) Editorially revised Supplementary Requirements S8.
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 02a, that may impact the use of this specification, (Approved March 1, 2004)
(1) Deleted Note 2 in 1.1. (2) Deleted Tables 3 and 4 and renumbered subsequent tables. (3) Deleted Appendixes Xl and X2. (4) Included rationalized SI units throughout, creating a combined standard.
(5) Added Supplementary Requirements S8 for HF acid alkylation service.
ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, are entirely their own responsibility.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed evelJl five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards and should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your commf!nts will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below.
This standard is copyrighted by ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the above address or at 610-832-9585 (phone), 610-832-9555 (fax), or [email protected] (e-mail); or through the ASTM website (www.astm.org).
35
• A 106/A 106M - 04b
equivalent to the visual standard listed in SSPC-SP6. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure that has been shown to be effective. This procedure shall be available for audit.
S8. Requirements for Carbon Steel Pipe for Hydrofluoric Acid Alkylation Service
S8.1 Pipe shall be provided inthe normalized heat-treated - condition.
S8.2 The carbon equivalent (CE), based upon heat analysis, shall not exceed 0.43 % if the specified wall thickness is equal to or less than 1 in. [25.4 mm] or 0.45 % if the specified wall thickness is greater than 1 in. [25.4 mm].
S8.3 The carbon equivalent (CE) shall be determined using the following formula: -
CE = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15
S8.4 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the vanadium content shall not exceed 0.02 %, the niobium content shall not exceed 0.02 %, and the sum of the vanadium and niobium contents shall not exceed 0.03 %.
S8.5 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the sum of the nickel and copper contents shall not exceed 0.15 %.
S8.6 Based upon heat analysis in mass percent, the carbon contentshall not be less than 0.18 %.
S8.7 Welding consumables of repair welds shall be of low hydrogen type. E60XX electrodes shall not be used and the resultant weld chemical composition shall meet the chemical composition requirements specified for the pipe.
S8.8 The designation "HF-N" shall be stamped or marked on each pipe to signify that the pipe complies with this supplementary requirement.
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 04a, that may impact the use of this specification. (Approved October 1, 2004)
(1) Revised 1.2 to delete the number of Supplementary Requiremen!s.
(2) Revised 13.3 to permit the supply of hydrostatically tested or nondestructively tested pipe, and to prohibit the supply of pipe that has failed either test, both when NH pipe has been ordered.
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 04, that may impact the use of this specification. (Approved July 1, 2004)
(1) Editorially revised Supplementary Requirements S8.
Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last issue, A 106 - 02a, that may impact the use of this specification, (Approved March 1, 2004)
(1) Deleted Note 2 in 1.1. (2) Deleted Tables 3 and 4 and renumbered subsequent tables. (3) Deleted Appendixes Xl and X2. (4) Included rationalized SI units throughout, creating a combined standard.
(5) Added Supplementary Requirements S8 for HF acid alkylation service.
ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, are entirely their own responsibility.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed evelJl five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards and should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your commf!nts will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below.
This standard is copyrighted by ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the above address or at 610-832-9585 (phone), 610-832-9555 (fax), or [email protected] (e-mail); or through the ASTM website (www.astm.org).
35
Pipe Specification A106
Specification A106 NPS 1/8 -- 48 ANSI Schedules to 160Scope Covers SEAMLESS carbon steel nominal wall pipe for high-temperature service, suitable for bending, flanging
and similar forming operations.NPS 1 1/2 and under may be either hot finished or cold drawn. NPS 2 and larger shall be hot finished unless otherwisespecified.
Kinds of Steel Killed SteelPermitted For Open-hearthFor Pipe Material Electric-furnace
Basic-oxygenHot-Dipped Not covered in specification.Galvanizing Permissible Variations The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5% under the nominal wall thickness specified.in Wall ThicknessChemical Grade A Grade B Grade CRequirements Carbon max. %………………………………….. 0.25 0.30 0.35
Manganese %………………………………… 0.27 to 0.93 0.29 to 1.06 0.29 to 1.06Phosporous, max. %……………………………. 0.025 0.025 0.025Sulfur, max. %…………………………………… 0.025 0.025 0.025Silicon, min. %…………………………………… 0.10 0.10 0.10
Tensile SeamlessRequirements Grade A Grade B Grade C
Tensile Strength, min., psi…………………….. 48,000 60,000 70,000Yield Strength, min., psi………………………. 30,000 35,000 40,000
Hydrostatic Inspection test pressures produce a stress in the pipe wall equal to 60% or specified minimum yield strengthTesting (SMYS) at room temperature. Maximum Pressures are not to exceed 2500 psi for NPS 3 and under and 2800 psi
for the larger sizes. Pressure is maintained for not less than 5 seconds. Permissible Variations Weight of any length shall not vary more than 10% over and 3.5% under that specified.in Weights per Foot NOTE -- NPS 4 and smaller -- weighed in lots. Larger sizes -- by lengthPermissible Outside Diameter at any point shall not vary from standard specified more than--
Variations in NPS Over UnderOutside Diameter 1 1/2 and smaller 1/64" 1/32"
2 -- 4 1/32" 1/32" 5 -- 8 1/16" 1/32" 10 -- 18 3/32" 1/32" 20 -- 26 1/8" 1/32"
Mechanical Tests Tensile Test -- NPS 8 and larger -- either transverse or longitudinal acceptable
Specified Smaller than NPS 8 -- weighed in lots. Larger sizes -- by length. Flattening Test -- NPS 2 and larger.Bending Test(Cold) -- NPS 2 and under. Degree of Bend Diameter of Mandrel For Normal A106 uses 90 12 x nom. dia. of pipe For Close Coiling 180 8 x nom. dia. of pipe
Number of NPS On One Length From Each Lot ofTests Required Tensile 5 and smaller 400 or less
6 and larger 200 or lessBonding 2 and smaller 400 or lessFlattening 2 through 5 400 or less 6 and over 200 or less
Lengths Lengths required shall be specified on order. No "jointers" permitted unless otherwise specified.If no definite lengths required, following practice applies:Single Random -- 16' - 22'. 5% may be 12' - 16'Double Random -- Minimum length 22', Minimum average 35'. 5% may be 16' - 22'.
Required Markings Rolled Stamped or Stenciled (Mfgrs. option)on Each Length Manufacturer's name or brand. Length of pipe.(On Tags attached to A106 A, A106 B, A106 C. ANSI schedule number.each Bundie in case Hydrostatic test pressure and/or NDE. Weight per foot (NPS 4 and larger)of Bundled Pipe) or NH if neither is specified. Additional "S" if tested supplementary requirements.General * Unless otherwise specified, pipe furnished with plain ends. * Purchaser may specify NDEInformation * Surface finish standards are outlined in specification. in lieu of hydrostatic test or neither
By Authority OfTHE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Legally Binding Document
By the Authority Vested By Part 5 of the United States Code § 552(a) and Part 1 of the Code of Regulations § 51 the attached document has been duly INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE and shall be considered legally binding upon all citizens and residents of the United States of America. HEED THIS NOTICE: Criminal penalties may apply for noncompliance.
Official Incorporator:THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOROFFICE OF THE FEDERAL REGISTERWASHINGTON, D.C.
Document Name:
CFR Section(s):
Standards Body:
e
American Society for Testing and Materials
46 CFR 56.50-105
ASTM A333: Standard Specification for Seamlessand Welded Steel Pipe for Low-TemperatureService
~~l~ Designation: A 333/A 333M - 94
Standard Specification for SeC;lmless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation A 333/ A 333M; the number immediately following the designatiort indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (E) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
1. Scope 1.1 This specification2 covers nominal (average) wall
seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. Several grades of ferritic steel are included as listed in Table 1. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the .oM" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
NOTE I-The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards: A 370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical
Testing of Steel Products3
A 530/A 530M Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe4
A 671 Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures4
E 23 Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials5
3. General Requirements 3.1 Material furnished to this specification shall conform
to the applicable requirements of the current edition of Specification A 530/A 530M unless otherwise provided herein.
I This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee A-Ion Steel, Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee A01.10 on Tubing.
Current edition approved Aug. IS, 1994. Published October 1994. Originally published as A 333 - 50 T. Last previous edition A 333/A 333M - 91a.
2 For ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications see related Specifi-cation SA-333 in Section II of that Code.
3 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 01.03. 4 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 01.01. 5 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 03.01.
184
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Orders for material under this specification should include the following, as required, to describe the material adequately:
4.1.1 Quantity (feet, centimetres, or number of lengths), 4.1.2 Name of material (seamless or welded pipe), 4.1.3 Grade (Table 1), 4.1.4 Size (NPS or outside diameter and schedule number
of average wall thickness), 4.1.5 Length (specific or random), (Section 12) (Permis
sible Variations in Length Section of Specification A 530/ A 530M),
4.1.6 End finish (Ends Section of Specification A 530/ A 530M),
4.1.7 Optional requirements, (heat analysis requirement in the Chemical composition Section of A530/A530M; 13.1.1 other temperatures for impact tests; 5.3.4 stress relieving; (see Hydrostatic Test Requirements Section of Specification A 530/A 530M); and 11.6 repair by welding),
4.1.8 Test report required, (Certification Section of Specification A 530/A 530M),
4.1.9 Specification designation, and 4.1.1 0 Special requirements or exceptions to this specifi
cation.
5. Materials and Manufacture
5.1 Manu/acture-The pipe shall be made by the seamless or welding process with the addition of no filler metal in the welding operation. Grade 4 shall be made by the seamless process.
NOTE 2-For electric-fusion-welded pipe, with filler metal added, see Specification A 671.
5.2 Heat Treatment: 5.2.1 All seamless and welded pipe, other than Grades 8
and 11, shall be treated to control their microstructure in accordance with one of the following methods:
5.2.1.1 Normalize by heating to a uniform temperature of not less than 1500°F [815°C] and cool in air or in the cooling chamber of an atmosphere controlled furnace.
S.2.l.2 Normalize as in 5.2.1.1, and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, reheat to a suitable tempering temperature.
5.2.1.3 For the seamless process only, reheat and control hot working and the temperature of the hot-finishing operation to a finishing temperature range from 1550 to 1750°F [845 to 945°C] and cool in a controlled atmosphere furnace from an initial temperature of not less than 1550°F [845°C].
~~l~ Designation: A 333/A 333M - 94
Standard Specification for SeC;lmless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation A 333/ A 333M; the number immediately following the designatiort indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (E) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
1. Scope 1.1 This specification2 covers nominal (average) wall
seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. Several grades of ferritic steel are included as listed in Table 1. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the .oM" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
NOTE I-The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards: A 370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical
Testing of Steel Products3
A 530/A 530M Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe4
A 671 Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures4
E 23 Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials5
3. General Requirements 3.1 Material furnished to this specification shall conform
to the applicable requirements of the current edition of Specification A 530/A 530M unless otherwise provided herein.
I This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee A-Ion Steel, Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee A01.10 on Tubing.
Current edition approved Aug. IS, 1994. Published October 1994. Originally published as A 333 - 50 T. Last previous edition A 333/A 333M - 91a.
2 For ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications see related Specifi-cation SA-333 in Section II of that Code.
3 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 01.03. 4 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 01.01. 5 Annual Book oj ASTM Standards, Vol 03.01.
184
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Orders for material under this specification should include the following, as required, to describe the material adequately:
4.1.1 Quantity (feet, centimetres, or number of lengths), 4.1.2 Name of material (seamless or welded pipe), 4.1.3 Grade (Table 1), 4.1.4 Size (NPS or outside diameter and schedule number
of average wall thickness), 4.1.5 Length (specific or random), (Section 12) (Permis
sible Variations in Length Section of Specification A 530/ A 530M),
4.1.6 End finish (Ends Section of Specification A 530/ A 530M),
4.1.7 Optional requirements, (heat analysis requirement in the Chemical composition Section of A530/A530M; 13.1.1 other temperatures for impact tests; 5.3.4 stress relieving; (see Hydrostatic Test Requirements Section of Specification A 530/A 530M); and 11.6 repair by welding),
4.1.8 Test report required, (Certification Section of Specification A 530/A 530M),
4.1.9 Specification designation, and 4.1.1 0 Special requirements or exceptions to this specifi
cation.
5. Materials and Manufacture
5.1 Manu/acture-The pipe shall be made by the seamless or welding process with the addition of no filler metal in the welding operation. Grade 4 shall be made by the seamless process.
NOTE 2-For electric-fusion-welded pipe, with filler metal added, see Specification A 671.
5.2 Heat Treatment: 5.2.1 All seamless and welded pipe, other than Grades 8
and 11, shall be treated to control their microstructure in accordance with one of the following methods:
5.2.1.1 Normalize by heating to a uniform temperature of not less than 1500°F [815°C] and cool in air or in the cooling chamber of an atmosphere controlled furnace.
S.2.l.2 Normalize as in 5.2.1.1, and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, reheat to a suitable tempering temperature.
5.2.1.3 For the seamless process only, reheat and control hot working and the temperature of the hot-finishing operation to a finishing temperature range from 1550 to 1750°F [845 to 945°C] and cool in a controlled atmosphere furnace from an initial temperature of not less than 1550°F [845°C].
~t A 33.3/ A 333M
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Element Composition, %
Grade 1 A Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 6A Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 Grade 10 Grade 11
0.30 0.19 0.12 0.30 0.19 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 Carbon, max Manganese Phosphorus, max Sulfur, max Silicon
0.40-1.06 0.31-0.64 0.50-1.05 0.29-1.06 0.90 max 0.90 max 0.40-1.06 1.15-1.50 0.60 max 0.025 0.025 0.35 max 35.0-37.0 0.50 max
0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.015
0.18-0.37 0.08-0.37 0.10 min 0.13-0.32 0.13-0.32 0.10-0.35 Nickel Chromium Copper Aluminum Vanadium, max Columbium, max Molybdenum, max Cobalt
... 3.18-3.82 0.47-0.98
0.44-1.01 0.40-0.75 0.04-0.30
2.03-2.57 8.40-9.60 1.60-2.24
0.75-1.25
0.25 max 0.15 max 0.15 max 0.06 max 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.50 max
0.50 max
A For each reduction of 0.01 % carbon below 0.30 %, an increase of 0.05 % manganese above 1.06 % wo~ld be permitted to a maximum of 1.35 % mangan~se.
5.2.1.4 Treat as in 5.2.1.3 and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, reheat to a suitable tempering temperature.
5.2.1.5 Seamless pipe of Grades I, 6, and 10 may be heat treated by heating to a uniform temperature of not less than 1500°F [815°C), followed by quenching in liquid and reheating to a suitable tempering temperature, in place of any of the other heat treatments provided for in 5.2.1.
5.2.2 Grade 8 pipe shall be heat treated by the manufacturer by either of the following methods:
5.2.2.1 Quenched and Tempered-Heat to a uniform temperature of 1475 ± 2S"F [800 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; quench by immersion in circulating water. Reheat until the pipe attains a uniform temperature within the range from 1050 to 1125°F [565 to 60S"C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air or water quench at a rate no less than 300°F [165°C]/h. ..
5.2.i2 Double Normalized and Tempered-Heat to a uniform temperature of 1650± 25°F [900 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air. Reheat until the pipe attains a uniform temperature of 1450 ± 25°F [790 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air. Reheat to a uniform temperature within the range from 1050 to 1125°F [565 to 605°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air or water quench at a rate not less than 300°F [16S"C]/h.
5.2.3 Whether to anneal Grade 11 pipe is per agreement between purchaser and supplier. When Grade 11 pipe is annealed, it shall be normalized in the range' of 1400 to 1600°F [760 to 870°C].
5.2.4 Material from which test specimens are obtained shall be in the same condition of heat treatment as the pipe furnished. Material from which specimens are to be taken shall be heat treated prior to preparation of the specimens.
5.2.5 When specified in the order the test specimens shall be taken from full thickness test pieces which have been stress relieved after having been removed from the heat-treated pipe. The test pieces shall be gradually and uniformly heated to the prescribed temperature, held at that temperature for a
TABLE 2 Stress Relieving of Test Pieces
Metal TemperatureA• B Minimum Holding Time,
Grades 1, 3, 6, 7, and 10 Grade 4c h/in. [min/mm] of
OF °C OF °C Thickness
1100 600 1150. 620 1 [2.4] 1050 565 1100 600 2[4.7] 1000 540 1050 565 .3 [7.1]
A For intermediate temperatures, the holding time shall b~' determined by straight-line interpolation:
B Grade 8 shall be stress relieved at 1025 to 1085°F, [550 to 585°C], held for a minimum time of 2 h for thickness up to 1.0 in. [25.4 mm], plus a minimum of 1 h for each additional inch [25.4 mm] of thickness and cooled at a minimum rate of 300°F [165°C]/h in air or water to a temperature not exceeding 600°F [315°C].
c Unless otherwise specified, Grade 4 shall be stress relieved at 1150°F [620°C].
period of time in accordance with Table 2, and then furnace cooled at a temperature not exceeding 600°F [315°C]. Grade 8 shall be cooled at a minimum rate of 300°F [165°C]/h in air or water to a. teP1perature not exceeding 600°F [315°C].
6. Chemical Composition 6.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
• chemical composition prescribed in Table 1. 6.2 When Grades 1, 6, or 10 are ordered under this
specification, supplying an alloy grade that specifically requires the addition of any element other than those listed for
. the ordered grade in Table 1 is not permitted. However, the addition of elements required for the deoxidation of the steel is permitted. . .
7. Product Analysis 7.1 At the request of the' purchaser, an analysis of one
billet or two samples of flat-rolled stock from each heat or of two pipes from each lot shall be made by the manufacturer. A lot of pipe shall consist of the following:
NPS Designator
Under 2 2 to 6 Over 6
Length of Pipe in Lot
400 or fraction thereof 200 or fraction thereof 100 or fraction thereof
7.2 The results of these analyses shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative and shall conform to the requirements specified.
7.3 If the analysis of one of the tests specified in 7.1 does not conform to the requirements specified, an analysis of each billet or pipe from the same heat or lot may be made, and all billets or pipe conforming to the requirements shall be accepted.
185
~t A 33.3/ A 333M
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Element Composition, %
Grade 1 A Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 6A Grade 7 Grade 8 Grade 9 Grade 10 Grade 11
0.30 0.19 0.12 0.30 0.19 0.13 0.20 0.20 0.10 Carbon, max Manganese Phosphorus, max Sulfur, max Silicon
0.40-1.06 0.31-0.64 0.50-1.05 0.29-1.06 0.90 max 0.90 max 0.40-1.06 1.15-1.50 0.60 max 0.025 0.025 0.35 max 35.0-37.0 0.50 max
0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.015
0.18-0.37 0.08-0.37 0.10 min 0.13-0.32 0.13-0.32 0.10-0.35 Nickel Chromium Copper Aluminum Vanadium, max Columbium, max Molybdenum, max Cobalt
... 3.18-3.82 0.47-0.98
0.44-1.01 0.40-0.75 0.04-0.30
2.03-2.57 8.40-9.60 1.60-2.24
0.75-1.25
0.25 max 0.15 max 0.15 max 0.06 max 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.50 max
0.50 max
A For each reduction of 0.01 % carbon below 0.30 %, an increase of 0.05 % manganese above 1.06 % wo~ld be permitted to a maximum of 1.35 % mangan~se.
5.2.1.4 Treat as in 5.2.1.3 and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, reheat to a suitable tempering temperature.
5.2.1.5 Seamless pipe of Grades I, 6, and 10 may be heat treated by heating to a uniform temperature of not less than 1500°F [815°C), followed by quenching in liquid and reheating to a suitable tempering temperature, in place of any of the other heat treatments provided for in 5.2.1.
5.2.2 Grade 8 pipe shall be heat treated by the manufacturer by either of the following methods:
5.2.2.1 Quenched and Tempered-Heat to a uniform temperature of 1475 ± 2S"F [800 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; quench by immersion in circulating water. Reheat until the pipe attains a uniform temperature within the range from 1050 to 1125°F [565 to 60S"C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air or water quench at a rate no less than 300°F [165°C]/h. ..
5.2.i2 Double Normalized and Tempered-Heat to a uniform temperature of 1650± 25°F [900 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air. Reheat until the pipe attains a uniform temperature of 1450 ± 25°F [790 ± 15°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air. Reheat to a uniform temperature within the range from 1050 to 1125°F [565 to 605°C]; hold at this temperature for a minimum time of 1 h/in. [2 min/mm] of thickness but in no case less than 15 min; cool in air or water quench at a rate not less than 300°F [16S"C]/h.
5.2.3 Whether to anneal Grade 11 pipe is per agreement between purchaser and supplier. When Grade 11 pipe is annealed, it shall be normalized in the range' of 1400 to 1600°F [760 to 870°C].
5.2.4 Material from which test specimens are obtained shall be in the same condition of heat treatment as the pipe furnished. Material from which specimens are to be taken shall be heat treated prior to preparation of the specimens.
5.2.5 When specified in the order the test specimens shall be taken from full thickness test pieces which have been stress relieved after having been removed from the heat-treated pipe. The test pieces shall be gradually and uniformly heated to the prescribed temperature, held at that temperature for a
TABLE 2 Stress Relieving of Test Pieces
Metal TemperatureA• B Minimum Holding Time,
Grades 1, 3, 6, 7, and 10 Grade 4c h/in. [min/mm] of
OF °C OF °C Thickness
1100 600 1150. 620 1 [2.4] 1050 565 1100 600 2[4.7] 1000 540 1050 565 .3 [7.1]
A For intermediate temperatures, the holding time shall b~' determined by straight-line interpolation:
B Grade 8 shall be stress relieved at 1025 to 1085°F, [550 to 585°C], held for a minimum time of 2 h for thickness up to 1.0 in. [25.4 mm], plus a minimum of 1 h for each additional inch [25.4 mm] of thickness and cooled at a minimum rate of 300°F [165°C]/h in air or water to a temperature not exceeding 600°F [315°C].
c Unless otherwise specified, Grade 4 shall be stress relieved at 1150°F [620°C].
period of time in accordance with Table 2, and then furnace cooled at a temperature not exceeding 600°F [315°C]. Grade 8 shall be cooled at a minimum rate of 300°F [165°C]/h in air or water to a. teP1perature not exceeding 600°F [315°C].
6. Chemical Composition 6.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
• chemical composition prescribed in Table 1. 6.2 When Grades 1, 6, or 10 are ordered under this
specification, supplying an alloy grade that specifically requires the addition of any element other than those listed for
. the ordered grade in Table 1 is not permitted. However, the addition of elements required for the deoxidation of the steel is permitted. . .
7. Product Analysis 7.1 At the request of the' purchaser, an analysis of one
billet or two samples of flat-rolled stock from each heat or of two pipes from each lot shall be made by the manufacturer. A lot of pipe shall consist of the following:
NPS Designator
Under 2 2 to 6 Over 6
Length of Pipe in Lot
400 or fraction thereof 200 or fraction thereof 100 or fraction thereof
7.2 The results of these analyses shall be reported to the purchaser or the purchaser's representative and shall conform to the requirements specified.
7.3 If the analysis of one of the tests specified in 7.1 does not conform to the requirements specified, an analysis of each billet or pipe from the same heat or lot may be made, and all billets or pipe conforming to the requirements shall be accepted.
185
~mtt.·A. 333/ A 333M
TABLE 3" TensilecRequirements
1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans" 1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Tran9-1 Longi-I Trans~ 1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans-I tudinal verse tUdinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
Longitudinal
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, (or 4D), min, %:
Basic minimum elon- 35 25 30 20 30 16.5 30 gation for walls 5/'6 in. [8 mm] and over in thickness, strip tests, and for all small sizes tested in full section
When standard round 28 20 22 14 22 12 22 2-in. or 50-mm gage length or proportion-ally smaller size test specimen with the gage 'length equal to 4D (4 times the di-ameter) is used
For strip tests, a de- 1.75B 1.25B 1.50B 1.00B 1.50B 1.00B 1.50B
duction for each 1/32 in. [0.8 mm] de-crease in wall thick-ness below 5/'6 in. [8 mm] from the basic minimum eloh-g~tio'n ot'the follow-ing percentage.
A Elongation of Grade 11 is for all walls and small sizes teSted in full section. B The following table gives the calculated minimum values
16.5 30 22 22
12 22 14 16
1.00B 1.50B 1.00B 1.25B
Wall Thickness Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, min, %c
Grade 1 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 6 Grad'e 7
in. 'Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- ~ongi- Tra[ls-
mm tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
5/'6 (0.312) 8 35 25 30 20 30 16 30 16 30 22 %2 (0.281) 7.2 33 24 28 19 28 15 28 15 28 21 V. (0.250) 6.4 32 23 27 18 27 15 27 15 27 20
'ls2 (0.2' 9) 5.6 30 ... 26 ... 26 ." 26 ... 26 ... 3/'6 (0.188) 4.8 28 ... 24 ... 24 ... 24 . .. 24 ... %2 (0.156) 4 26 ... 22 ... 22 ... 22 ... 22 ... 1/8:(6.125) 3.2 25 ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ...
3/32 (0.094) 2.4 23 ... 20 .. , 20 ... 20 ... 20 .. . '/'6 (0.062) 1.6 21 ... 18 '" ,., 18 .,. , ;18 ... 18 ...
. C Calculated elong~tion requirements shall be rounded to the nearest whole, number. , , '
... 28 .. , 22 . .. 18A
"
,
... ... .., 16 ... ...
... 1.50B ., . :1.25B ... . ..
I ;
Grad~ 8 Grape 9 Grade 10.
LQngi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi~ Trans-tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
22 ... 28 ... 22 ... 21 ... 26 ... 21 20 ... 25 ... 20 ... 18 ... 24 I'" 18 ... 17 .. . 22 .. . 17 . .. 16 ... 20 ... 16 . .. 15 ... 19 ... 15 ... 13 ... 18 .. . 13 . .. 12 ... 16 ... 112 ...
NOTE-The preceding table gives the cO(llputed minimum elong~tiol) values for each 1/s2-in. [0.80-mm] decrease in wall thickness. Where the wall thickness lies between two valu~s shown above, the minimum elongation value is determined by the foliowing equation:
, ,
Grade Direction of Test Equation
3
4
6
7
8 and 10 9
where:
Lon'gitudinal . Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Longitudinal
E = eldngaticih'in 2in. or50 mm, in %, and t =, actual thickness of specimen, in. [mm].
" ,
E = 56t + 17.50 [E = 2.19t + 17.50] E = 40t + 12.50 [E = 1.56t + 12.50] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 10.00 [E = 1.25t + 10.00] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87( + 15.00] E = 32t + 6.50 [E = 1.25t + 6.50] E = 48H 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 6.50 [E = 1.25t + '6;50] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 11.00 [E = 1.25t + 11.00] E=40t+ 9.50[£=1.56t+ 9.50] "I.
E =.48t + 13.00 [E = 1.87t + 13.00]
.. ,
186
I ~. I
~mtt.·A. 333/ A 333M
TABLE 3" TensilecRequirements
1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans" 1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Tran9-1 Longi-I Trans~ 1 Longi-I Trans-I Longi-I Trans-I tudinal verse tUdinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
Longitudinal
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, (or 4D), min, %:
Basic minimum elon- 35 25 30 20 30 16.5 30 gation for walls 5/'6 in. [8 mm] and over in thickness, strip tests, and for all small sizes tested in full section
When standard round 28 20 22 14 22 12 22 2-in. or 50-mm gage length or proportion-ally smaller size test specimen with the gage 'length equal to 4D (4 times the di-ameter) is used
For strip tests, a de- 1.75B 1.25B 1.50B 1.00B 1.50B 1.00B 1.50B
duction for each 1/32 in. [0.8 mm] de-crease in wall thick-ness below 5/'6 in. [8 mm] from the basic minimum eloh-g~tio'n ot'the follow-ing percentage.
A Elongation of Grade 11 is for all walls and small sizes teSted in full section. B The following table gives the calculated minimum values
16.5 30 22 22
12 22 14 16
1.00B 1.50B 1.00B 1.25B
Wall Thickness Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, min, %c
Grade 1 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 6 Grad'e 7
in. 'Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi- Trans- ~ongi- Tra[ls-
mm tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
5/'6 (0.312) 8 35 25 30 20 30 16 30 16 30 22 %2 (0.281) 7.2 33 24 28 19 28 15 28 15 28 21 V. (0.250) 6.4 32 23 27 18 27 15 27 15 27 20
'ls2 (0.2' 9) 5.6 30 ... 26 ... 26 ." 26 ... 26 ... 3/'6 (0.188) 4.8 28 ... 24 ... 24 ... 24 . .. 24 ... %2 (0.156) 4 26 ... 22 ... 22 ... 22 ... 22 ... 1/8:(6.125) 3.2 25 ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ...
3/32 (0.094) 2.4 23 ... 20 .. , 20 ... 20 ... 20 .. . '/'6 (0.062) 1.6 21 ... 18 '" ,., 18 .,. , ;18 ... 18 ...
. C Calculated elong~tion requirements shall be rounded to the nearest whole, number. , , '
... 28 .. , 22 . .. 18A
"
,
... ... .., 16 ... ...
... 1.50B ., . :1.25B ... . ..
I ;
Grad~ 8 Grape 9 Grade 10.
LQngi- Trans- Longi- Trans- Longi~ Trans-tudinal verse tudinal verse tudinal verse
22 ... 28 ... 22 ... 21 ... 26 ... 21 20 ... 25 ... 20 ... 18 ... 24 I'" 18 ... 17 .. . 22 .. . 17 . .. 16 ... 20 ... 16 . .. 15 ... 19 ... 15 ... 13 ... 18 .. . 13 . .. 12 ... 16 ... 112 ...
NOTE-The preceding table gives the cO(llputed minimum elong~tiol) values for each 1/s2-in. [0.80-mm] decrease in wall thickness. Where the wall thickness lies between two valu~s shown above, the minimum elongation value is determined by the foliowing equation:
, ,
Grade Direction of Test Equation
3
4
6
7
8 and 10 9
where:
Lon'gitudinal . Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Longitudinal
E = eldngaticih'in 2in. or50 mm, in %, and t =, actual thickness of specimen, in. [mm].
" ,
E = 56t + 17.50 [E = 2.19t + 17.50] E = 40t + 12.50 [E = 1.56t + 12.50] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 10.00 [E = 1.25t + 10.00] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87( + 15.00] E = 32t + 6.50 [E = 1.25t + 6.50] E = 48H 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 6.50 [E = 1.25t + '6;50] E = 48t + 15.00 [E = 1.87t + 15.00] E = 32t + 11.00 [E = 1.25t + 11.00] E=40t+ 9.50[£=1.56t+ 9.50] "I.
E =.48t + 13.00 [E = 1.87t + 13.00]
.. ,
186
I ~. I
~t A 33.3/ A 333M
8. Tensile Requirements 8.1 The material sh~ll conform to the requirements as t6
tensile properties prescribed in Table 3.
9. Impact Requirements 9.1 For Grades 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, and 10, the notched-bar
impact properties of each set of three impact specimens, including specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe with wall thicknesses of 0.120 in. [3 mm] and larger, when tested at temperatures in conformance with 14.1 shall be not less than the values prescribed in Table 4. The impact test is not required for Grade 11.
9.1.1 If the impact value of one specimen is below the minimum value, or the impact values of two specimens are less than the minimum average value but not below the minimum value permitted on a single specimen, a retest shall be allowed. The retest shall consist of breaking three additional specimens and each specimen must equal or exceed the required average value. When an erratic result is caused by a defective specimen, or there is uncertainty in test procedures, a retest will be allowed.
9.2 For Grade 8 each of the notched bar impact specimens shall display a lateral expansion opposite the notch of not less than 0.Q15 in. [0.38 mm].
9.2.1 When the average lateral expansion value for the three impact specimens equals or exceeds 0.015 in. [0.38 mm] and the value for one specimen is below 0.015 in. [0.38 mm] but not below 0.010 in. [0.25 mm], a retest of three additional specimens may be made. The lateral expansion of each of the retest specimens must equal or exceed 0.015 in. [0.38 mm].
9.2.2 Lateral expansion values shall be determined by the procedure in Test Methods and Definitions A 370. .
9.2.3 The values of absorbed energy in foot-pounds and the fracture appearance in percentage shear shall be recorded for information. A record of these values shall be retained for a period of at least 2 years ..
10. Lengths 10.1 If definite lengths are not required, pipe may be
ordered in single random lengths of 16 to 22 ft (Note 3) with 5 % 12 to 16 ft (Note 4), or in double random lengtl).s with a minimum average of 35 ft (Note 4) and a minimum length of 22 ft (Note 4) with 5 % 16 to 22 ft (Note 3).
i
NOTE 3-This value(s) applies when the inch-pound designation of this specification is the basis of purchase. When the "M" designation of ' this specification is the basis of purchase, the corresponding metric
TABLE 4 Impact Requirements for Grades 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, and 10
Minimum Average Notched Minimum Notched Bar
Size of Bar Impact Value of Impact Value of One . Each Set of Three Specimen Only of
Specimen, mm Specimens A a SetA
ft·lbf J ft·lbf J
10 by 10 13 18 10 14 10 by 7.5 10 14 8 11 10 by 6.67 9 12 7 9 10 by 5 7 9 5 7 10 by 3.33 5 7 3 4 10 by 2.5 4 5 3 4
. A Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
187
value(s) shall be. agreed upon between the manufacturer and purchaser.
11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a sufficient number of visual surface imperfections to provide reasonable assurance that they have been properly evaluated with respect to depth. Exploration of all surface imperfections is not required but may be necessary to assure compliance with 11.2.
11.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than 12112 % of the nominal wall thickness or encroach on the minimum wall thickness shall be considered defects. Pipe with such defects shall be given one of the following dispositions:
11.2.1 The defect may be removed by grinding provided that the remaining wall thickness is within specified limits.
112.2 Repaired in accordance with the repair welding provisions of 11.6.
11.2.3 The section of pipe cqntaining the defect may be cut off within the limits of requirements on length.
11.2.4 The defective pipe may be rejected. 11.3 To provi(ie a workmanlike finish and basis for
evaluating conformance with 11.2, the pipe manufacturer: shall remove by grinding the following:
11.3.1 Mechanical marks, . abrasions and pits, any of which imperfections are deeper than 1/16 in. [1.6 mm], and
11.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to as scabs, seams, laps, tears, or slivers found by exploration in accordance with 11.1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nominal wall thickness.
11.4 At the purchaser's discretion, pipe shall be subject to rejection if surface imperfections acceptable under 11.2 are not scattered, but appear over a large area in excess of what is considered a workmanlike finish. Disposition of such pipe shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer. and the purchaser ..
11.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained, an<;i the wall thickness shall not be decreased below that permitted by this specification. The outside diameter at the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so removed.
11.5.1 Wall thickness measurements shall be made with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructive testing device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shall govern.
11.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to the approval of the purchaser and in accordance with Specification A 530jA 530M.
11.7 The finished pipe shall be reasonably straight.
12. Number of Tests Required 12.1 Transverse 'or Longitudinal Tensile Test and Flat
tening Test-For material heat treated in a batch-type furnace, tests shall be made on 5 % of the pipe from each lot. When heat treated by the continuous process, tests shall be made on a sufficient number of pipe to constitute 5 % of the lot, but in no case less than 2 pipes.
'NOTE 4-The term "lot" applies to all pipe of the same nominal size and wall thickness (or schedule) which is produced from the same heat
~t A 33.3/ A 333M
8. Tensile Requirements 8.1 The material sh~ll conform to the requirements as t6
tensile properties prescribed in Table 3.
9. Impact Requirements 9.1 For Grades 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, and 10, the notched-bar
impact properties of each set of three impact specimens, including specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe with wall thicknesses of 0.120 in. [3 mm] and larger, when tested at temperatures in conformance with 14.1 shall be not less than the values prescribed in Table 4. The impact test is not required for Grade 11.
9.1.1 If the impact value of one specimen is below the minimum value, or the impact values of two specimens are less than the minimum average value but not below the minimum value permitted on a single specimen, a retest shall be allowed. The retest shall consist of breaking three additional specimens and each specimen must equal or exceed the required average value. When an erratic result is caused by a defective specimen, or there is uncertainty in test procedures, a retest will be allowed.
9.2 For Grade 8 each of the notched bar impact specimens shall display a lateral expansion opposite the notch of not less than 0.Q15 in. [0.38 mm].
9.2.1 When the average lateral expansion value for the three impact specimens equals or exceeds 0.015 in. [0.38 mm] and the value for one specimen is below 0.015 in. [0.38 mm] but not below 0.010 in. [0.25 mm], a retest of three additional specimens may be made. The lateral expansion of each of the retest specimens must equal or exceed 0.015 in. [0.38 mm].
9.2.2 Lateral expansion values shall be determined by the procedure in Test Methods and Definitions A 370. .
9.2.3 The values of absorbed energy in foot-pounds and the fracture appearance in percentage shear shall be recorded for information. A record of these values shall be retained for a period of at least 2 years ..
10. Lengths 10.1 If definite lengths are not required, pipe may be
ordered in single random lengths of 16 to 22 ft (Note 3) with 5 % 12 to 16 ft (Note 4), or in double random lengtl).s with a minimum average of 35 ft (Note 4) and a minimum length of 22 ft (Note 4) with 5 % 16 to 22 ft (Note 3).
i
NOTE 3-This value(s) applies when the inch-pound designation of this specification is the basis of purchase. When the "M" designation of ' this specification is the basis of purchase, the corresponding metric
TABLE 4 Impact Requirements for Grades 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, and 10
Minimum Average Notched Minimum Notched Bar
Size of Bar Impact Value of Impact Value of One . Each Set of Three Specimen Only of
Specimen, mm Specimens A a SetA
ft·lbf J ft·lbf J
10 by 10 13 18 10 14 10 by 7.5 10 14 8 11 10 by 6.67 9 12 7 9 10 by 5 7 9 5 7 10 by 3.33 5 7 3 4 10 by 2.5 4 5 3 4
. A Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
187
value(s) shall be. agreed upon between the manufacturer and purchaser.
11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a sufficient number of visual surface imperfections to provide reasonable assurance that they have been properly evaluated with respect to depth. Exploration of all surface imperfections is not required but may be necessary to assure compliance with 11.2.
11.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than 12112 % of the nominal wall thickness or encroach on the minimum wall thickness shall be considered defects. Pipe with such defects shall be given one of the following dispositions:
11.2.1 The defect may be removed by grinding provided that the remaining wall thickness is within specified limits.
112.2 Repaired in accordance with the repair welding provisions of 11.6.
11.2.3 The section of pipe cqntaining the defect may be cut off within the limits of requirements on length.
11.2.4 The defective pipe may be rejected. 11.3 To provi(ie a workmanlike finish and basis for
evaluating conformance with 11.2, the pipe manufacturer: shall remove by grinding the following:
11.3.1 Mechanical marks, . abrasions and pits, any of which imperfections are deeper than 1/16 in. [1.6 mm], and
11.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to as scabs, seams, laps, tears, or slivers found by exploration in accordance with 11.1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nominal wall thickness.
11.4 At the purchaser's discretion, pipe shall be subject to rejection if surface imperfections acceptable under 11.2 are not scattered, but appear over a large area in excess of what is considered a workmanlike finish. Disposition of such pipe shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer. and the purchaser ..
11.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained, an<;i the wall thickness shall not be decreased below that permitted by this specification. The outside diameter at the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so removed.
11.5.1 Wall thickness measurements shall be made with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructive testing device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shall govern.
11.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to the approval of the purchaser and in accordance with Specification A 530jA 530M.
11.7 The finished pipe shall be reasonably straight.
12. Number of Tests Required 12.1 Transverse 'or Longitudinal Tensile Test and Flat
tening Test-For material heat treated in a batch-type furnace, tests shall be made on 5 % of the pipe from each lot. When heat treated by the continuous process, tests shall be made on a sufficient number of pipe to constitute 5 % of the lot, but in no case less than 2 pipes.
'NOTE 4-The term "lot" applies to all pipe of the same nominal size and wall thickness (or schedule) which is produced from the same heat
~t A 333/ A 333M
of steel and subjected to the same finishing treatment in a continuous furnace. When final heat treatment is in a batch-type furnace, the lot shall include only that, pipe which is heat treated in the same furnace charge. ' "
12.2 Hydrostatic Test-Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test.
12.3 Impact Test-One notched bar impact test, consisti:ng of breaking three specimens, shall be ma& from each heat represented in a heat-treatment load on specimens taken from the finished pipe. This test shall represent only pipe from the same heat and the same heat-treatment load, the wall thicknesses of which do not exceed by more than 1/4
in. [6.3 mm] the wall thicknesses of the pipe from which the test specimens are taken. If heat treatment is performed in continuous or batch-type furnaces controlied within a 50°F [30°C] range and equipped with recording pyroineters so that complete records of heat treatment are available, then one test from each heat in a continuous run only shall be required instead of one test from each heat in each heattreatment load.
12.4 Impact Tests (Welded Pipe/-On welded pipe, additional impact tests of the same number as required iii 12.3 or 12.4 shall be made totest the weld.
12.5 Specimens showing defects while being machined or prior to testing may be discarded' and replacements shall be co:nsidered as original specimens.
12.6 Results obtained from these tests shall be reported to the purchaser or his representative.
13. Specimens for Impact Test 13.1 Notched bar impact specimens shall be of the simple
beam, Charpy~type, in accordance with Test Methods E 23, Type A with a V :natcli. Standard specimens 10 by 10 mm in cross section shall be used unless the material to be tested is of insufficient thickness, in whiCh case the largest obtainable subsize specimens shall be used. Charpy specimens of width along the notch larger than 0.394 in. [10 mm] or smaller than 0.099 in. [2.5 min] ate not provided for in this specification.
13.2 Test specimens shall be obtained so that the longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the pipe while the axis of the notch shall be perpendicular to the surface. On wall thicknesses of 1 in. [25 mm] or less, the specimens shall be obtained with their axial plane located at the midpoint; on wall thicknesses oVer 1 in. [25 mm], the specimens shall be obtained with their a'xial plane located liz in. [12.5 mm] from the outer surface.
13.3 When testing welds the specimen shan be, whenever diameter and thickness permit, transverse to the longitudinal axis of the pipe with the notch of the specimen in the welded joint and perpendicular to the surface. When diameter and thickness do not permit obtaining transverse specimens, longitudinal specimens in accdrdance with 13.2 shall be obtained; the bottom of the notch shall be located at the weld joint.
14. Impact Test
14.1 Except when the 'size of the finished pipe is insufficient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, ali material furnished to this specification and marked in accordance with Section 15 shall be tested for impact
188
resistance at the minimum temperature for the respective grades as shown in Table 5.
14.1. i Special impact 'tests on indIvidual lots of material may be made at other temperatures as agre~d upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
14.1.2 When subsizeCharpy impact specimens are used and the width along the notch is less than 80, % of the actual wall thickness of the ,original material, the specified Charpy impact test temperature for Grades 1, 3, 4, 6,,7, 9, and 10 shall be lower than the minimum temperature shown in Table 5 for the respective grade. Under these circumstances the temperature reduction values shall be by an amount equal to the difference (as shown in Table '6) between the temperature reduction corresponding to the actual material thickn~ss and the temperature reduction correspol1ding to the Charpy specimen width actually tested. Appendix XI shows some examples of how the temperature reductions are determined.
14.2 The notched bar impact test shall be made in accordance with the procedure for the simple beam, Charpytype test of Methods E 23.
1;4.3 Impact tests specified for temperatures lower than 70°F [20°C] should be made with t~e followipg precautions. The impact test specimens as well as the handling tongs shall be cooled a sufficient time in a suitable container so that both reach the desired temperature. The temperature shall be measured with thermocouples, thermometers, or any other suitable devices and shall be controlled within 3°F [2°C]. The specimens shall be quickly transferred fro~, the cooling device to the anvil of the Charpy impact testing machine and broken with a time lapse of not more than 5 s.
15. Product Marking
15.1 Except as modified jn )5.1.1, in addition to the
Grade
1 3 4 6 7 8 9
10
TABLE 5 Impact Temperature
Minimum Impact Test Temperature
-50 -150 -150 -50
-100 -320 ~100
-75
-45 -100 -100 -45 -75
-195 -75 -60
TABLE 6 Impact Temperature Reduction
Specimen Width Along Notch or Actual Material Thickness
Temperature Reduction, Degrees Colder A
in. mm OF °C 0.394 10 (standard size) 0 0 0.354 9 0 0 0.315 8 0 0 0.295 7.5 (3/4 std. size) 5 3 0.276 7 8 4 0.262 6.67 (213 ,std. size) 10 5 0.236 6 15 8 0.197 5 (112 std. size) 20 11 0.158 4 30 17 0.131 3.33 ('13 std. size) 35 19 0.118 3 40 22 0.099 2.5 (1/4 std. size) 50 28
A Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
~t A 333/ A 333M
of steel and subjected to the same finishing treatment in a continuous furnace. When final heat treatment is in a batch-type furnace, the lot shall include only that, pipe which is heat treated in the same furnace charge. ' "
12.2 Hydrostatic Test-Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test.
12.3 Impact Test-One notched bar impact test, consisti:ng of breaking three specimens, shall be ma& from each heat represented in a heat-treatment load on specimens taken from the finished pipe. This test shall represent only pipe from the same heat and the same heat-treatment load, the wall thicknesses of which do not exceed by more than 1/4
in. [6.3 mm] the wall thicknesses of the pipe from which the test specimens are taken. If heat treatment is performed in continuous or batch-type furnaces controlied within a 50°F [30°C] range and equipped with recording pyroineters so that complete records of heat treatment are available, then one test from each heat in a continuous run only shall be required instead of one test from each heat in each heattreatment load.
12.4 Impact Tests (Welded Pipe/-On welded pipe, additional impact tests of the same number as required iii 12.3 or 12.4 shall be made totest the weld.
12.5 Specimens showing defects while being machined or prior to testing may be discarded' and replacements shall be co:nsidered as original specimens.
12.6 Results obtained from these tests shall be reported to the purchaser or his representative.
13. Specimens for Impact Test 13.1 Notched bar impact specimens shall be of the simple
beam, Charpy~type, in accordance with Test Methods E 23, Type A with a V :natcli. Standard specimens 10 by 10 mm in cross section shall be used unless the material to be tested is of insufficient thickness, in whiCh case the largest obtainable subsize specimens shall be used. Charpy specimens of width along the notch larger than 0.394 in. [10 mm] or smaller than 0.099 in. [2.5 min] ate not provided for in this specification.
13.2 Test specimens shall be obtained so that the longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the pipe while the axis of the notch shall be perpendicular to the surface. On wall thicknesses of 1 in. [25 mm] or less, the specimens shall be obtained with their axial plane located at the midpoint; on wall thicknesses oVer 1 in. [25 mm], the specimens shall be obtained with their a'xial plane located liz in. [12.5 mm] from the outer surface.
13.3 When testing welds the specimen shan be, whenever diameter and thickness permit, transverse to the longitudinal axis of the pipe with the notch of the specimen in the welded joint and perpendicular to the surface. When diameter and thickness do not permit obtaining transverse specimens, longitudinal specimens in accdrdance with 13.2 shall be obtained; the bottom of the notch shall be located at the weld joint.
14. Impact Test
14.1 Except when the 'size of the finished pipe is insufficient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, ali material furnished to this specification and marked in accordance with Section 15 shall be tested for impact
188
resistance at the minimum temperature for the respective grades as shown in Table 5.
14.1. i Special impact 'tests on indIvidual lots of material may be made at other temperatures as agre~d upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
14.1.2 When subsizeCharpy impact specimens are used and the width along the notch is less than 80, % of the actual wall thickness of the ,original material, the specified Charpy impact test temperature for Grades 1, 3, 4, 6,,7, 9, and 10 shall be lower than the minimum temperature shown in Table 5 for the respective grade. Under these circumstances the temperature reduction values shall be by an amount equal to the difference (as shown in Table '6) between the temperature reduction corresponding to the actual material thickn~ss and the temperature reduction correspol1ding to the Charpy specimen width actually tested. Appendix XI shows some examples of how the temperature reductions are determined.
14.2 The notched bar impact test shall be made in accordance with the procedure for the simple beam, Charpytype test of Methods E 23.
1;4.3 Impact tests specified for temperatures lower than 70°F [20°C] should be made with t~e followipg precautions. The impact test specimens as well as the handling tongs shall be cooled a sufficient time in a suitable container so that both reach the desired temperature. The temperature shall be measured with thermocouples, thermometers, or any other suitable devices and shall be controlled within 3°F [2°C]. The specimens shall be quickly transferred fro~, the cooling device to the anvil of the Charpy impact testing machine and broken with a time lapse of not more than 5 s.
15. Product Marking
15.1 Except as modified jn )5.1.1, in addition to the
Grade
1 3 4 6 7 8 9
10
TABLE 5 Impact Temperature
Minimum Impact Test Temperature
-50 -150 -150 -50
-100 -320 ~100
-75
-45 -100 -100 -45 -75
-195 -75 -60
TABLE 6 Impact Temperature Reduction
Specimen Width Along Notch or Actual Material Thickness
Temperature Reduction, Degrees Colder A
in. mm OF °C 0.394 10 (standard size) 0 0 0.354 9 0 0 0.315 8 0 0 0.295 7.5 (3/4 std. size) 5 3 0.276 7 8 4 0.262 6.67 (213 ,std. size) 10 5 0.236 6 15 8 0.197 5 (112 std. size) 20 11 0.158 4 30 17 0.131 3.33 ('13 std. size) 35 19 0.118 3 40 22 0.099 2.5 (1/4 std. size) 50 28
A Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
~m~ A 333/ A 333M
marking prescribed in Specification A 530/A 530M, the marking shall include whether hot finished, cold drawn, seamless or welded, the schedule number and the letters "LT" followed by the temperature at which the impact tests were made, except when a lower test temperature is required because of reduced specimen size, in which case, the higher impact test temperature applicable to a full-size specimen should be marked.
15.1.1 When the size of the finished pipe is insufficient to obtain subsize impact specimens, the marking shall not
include the letters LT followed by an indicated test temperature unless Supplementary Requirement SI is specified.
15.1.2 When the pipe is furnished in the quenched and tempered condition, the marking shall include the letters "QT", and the heat treatment condition shall be reported to the purchaser or his representative.
16. Keywords
16.1 low temperature service; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications, low
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirement shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the contract or order. .
SI. Subsize Impact Specimens
S 1.1 When the size of the finished pipe is insufficient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, testing shall be a
matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
APPENDIX
(Non mandatory Information)
Xl. DETERMINATION OF TEMPERATURE REDUCTIONS
XU Under the circumstances stated in 14.1.2, the impact test temperatures specified in Table 5 must be lowered. The following examples are offered to describe the application of the provisions of 14.1.2.
X 1.1.1 When subsize specimens are used (see 11.1) 'and the width along the notch of the subsize specimen in 80 % or greater of the actual wall thickness of the original material, the provisions of 14.1.2 do not apply.
X 1.1.1.1 For example, if the actual wall thickness of pipe was 0.200 in. [5.0 mm] and the width along the notch of the ' largest subsize specimen obtainable is 0.160 in. [4 mm] or greater, no reduction in test temperature is required.
X 1.1.2 When the width along the subsize specimen notch
is less than 80 % of the actual wall thickness of the pipe, the required reduction in test temperature is computed by taking the difference between the temperature reduction values. shown in Table 6 for the actual pipe thickness and the specimen width used. ' ." .
X1.1.2.1 For example, if the pipe were 0.262 in. [6.67 mm] thick and the width along the Charpy specimen notch was 3.33 mm (1/3 standard size), the test temperature would have to be lowered by 25°F [14°C]. That is,the temperature reduction corresponding to the subsize specimen is 35°F [19°C]; the temperature reduction ,corresponding to the actual pipe thickness is 10°F [SOC]; the difference between these two values is the required reduction in test temperature.
The American Society for Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of $uch rights, are entirely their own responsibility.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards
.' and should be addressed to ASTM Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee oh Standarfis, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
l.
189
~m~ A 333/ A 333M
marking prescribed in Specification A 530/A 530M, the marking shall include whether hot finished, cold drawn, seamless or welded, the schedule number and the letters "LT" followed by the temperature at which the impact tests were made, except when a lower test temperature is required because of reduced specimen size, in which case, the higher impact test temperature applicable to a full-size specimen should be marked.
15.1.1 When the size of the finished pipe is insufficient to obtain subsize impact specimens, the marking shall not
include the letters LT followed by an indicated test temperature unless Supplementary Requirement SI is specified.
15.1.2 When the pipe is furnished in the quenched and tempered condition, the marking shall include the letters "QT", and the heat treatment condition shall be reported to the purchaser or his representative.
16. Keywords
16.1 low temperature service; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications, low
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirement shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the contract or order. .
SI. Subsize Impact Specimens
S 1.1 When the size of the finished pipe is insufficient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, testing shall be a
matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
APPENDIX
(Non mandatory Information)
Xl. DETERMINATION OF TEMPERATURE REDUCTIONS
XU Under the circumstances stated in 14.1.2, the impact test temperatures specified in Table 5 must be lowered. The following examples are offered to describe the application of the provisions of 14.1.2.
X 1.1.1 When subsize specimens are used (see 11.1) 'and the width along the notch of the subsize specimen in 80 % or greater of the actual wall thickness of the original material, the provisions of 14.1.2 do not apply.
X 1.1.1.1 For example, if the actual wall thickness of pipe was 0.200 in. [5.0 mm] and the width along the notch of the ' largest subsize specimen obtainable is 0.160 in. [4 mm] or greater, no reduction in test temperature is required.
X 1.1.2 When the width along the subsize specimen notch
is less than 80 % of the actual wall thickness of the pipe, the required reduction in test temperature is computed by taking the difference between the temperature reduction values. shown in Table 6 for the actual pipe thickness and the specimen width used. ' ." .
X1.1.2.1 For example, if the pipe were 0.262 in. [6.67 mm] thick and the width along the Charpy specimen notch was 3.33 mm (1/3 standard size), the test temperature would have to be lowered by 25°F [14°C]. That is,the temperature reduction corresponding to the subsize specimen is 35°F [19°C]; the temperature reduction ,corresponding to the actual pipe thickness is 10°F [SOC]; the difference between these two values is the required reduction in test temperature.
The American Society for Testing and Materials takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of $uch rights, are entirely their own responsibility.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years and if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards
.' and should be addressed to ASTM Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee oh Standarfis, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
l.
189
Designation: A335/A335M – 11
Standard Specification forSeamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-TemperatureService 1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation A335/A335M; the number immediately following the designation indicates the yearof original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval.A superscript epsilon () indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
This standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Department of Defense.
1. Scope*
1.1 This specification2 covers nominal wall and minimumwall seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered to this specification shall besuitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning), and similar form-ing operations, and for fusion welding. Selection will dependupon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, andhigh-temperature characteristics.
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels (seeNote 1) are covered.Their compositions are given inTable 1.
NOTE 1—Ferritic steels in this specification are defined as low- andintermediate-alloy steels containing up to and including 10 % chromium.
1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 to S7) of an optionalnature are provided. These supplementary requirements call foradditional tests to be made, and when desired, shall be so statedin the order together with the number of such tests required.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound unitsare to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, theSI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in eachsystem may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each systemshall be used independently of the other. Combining valuesfrom the two systems may result in non-conformance with thestandard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M”designation of this specification is specified in the order.
NOTE 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) hasbeen substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominaldiameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards:3
A999/A999M Specification for General Requirements forAlloy and Stainless Steel Pipe
E92 Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materi-als4
E213 Practice for Ultrasonic Testing of Metal Pipe andTubing
E309 Practice for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel Tu-bular Products Using Magnetic Saturation
E381 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets,Blooms, and Forgings
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in theUnified Numbering System (UNS)
E570 Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromag-netic Steel Tubular Products
2.2 ASME Standard:B36.10M Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe2.3 AWS Specifications5
A5.5/A5.5M Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodesfor Shielded Metal Arc Welding
A5.23/A5.23M Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Elec-trodesand Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding
A5.28/A5.28M Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Elec-trodesfor Gas Shielded Arc Welding
A5.29/A5.29M Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Flux CoredArc Welding
2.4 Other Documents:SNT-TC-1A Recommended Practice for Nondestructive
Personnel Qualification and Certification6
SAE J 1086Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys(UNS)7
1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM CommitteeA01 on Steel,StainlessSteel and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of SubcommitteeA01.10on Stainless and Alloy Steel Tubular Products.
Currentedition approved Oct. 1, 2011. Published November 2011. Originallyapproved in 1951. Last previous edition approved in 2010 as A335/A335M–10b.DOI: 10.1520/A0335_A0335M-11.
2 For ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications see related Specifi-cation SA-335 in Section II of that Code.
3 For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, orcontact ASTM Customer Service at [email protected]. ForAnnual Book of ASTMStandards volume information, refer to the standard’s Document Summary page onthe ASTM website.
4 Withdrawn. The last approved version of this historical standard is referencedon www.astm.org.
5 Available from American Welding Society (AWS), 550 NW LeJeune Rd.,Miami, FL 33126, http://www.aws.org.
6 Available from American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT), P.O. Box28518, 1711 Arlingate Ln., Columbus, OH 43228-0518, http://www.asnt.org.
7 Available from SAE International (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Dr., Warrendale,PA 15096-0001, http://www.sae.org.
1
*A Summary of Changes section appears at the end of this standard.
Copyright. © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbour Dr., PO box C-700, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-2959, United States
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Grade
UNSDesigna-
tionA
Composition, %
CarbonMan-
ganese
Phos-phorus,
max
Sulfur,max
Silicon ChromiumMolybde-
num Others
P1 K11522 0.10–0.20 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.025 0.10–0.50 . . . 0.44–0.65 . . .P2 K11547 0.10–0.20 0.30–0.61 0.025 0.025 0.10–0.30 0.50–0.81 0.44–0.65 . . .P5 K41545 0.15 max 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.50 max 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 . . .
P5b K51545 0.15 max 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.00–2.00 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 . . .P5c K41245 0.12 max 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.50 max 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 . . .B
P9 S50400 0.15 max 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.25–1.00 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10 . . .P11 K11597 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.50–1.00 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65 . . .P12 K11562 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.61 0.025 0.025 0.50 max 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65 . . .P15 K11578 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.15–1.65 . . . 0.44–0.65 . . .P21 K31545 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.50 max 2.65–3.35 0.80–1.06 . . .P22 K21590 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.50 max 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13 . . .P23 K41650 0.04–0.10 0.10–0.60 0.030 max 0.010 max 0.50 max 1.90–2.60 0.05–0.30 V 0.20–0.30
Cb 0.02–0.08B 0.0010–0.006
N 0.015 maxAl 0.030 maxW 1.45–1.75Ni 0.40 max
Ti 0.005–0.060Ti/N $ 3.5C
P24 K30736 0.05–0.10 0.30–0.70 0.020 0.010 0.15–0.45 2.20–2.60 0.90–1.10 V 0.20–0.30Ti 0.06–0.10N 0.012 maxAl 0.02 max
B 0.0015–0.007P36 K21001 0.10–0.17 0.80–1.20 0.030 max 0.025 max 0.25–0.50 0.30 max 0.25–0.50 Ni 1.00-1.30
Cu 0.50-0.80Cb 0.015-0.045
V 0.02 maxN 0.02 max
Al 0.050 maxP91 K91560 0.08–0.12 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 0.20–0.50 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 V 0.18–0.25
N 0.030–0.070Ni 0.40 maxAl 0.02 max
Cb 0.06–0.10Ti 0.01 maxZr 0.01 max
P92 K92460 0.07–0.13 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 0.50 max 8.50–9.50 0.30–0.60 V 0.15–0.25N 0.03–0.07Ni 0.40 maxAl 0.02 max
Cb 0.04–0.09W 1.5–2.00
B 0.001–0.006Ti 0.01 maxZr 0.01 max
P122 K92930 0.07–0.14 0.70 max 0.020 0.010 0.50 max 10.00–11.50 0.25–0.60 V 0.15–0.30W 1.50–2.50Cu 0.30–1.70Cb 0.04–0.10
B 0.0005–0.005N 0.040–0.100Ni 0.50 maxAl 0.020 maxTi 0.01 maxZr 0.01 max
P911 K91061 0.09–0.13 0.30–0.60 0.020 max 0.010 max 0.10–0.50 8.5–9.5 0.90–1.10 V 0.18–0.25Ni 0.40 max
Cb 0.060–0.10B 0.0003–0.006
N 0.04–0.09Al 0.02 maxW 0.90–1.10Ti 0.01 maxZr 0.01 max
A New designation established in accordance with Practice E527 and SAE J 1086, Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS).B Grade P 5c shall have a titanium content of not less than 4 times the carbon content and not more than 0.70 %; or a columbium content of 8 to 10 times the carbon
content.CAlternatively, in lieu of this ratio minimum, the material shall have a minimum hardness of 275 HV in the hardened condition, defined as after austenitizing and cooling
to room temperature but prior to tempering. Hardness testing shall be performed at mid-thickness of the product. Hardness test frequency shall be two samples of productper heat treatment lot and the hardness testing results shall be reported on the material test report.
A335/A335M – 11
2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3. Ordering Information
3.1 Orders for material under this specification shouldinclude the following, as required, to describe the desiredmaterial adequately:
3.1.1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number of lengths),3.1.2 Name of material (seamless alloy steel pipe),3.1.3 Grade (Table 1),3.1.4 Manufacture (hot-finished or cold-drawn),3.1.5 Size using one of the following:3.1.5.1 NPS and schedule number,3.1.5.2 Outside diameter and nominal wall thickness,3.1.5.3 Outside diameter and minimum wall thickness,3.1.5.4 Inside diameter and nominal wall thickness, and3.1.5.5 Inside diameter and minimum wall thickness.3.1.6 Length (specific or random),3.1.7 End finish (Ends Section of SpecificationA999/
A999M),3.1.8 Optional requirements (Section8, 12 and 13 of this
specification. See the Sections on Hydrostatic Test Require-
ments and Permissible Variation in Weight for Seamless Pipe inSpecificationA999/A999M),
3.1.9 Specification designation, and3.1.10 Special requirements or any supplementary require-
ments selected, or both.
4. General Requirements
4.1 Material furnished to this specification shall conform tothe applicable requirements of the current edition of Specifi-cationA999/A999M, unless otherwise provided herein.
5. Materials and Manufacture
5.1 Pipe may be either hot finished or cold drawn with thefinishing treatment as required in5.3.
5.2 Grade P2 and P12—The steel shall be made by coarse-grain melting practice. Specific limits, if any, on grain size ordeoxidation practice shall be a matter of agreement betweenthe manufacturer and purchaser.
5.3 Heat Treatment:
TABLE 2 Heat Treatment Requirements A
Grade Heat Treat Type NormalizingTemperature,min or range
°F [°C]
Cooling Media SubcriticalAnnealing orTempering
Temperature,min or range
°F [°C]
P1 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1200 [650]
subcritical anneal . . . . . . 1200-1300 [650-705]P2 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .
normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]subcritical anneal . . . . . . 1200-1300 [650-705]
P5 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]
P5b full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]
P5c subcritical anneal . . . . . . 1325-1375 [715-745]P9 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .
normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]P11 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .
normalize and temper . . . . . . 1200 [650]P12 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .
normalize and temper . . . . . . 1200 [650]subcritical anneal . . . . . . 1200-1300 [650-705]
P15 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1200 [650]
P21 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]
P22 full or isothermal anneal . . . . . . . . .normalize and temper . . . . . . 1250 [675]
P23 normalize and temper 1900-1975 [1040-1080] air oraccelerated
cooling
1350-1470 [730-800]
P24 normalize and temper 1800–1870 [980–1020] air oraccelerated
cooling
1350–1420 [730–770]
P36 normalize and temperB 1650 [900] . . . 1100 [595]P91 normalize and temper 1900-1975 [1040-1080] . . . 1350-1470 [730-800]C
quench and temperD 1900-1975 [1040-1080] . . . 1350-1470 [730-800]P92 normalize and temper 1900-1975 [1040-1080] E 1350-1470 [730-800]P122 normalize and temper 1900-1975 [1040-1080] . . . 1350-1470 [730-800]P911 normalize and temper 1900-1975 [1040-1080] E 1365-1435 [740-780]
AWhere ellipses (…) appear in this table there is no requirement.BAlternatively, Grade P36, Class 2 shall be cooled from the austenitizing temperature by accelerated cooling in air or by liquid quenching.CExcept when Supplementary Requirement S7 is specified by the purchaser.D When mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, quenching and tempering shall be permitted for thicknesses greater than 3 in. [75 mm].E Accelerated cooling from the normalizing temperature shall be permitted for section thicknesses greater than 3 in. [75 mm].
A335/A335M – 11
3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5.3.1 All pipe shall be reheated for heat treatment and heattreated in accordance with the requirements ofTable 2.
NOTE 3—It is recommended that the temperature for tempering shouldbe at least 100 °F [50 °C] above the intended service temperature;consequently, the purchaser should advise the manufacturer if the servicetemperature is to be over 1100 °F [600 °C].
NOTE 4—Certain of the ferritic steels covered by this specification willharden if cooled rapidly from above their critical temperature. Some willair harden, that is, become hardened to an undesirable degree when cooledin air from high temperatures. Therefore, operations involving heatingsuch steels above their critical temperatures, such as welding, flanging,and hot bending, should be followed by suitable heat treatment.
6. Chemical Composition
6.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as tochemical composition prescribed inTable 1.
7. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
7.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a sufficient numberof visual surface imperfections to provide reasonable assurancethat they have been properly evaluated with respect to depth.Exploration of all surface imperfections is not required but maybe necessary to ensure compliance with7.2
7.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than 121⁄2 %of the nominal wall thickness or encroach on the minimumwall thickness shall be considered defects. Pipe with suchdefects shall be given one of the following dispositions:
7.2.1 The defect may be removed by grinding provided thatthe remaining wall thickness is within specified limits.
7.2.2 Repaired in accordance with the repair welding pro-visions of7.6.
7.2.3 The section of pipe containing the defect may be cutoff within the limits of requirements on length.
7.2.4 Rejected.7.3 To provide a workmanlike finish and basis for evaluat-
ing conformance with7.2, the pipe manufacturer shall removeby grinding the following:
7.3.1 Mechanical marks, abrasions (seeNote 5) and pits,any of which imperfections are deeper than1⁄16 in. [1.6 mm].
NOTE 5—Marks and abrasions are defined as cable marks, dinges, guidemarks, roll marks, ball scratches, scores, die marks, and the like.
7.3.2 Visual imperfections, commonly referred to as scabs,seams, laps, tears, or slivers, found by exploration in accor-dance with7.1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nominal wallthickness.
7.4 At the purchaser’s discretion, pipe shall be subject torejection if surface imperfections acceptable under7.2 are notscattered, but appear over a large area in excess of what isconsidered a workmanlike finish. Disposition of such pipe shallbe a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and thepurchaser.
7.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by grinding,a smooth curved surface shall be maintained, and the wallthickness shall not be decreased below that permitted by thisspecification. The outside diameter at the point of grinding maybe reduced by the amount so removed.
7.5.1 Wall thickness measurements shall be made with amechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructivetesting device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, themeasurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shallgovern.
7.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to theapproval of the purchaser and in accordance with SpecificationA999/A999M.
7.6.1 All repair welds in P91 shall be made with one of thefollowing welding processes and consumables: SMAW,A5.5/A5.5M E90XX-B9; SAW,A5.23/A5.23MEB9 + neutral flux;GTAW, A5.28/A5.28MER90S-B9; and FCAWA5.29/A5.29ME91T1-B9. In addition, the sum of the Ni+Mn content of allwelding consumables used to weld repair P91 shall not exceed1.0 %.
7.6.2 All repair welds in P92, P911, and P122, shall be madeusing welding consumables meeting the chemical requirementsfor the grade inTable 1.
7.6.3 After weld repair, Grades P23, P91, P92, and P122shall be heat treated at 1350-1470 ºF [730-800 ºC].
7.6.4 After weld repair, Grade P911 shall be heat treated at1365-1435 ºF [740-780 ºC].
7.6.5 After weld repair, Grade P24 shall be heat treated at1350-1420 °F [730-770 °C].
7.7 The finished pipe shall be reasonably straight.
8. Product Analysis
8.1 At the request of the purchaser, an analysis of two pipesfrom each lot as defined hereafter shall be made by themanufacturer. A lot is all pipe of the same nominal size andwall thickness (schedule) which is produced from the sameheat of steel and shall be limited as follows:
NPS Designator Maximum Number ofLengths in a Lot
Under 2 4002 to 5 2006 and over 100
8.2 The results of these analyses shall be reported to thepurchaser or the purchaser’s representative, and shall conformto the requirements specified inTable 1.
8.3 For grade P 91 the carbon content may vary for theproduct analysis by −0.01 % and +0.02 % from the specifiedrange as perTable 1.
8.4 If the analysis of one of the tests specified in8.1 doesnot conform to the requirements specified in6.1, an analysis ofeach billet or pipe from the same heat or lot may be made, andall billets or pipe conforming to the requirements shall beaccepted.
9. Tensile and Hardness Requirements
9.1 The tensile properties of the material shall conform tothe requirements prescribed inTable 3.
9.2 Table 4lists elongation requirements.9.3 Pipe of Grade P91 shall have a hardness inclusively in
the range 190 to 250 HBW/196 to 265 HV [91 HRB to 25HRC]. Pipe of Grades P24, P92, P122, and P36 shall have ahardness not exceeding 250 HBW/265 HV30 [25 HRC].
9.4 Table 5gives the computed minimum elongation valuesfor each1⁄32-in. [0.8-mm] decrease in wall thickness. Where the
A335/A335M – 11
4
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
wall thickness lies between two values above, the minimumelongation value is determined by the following formula:
Direction of Test EquationB
Longitudinal, all grades except P23, P91,P92, P122, and P911
E = 48t + 15.00[E = 1.87t + 15.00]
Transverse, all grades except P23, P91,P92, P122, and P911
E = 32t + 10.00[E = 1.25t + 10.00]
Longitudinal, P23, P24, P91, P92, P122,and P911
E = 32t + 10.00[E = 1.25t + 10.00]
Longitudinal, P36 E = 32t + 5.0[E = 1.25t + 5.0]
where:E = elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, %, andt = actual thickness of specimens, in. [mm].
9.5 For Grade P91, when quenching and tempering has beenagreed upon in accordance with Note D inTable 2, the tensile
and hardness properties shall be met and verified on materialtaken from the half-thickness location.
10. Permissible Variations in Diameter
10.1 For pipe ordered to NPS [DN] or outside diameter,variations in outside diameter shall not exceed those specifiedin Table 6.
10.2 For pipe ordered to inside diameter, the inside diametershall not vary more than6 1 % from the specified insidediameter.
11. Permissible Variations in Wall Thickness
11.1 In addition to the implicit limitation of wall thicknessfor pipe imposed by the limitation on weight in SpecificationA999/A999M, the wall thickness for pipe at any point shall bewithin the tolerances specified inTable 7. The minimum wallthickness and outside diameter for inspection for compliancewith this requirement for pipe ordered by NPS [DN] andschedule number is shown in ASMEB36.10M.
12. Hydrostatic Test
12.1 The requirements for grades other than P91, P92, P911,and P122 are shown in12.1.1-12.1.4.
12.1.1 Each length of pipe with outside diameter greaterthan 10 in. [250 mm] and wall thickness less than or equal to0.75 in. [19 mm], shall be submitted to the hydrostatic test,except as provided for in12.1.4.
12.1.2 Pipe of all other sizes shall be subjected to thenondestructive electric test as shown in Section13, except asprovided for in12.1.3and12.1.4.
12.1.3 When specified by the purchaser, pipe of all othersizes shall be furnished without the hydrostatic test and withoutnondestructive examination.
12.1.4 When specified by the purchaser, pipe shall befurnished with both the hydrostatic test and a nondestructiveexamination having been performed.
12.2 The requirements for grades P91, P92, P911, and P122are shown in12.2.1-12.2.3.
12.2.1 Each length of pipe with outside diameter greaterthan 10 in. [250 mm] and wall thickness less than or equal to0.75 in. [19 mm], shall be submitted to both the hydrostatic testand the ultrasonic test as shown in Section13.
TABLE 3 Tensile Requirements
Grade
P1, P2 P12 P23 P24 P91P92, P911
P36 Class 1P122 P36 Class 2 All Others
Tensile strength,min:
ksiMPa
55380
60415
74510
85585
85585
90620
90620
95.5660
60415
Yield strength,min:
ksiMPa
30205
32220
58400
60415
60415
64440
58400
66.5460
30205
TABLE 4 Elongation Requirements
Elongation Requirements
All gradesexcept P23, P36P91, P92, P122,
and P911
P23, P24, P91,P92, P122, and
P 911 P36
Longi-tudi-nal
Trans-verse
Longi-tudi-nal
Trans-verse
Longi-tudi-nal
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm,(or 4D), min, %:Basic minimum elongationfor wall 5⁄16 in. [8 mm] andover in thickness, strip tests,and for all small sizes testedin full section
30 20 20 . . . 15
When standard round 2-in.or 50-mm gage length orproportionally smaller sizespecimen with the gagelength equal to 4D (4 timesthe diameter) is used
22 14 20 13 . . .
For strip tests a deductionfor each 1⁄32-in. [0.8 mm]decrease in wall thicknessbelow in. [8 mm] from thebasic minimum elongation ofthe following percentagepoints shall be made
1.50A 1.00A 1.00A . . . 1.00A
A Table 5 gives the calculated minimum values.
A335/A335M – 11
5
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12.2.2 Pipe of all other sizes shall be subjected to thenondestructive electric test as shown in Section13, except asprovided for in12.2.3.
12.2.3 When specified by the purchaser, pipe of all othersizes shall be furnished with both the hydrostatic test and anondestructive examination having been performed.
13. Nondestructive Examination
13.1 When required by12.1.2 or 12.2 above, or whenspecified in the purchase order in addition to the hydrostatictest (12.2.3), each pipe shall be examined by a nondestructiveexamination method in accordance with PracticeE213, Prac-ticeE309, or PracticeE570. Except for Grades P91, P92, P911,and P122, the type of nondestructive examination shall be atthe option of the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified inthe order. Grades P91, P92, P911, and P122 shall be examinedby an examination method in accordance with PracticeE213.When specified in the order, pipe of Grades P91, P92, P911,and P122 shall be examined by an examination method inaccordance with PracticesE309 or E570, in addition to theexamination method in accordance with PracticeE213. The
range of pipe sizes that may be examined by each method shallbe subject to the limitations in the scope of the respectivepractices.
13.2 Following conditions apply in lieu or in addition tothose in SpecificationA999/A999M:
13.2.1 The width of the notch shall not exceed the depth.13.2.2 If upon any standardization, the reference signal
amplitude has decreased by more than 25 % (2 db), the testapparatus shall be considered out of standardization. The testsystem settings may be changed, or the transducer(s), coil(s) orsensor(s) adjusted, and the unit restandardized, but all pipetested since the last acceptable standardization shall be re-tested.
13.2.3 Pipes producing a signal equal to or greater than thesignal produced by the reference standard shall be subject toone of the following four dispositions:
13.2.3.1 The pipes may be rejected without further exami-nation, at the discretion of the manufacturer.
13.2.3.2 The pipes shall be rejected if the test signal wasproduced by imperfections which cannot be identified, or wasproduced by cracks or crack-like imperfections.
13.2.3.3 The pipes may be repaired by grinding (in accor-dance with7.2.1), welding (in accordance with7.6) or section-ing (in accordance with7.2.3). To be accepted, a repaired pipemust pass the same nondestructive examination by which itwas rejected, and it must meet the remaining wall thicknessrequirements of this specification.
13.2.3.4 If the test signals were produced by visual imper-fections such as those listed below, the pipes may be evaluatedin accordance with the provisions of Section7:
(a) Scratches,(b) Surface roughness,(c) Dings,(d) Straightener marks,(e) Cutting chips,(f) Steel die stamps,(g) Stop marks, or(h) Pipe reducer ripple.
14. Mechanical Tests Required
14.1 Lot—For mechanical testing, a lot is all pipe of thesame nominal size and wall thickness (or schedule) which isproduced from the same heat of steel and subjected to the same
TABLE 5 Calculated Minimum Elongation Values
Wall Thickness
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, min, %
All grades except P23, P36,P91, P92, P122, and P911
P23, P24, P91,P92, P122,and P911
P36
in. mmLongi-tudinal
TransverseLongi-tudinal
Longi-tudinal
5⁄16 (0.312) 8 30 20 20 159⁄32 (0.281) 7.2 28 19 19 141⁄4 (0.250) 6.4 27 18 18 137⁄32 (0.219) 5.6 26 . . . 17 123⁄16 (0.188) 4.8 24 . . . 16 115⁄32 (0.156) 4 22 . . . 15 101⁄8 (0.125) 3.2 21 . . . 14 93⁄32 (0.094) 2.4 20 . . . 13 81⁄16 (0.062) 1.6 18 . . . 12 7
TABLE 6 Permissible Variations in Outside Diameter
Over Under
NPS [DN] Designator in. mm in. mm
1⁄8 to 11⁄2 [6 to 40], incl. 1⁄64 (0.015) 0.40 1⁄64 (0.015) 0.40Over 11⁄2 to 4 [40 to 100],incl.
1⁄32 (0.031) 0.79 1⁄32 (0.031) 0.79
Over 4 to 8 [100 to 200],incl.
1⁄16 (0.062) 1.59 1⁄32 (0.031) 0.79
Over 8 to 12 [200 to 300],incl.
3⁄32 (0.093) 2.38 1⁄32 (0.031) 0.79
Over 12 [300] 6 1 % of thespecifiedoutsidediameter
TABLE 7 Permitted Variations in Wall Thickness
NPS [DN] Designator Tolerance, % from Specified
Over Under
1⁄8 to 21⁄2 [6 to 65] incl., all t/D ratiosA 20.0 12.5Above 21⁄2 [65], t/D # 5 %A 22.5 12.5Above 21⁄2 [65], t/D > 5 %A 15.0 12.5A t = Specified Wall Thickness; D = Specified Outside Diameter.
A335/A335M – 11
6
finishing treatment in a continuous furnace; when final heattreatment is in a batch-type furnace, the lot shall include onlythat pipe which is heat treated in the same furnace charge.
14.2 Transverse or Longitudinal Tension Test and Flatten-ing Test, Hardness Test, or Bend Test—For material heattreated in a batch-type furnace, tests shall be made on 5 % ofthe pipe from each treated lot. For small lots, at least 1 pipeshall be tested. For material heat treated by the continuousprocess, tests shall be made on a sufficient number of pipe toconstitute 5 % of the lot, but in no case less than 2 pipe.
14.3 Hardness Test:14.3.1 The Vickers hardness testing shall be made in accor-
dance with Test MethodE92.14.3.2 For pipes with wall thickness 0.200 in [5.1 mm] or
over, either the Brinell or Rockwell hardness test shall be used.When Brinell hardness testing is used, a 10-mm ball with 3000,1500, or 500-kg load shall be used at the option of themanufacturer.
14.3.3 For pipes with wall thickness 0.065 in. [1.7 mm] orover, but less than 0.200 in [5.1 mm], the Rockwell hardnesstest shall be used.
14.3.4 For pipes with wall thickness less than 0.065 in [1.7mm], the hardness test shall not be required.
14.3.5 The Brinell test shall be made, at the option of themanufacturer, on the outside of the pipe near the end, on theoutside of a specimen cut from the pipe, or on the wall crosssection of a specimen cut from the pipe. This test shall be madeso that the center of the impression to the edge of the specimenis at least 2.5 times the diameter of the impression.
14.3.6 The Rockwell hardness test shall, at the option of themanufacturer, be made on the inside surface, on the wall crosssection, or on a flat of the outside surface.
14.3.7 For pipe of Grades P24, P91, P92, P122, P911, andP36, Brinell, Vickers, or Rockwell hardness tests shall be madeon a specimen from each lot.
14.4 Bend Test:14.4.1 For pipe whose diameter exceeds NPS 25 and whose
diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7.0 or less shall be subjectedto the bend test instead of the flattening test. Other pipe whosediameter equals or exceeds NPS 10 may be given the bend testin place of the flattening test subject to the approval of thepurchaser.
14.4.2 The bend test specimens shall be bent at roomtemperature through 180° without cracking on the outside ofthe bent portion. The inside diameter of the bend shall be 1 in.[25 mm].
14.4.3 Test specimens for the bend test specified in14.4shall be cut from one end of the pipe and, unless otherwisespecified, shall be taken in a transverse direction. One testspecimen shall be taken as close to the outer surface as possible
and another from as close to the inner surface as possible. Thespecimens shall be either1⁄2 by 1⁄2 in. [12.5 by 12.5 mm] insection or 1 by1⁄2 in. [25 by 12.5 mm] in section with thecorners rounded to a radius not over1⁄16 in. [1.6 mm] and neednot exceed 6 in. [150 mm] in length. The side of the samplesplaced in tension during the bend shall be the side closest to theinner and outer surface of the pipe, respectively.
15. Certification
15.1 Certification and test reports, as described in Section25 of SpecificationA999/A999M, are required.
15.2 In addition to the information required by SpecificationA999/A999M, the certification shall state whether or not thepipe was hydrostatically tested. If the pipe was nondestruc-tively examined, the certification shall so state and shall showwhich practice was followed and what reference discontinuitieswere used. In addition, the test method information as given inTable 8 shall be appended to the specification number andgrade shown on the certification.
16. Product Marking
16.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in SpecificationA999/A999M, the marking shall include the length, an addi-tional symbol “S”, if the pipe conforms to any of the Supple-mentary Requirements S1 to S6, the schedule number, if thepipe is ordered to a schedule number, and the heat number ormanufacturer’s number by which the heat can be identified.Furthermore, the marking designated inTable 8to indicate thetest method(s) shall be included. Marking may be by stenciling,stamping, or rolling. Pipe that has been weld repaired inaccordance with7.6 shall be marked “WR.”
17. Government Procurement
17.1 Scale Free Pipe:17.1.1 When specified in the contract or order, the following
requirements shall be considered in the inquiry contract ororder, for agencies of the U.S. Government where scale freepipe is required. These requirements shall take precedence ifthere is a conflict between these requirements and the productspecification.
17.1.2 The requirements of SpecificationA999/A999M forpipe shall be applicable when pipe is ordered to this specifi-cation.
17.1.3 Pipe shall be one of the following grades as specifiedherein:
Grade UNS DesignationP11 K11597P22 K21590P5 K41545
17.1.4 Part Number:
TABLE 8 Test Method Information for Certification and Marking
Ultrasonic Flux Leakage Eddy Current Hydrostatic Marking
YES NO NO NO UTNO YES NO NO FLNO NO YES NO ECYES NO NO YES UT/TEST PRESSURENO YES NO YES FL/TEST PRESSURENO NO YES YES EC/TEST PRESSURE
A335/A335M – 11
7
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17.1.4.1 Pipe shall be ordered to nominal pipe size andschedule specified in ASMEB36.10MExample: A335/A335M Pipe P-11 NPS 12 Sch 40
Specification Number ASTM A335/A335MPipe PGrade P-11NPS 12Wall 0.375
17.1.4.2Specification Number ASTM A335/A 335 MTube TGrade P-11Outside Diameter 0.250Wall 0.035
17.1.5 Ordering Information—Orders for material underthis specification shall include the following in addition to therequirements of Section3:
17.1.5.1 Pipe or tube,17.1.5.2 Part number,17.1.5.3 Ultrasonic inspection, if required,17.1.5.4 If shear wave test is to be conducted in two
opposite circumferential directions, and17.1.5.5 Level of preservation and packing required.
18. Keywords
18.1 alloy steel pipe; high temperature service; seamlesssteel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified in thepurchase order. The purchaser may specify a different frequency of test or analysis than is providedin the supplementary requirement. Subject to agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer,retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary requirements may also be modified.
S1. Product Analysis
S1.1 Product analysis shall be made on each length of pipe.Individual lengths failing to conform to the chemical compo-sition requirements shall be rejected.
S2. Transverse Tension Tests
S2.1 A transverse tension test shall be made on a specimenfrom one end or both ends of each pipe NPS 8 and over. If thissupplementary requirement is specified, the number of tests perpipe shall also be specified. If a specimen from any length failsto meet the required tensile properties (tensile, yield, andelongation), that length shall be rejected subject to retreatmentin accordance with SpecificationA999/A999Mand satisfactoryretest.
S3. Flattening Test
S3.1 The flattening test of SpecificationA999/A999Mshallbe made on a specimen from one end or both ends of each pipe.Crop ends may be used. If this supplementary requirement isspecified, the number of tests per pipe shall also be specified.If a specimen from any length fails because of lack of ductilityprior to satisfactory completion of the first step of the flatteningtest requirement, that pipe shall be rejected subject to retreat-ment in accordance with SpecificationA999/A999M andsatisfactory retest. If a specimen from any length of pipe failsbecause of a lack of soundness that length shall be rejected,unless subsequent retesting indicates that the remaining lengthis sound. The bend test of13.2 shall be substituted for theflattening test for pipe whose diameter exceeds NPS 25 andwhose diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7.0 or less.
S4. Metal Structure and Etching Tests
S4.1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by etchingtests conducted in accordance with the appropriate portions ofMethodE381. Etching tests shall be made on a cross sectionfrom one end or both ends of each pipe and shall show sound
and reasonably uniform material free from injurious lamina-tions, cracks, and similar objectionable defects. If this supple-mentary requirement is specified, the number of tests per piperequired shall also be specified. If a specimen from any lengthshows objectionable defects, the length shall be rejected,subject to removal of the defective end and subsequent retestsindicating the remainder of the length to be sound andreasonably uniform material.
NOTE S4.1—Pending development of etching methods applicable to theproduct covered by this specification, it is recommended that the Recom-mended Practice for a Standard Macro Etch Test for Routine Inspection ofIron and Steel, described in theMetals Handbook, Am. Soc. for Metals,1948 edition, p. 389, be followed.
S5. Photomicrographs
S5.1 When requested by the purchaser and so stated in theorder, the manufacturer shall furnish one photomicrograph at100 diameters from a specimen of pipe in the as-finishedcondition for each individual size and wall thickness from eachheat, for pipe NPS 3 and over. Such photomicrographs shall besuitably identified as to pipe size, wall thickness, and heat. Nophotomicrographs for the individual pieces purchased shall berequired except as specified in Supplementary Requirement S6.Such photomicrographs are for information only, to show theactual metal structure of the pipe as finished.
S6. Photomicrographs for Individual Pieces
S6.1 In addition to the photomicrographs required in accor-dance with Supplementary Requirement S5, the purchaser mayspecify that photomicrographs shall be furnished from eachend of one or more pipes from each lot of pipe NPS 3 andlarger in the as-finished condition. The purchaser shall state inthe order the number of pipes to be tested from each lot. Whenphotomicrographs are required on each length, the photomi-crographs from each lot of pipe in the as-finished conditionwhich may be required under Supplementary Requirement S5
A335/A335M – 11
8